T*rw\ 



"SWEB0 





















\£\.«. «>&*/>& 



^ftftM^? 












^^W^^^^S?^ ^ >/%A«A^M 



:?^aa.a .a.^WWMP^l a AA ■*ti 4 ^ 



i^mm^x^ r m> 



E LIBRARY OF CONGRESS-! 

(# ^ 

[SMITHSOKIAB I IT'.] 






'i»^^$$ 



Mr^m 



i*\ ^?^CUA 



fUNITK I AMER1 



Wi/Mkts*. 


















SiM^* 



Wmk&Mtmt 









: ^AaflAA*A*.J8A-A' 









"f&tetetf?' 



Mh^mmm 



mmm^ 



■'wtitomi 






"»ftR?|5 






i^UC^rw 









- ^ii^fte 


















Onrc^Ki 



WETOnmXW 



««^„r^ifv 



/aaeSfiftfi 1 



^V&E 



fWnf 






^^AaAAaKjRi 



^ssafii^ 






^s^^^K^ii 






THE AMERICAN 
ETYMOLOGICAL 

SCHOOL GRAMMAE, 

CONTAINING COPIOUS EXERCISES, 

AND 

A SYSTEMATIC VIEW OP THE 



FORMATION AND DERIVATION OF WORDS, 

PROM THE 



WHICH EXPLAIN THE ETYMOLOGY OP ABOVE TEN THOUSAND 
ENGLISH WORDS. 



By rev. f. Knighton, a. 



m. 



PHILADELPHIA: 

ROBERT E. PETERSON & CO. 

N. W. CORNER FIFTH AND ARCH STREETS. 

,1852. 



r 






««V 



Entered according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1852, by 

ROBERT E. PETERSON & CO. 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Eastern District of 
Pennsylvania. 



DEACON & PETERSON, Printers. 



PREFACE. 

The following work differs in many important respects 
from most others bearing a similar title. Its main peculi- 
arities are these : — 

1. The Etymology has been treated much more fully than 
is usual ; and the formation of the primary, Saxon and purely 
English Derivatives is fully taught in a School Grammar. 

2. The Verbs, commonly called Irregular, are arranged 
in regular classes ; and the Plurals, commonly called Irregu- 
lar, are classified and explained. 

3. The arrangement of the Tenses of the Verb, usually 
very complicated and perplexing, has been much simplified. 

4. The Tenses are fully exhibited, and all recent attempts 
to introduce a different nomenclature have been discarded. 
The Subjunctive Mood is given as it is used, and thus the 
discrepancy between the theory of grammarians and the 
practice of writers and speakers is avoided. 

5. The Rules of Syntax have been distributed under 
certain main divisions or headings (Rules 1, 2, 3, 4, &c.) 
and subdivisions. This arrangement, it is believed, will be 
found very conducive to perspicuity, and a considerable aid 
to the memory. 

6. Almost every paragraph is numbered throughout the 
book, so that any remark or rule can be easily and quickly 
referred to. 

7. Almost every new Definition, Rule, Observation, Cau- 
tion, &c, has an Exercise upon it. As soon as any infor- 
mation is imparted, the pupil is called to act upon it. The 
Instructions and the Exercises, so to speak, keep pace with 
one another. By thus limiting the object, the judgment may 
be exercised upon it more correctly. 

8. JSTone of the Exercises contain bad English to be put 

iii 



IV PREFACE. 

into good. The exclusion of that pernicious practice, which 
has become almost universal in School Grammars, forms an 
important feature of the work. 

9. Many usages and phrases, purely idiomatic and sanc- 
tioned by our best writers, which, however, have been con- 
demned as bad in some School Grammars, probably from 
want of acquaintance, or from a deficient acquaintance, with 
the older forms of the language, and with the genius of the 
whole family of tongues to which ours belongs, are here 
regarded as genuine English, and reduced to rule. 

10. A Form of Parsing will be found at the end of the 
book. Some separate Parsing Exercises have been given, 
but all the Exercises in the book may be used for this pur- 
pose ; and with this addition the book will be found to con- 
tain every requisite variety of construction. 

11. A word or two may be added touching the way of 
using the Exercises. It is expected that the Instructor will 
assign them to the class for what they are intended, viz : 
to illustrate the subject discussed in the foregoing Expla- 
nation, and to enjoin attention to it on the part of the 
Pupil. Writing them upon a slate, paper, or the black board, 
is strongly urged. 

12. While the Author has sought to state things in a way 
consistent with sound views of language, he has, when forced 
to choose between the two, preferred a practical to a scien- 
tific arrangement or explanation. For young learners it 
would have been out of place to follow any other plan. As 
illustrations of what is meant, reference is made particularly 
to the Syntax. 

On the importance of a knowledge of Grammar generally, 
it is unnecessary to say more, than that an ignorance of it 
is a discredit and an evil, for which hardly any thing can 
compensate. A person who does not understand Grammar 
can scarcely think correctly, for he cannot speak correctly ; 
and correct speaking generally accompanies (logically) cor- 



PREFACE. V 

rect thinking. The study of Grammar, too, has been shown 
by experience to be the best instrument for calling out and 
strengthening the powers of the mind. 

English Grammar, in particular, it is necessary to study, 
distinctly from other Grammar, because of its peculiarities 
in genius and structure. It is sometimes said that English 
is learned sufficiently by hearing good English spoken. If 
good English only were heard by children, the argument 
might be worth something; but as long as they hear so much 
. incorrect English spoken, as they often do, it can have no 
weight at all. Besides, to know what is right is not the 
same thing as to know why it is right ; and Grammar teaches 
not only how to speak correctly, but also why one mode of 
speaking is right and another wrong. 

Without a knowledge of some of the kindred languages, 

the Author would not have ventured on the composition of 

. this work ; well knowing, that a Grammar of any language, 

written independently of a comparison with others of the 

same family, must inevitably fall into egregious errors. 

The Author has in the press an Introduction to English 
Composition, the object of which is, in the first place, to 
teach the accurate construction of sentences, as sentences, 
(not as exemplifying this or that Rule of government, agree- 
ment, &c.) and in the next place to lead the pupil gradually 
to express his own thoughts on any given subject, in his own 
words, with facility and precision, and to the practice of 
what is commonly called writing compositions. In this work 
constant reference is made to the Grammar. 

The subject of Prosody has- been intentionally omitted in 
this treatise, regarding it as a more appropriate topic of the 
work mentioned above. 

Many works upon the same subject have been freely con- 
sulted during the compilation of this treatise, but more 
particular use has been made of a small volume which has 
attained great popularity in England. 



NOTE TO THE TEACHEK. 

All the Definitions, Rules, &c, which are to be com- 
mitted to memory ', have been printed in large type ; and 
thus are at once distinguished from the Explanations and 
Observations, which are to be read, and from the Exer- 
cises, which are to be written. All tables and lists, of 
course, should be learned. 

Copious Lists of the principal Derivatives from Anglo- 
Saxon, Latin and Grreek, are given ; and throughout the 
whole Section on the Formation and Derivation of Words, 
Exercises are added, which will at once test and facilitate 
the pupil's comprehension of the subject. These lists fill 
several pages, and explain the Derivation of above ten thou- 
sand English words. 

A Table of the Verb has been given, which, used in con- 
nection with the Blank Form suggested in the Note, will be 
found to render the acquisition of one of the most difficult 
.parts of English Grammar exciting and interesting, and 
therefore easy. 

It may be suggested that the whole section on the Forma- 
tion and Derivation of Words had better be left till the rest 
of the book has been properly learned. 

The Pupil should be made to read the Explanations and 
Observations, and thoroughly to master them, so as to be 
able to answer any questions upon them. It might perhaps 
be as well if those parts were sometimes read aloud in class, 
and commented on by the teacher. 

vi 



CONTENTS. 

PAET I.— ETYMOLOGY. 

Sect. I. — Inflection or Declension of Words. 

PAGE 

Parts of Speech — Articles 10 

Nouns — Number : Singular ; Plural 11 

Cases 14 

Genders 16 

Adjectives and their Degrees 18 

Irregular Comparatives and Superlatives 19 

Pronouns — The three Persons 20 

Personal Pronouns 21 

Caution — Yours not your^s 21 

Relative Pronouns 21 

Adjective Pronouns 23 

Numerals 26 

Verbs : Sorts of Verbs 27 

Moods 28 

Tenses 29 

Numbers and Persons 30 

Auxiliary Verbs 31 

Conjugation of Regular Verb, Praise 35 

Regular and Irregular (Weak and Strong) Verbs 47 

First (or A) Conjugation of Strong Verbs 49 

Second (or E) 50 

Third (or I) 51 

Fourth (or O), Fifth (or U) 52 

Contracted Verbs 53 

Mixed Verbs 53 

Participle Indefinite 55 

Adverbs 56 

Prepositions 58 

Conjunctions . a . 59 

Interjections 60 

Sect. II. — Formation or Derivation of Words. 

Roots and Derivatives 60 

Primary Derivatives 61 

Secondary Derivatives — Pure English Affixes 64 

Pure English Prefixes 75 

Compounds 77 

Latin Affixes 78 

Greek Affixes 79 

Derivatives from Anglo-Saxon 81 

Latin Prefixes 99 

Derivatives from Latin 100 

Greek Prefixes 180 

Derivatives from Greek 180 

vii 



Vlll CONTENTS. 

PAKT II.— SYNTAX. 

What a sentence is, &c .' 200 

Rule 1. Nominative Case 202 

Rule 2. Objective Case 207 

Caution. As 209 

Rule 3. Possessive Case 209 

Rule 4. Apposition 211 

Rule 5. Verbal Nouns 212 

Rule 6. Pronouns 214 

Rule 7. Adjectives 219 

Rule 8. Articles 224 

Rule 9. Adverbs. . . , 228 

Caution. Adjectives as Adverbs 230 

Rule 10. Neuter Verbs 231 

Caution. Cognate Active and Neuter Verbs 232 

Rule 11. Preposition Verbs 232 

Rule 12. Subjunctive Mood 233 

Rule 13. Imperative Mood 234 

Rule 14. Infinitive Mood 234 

Caution. For before the Infinitive 235 

Rule 15. Corresponding Tenses 230 

Rule 16. Verbs of the same form 237 

Rule 17. Auxiliaries of the future 237 

Rule 18. Participle Absolute v 238 

Caution. Past Participle and Past Tense 238 

Rule 19. Prepositions 238 

Caution. Different 239 

Rule 20. Conjunctions 241 

Caution. As for that 242 

Rule 21. Interjections 243 

Forms of Parsing 243 

Tables of the Verb 247 

Rules of Syntax collected 248 

Parsing Exercises 250 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



1. Grammar is the classifying of words in language. 

2. Words are composed of letters. 

3. In the English language there are twenty-six letters. 
The letters collectively are called the Alphabet 

4. Letters are vowels or consonants. 
The vowels are five ; a, e, i 9 o, u. 

The consonants are twenty-one ; b, c, d y f, g, h 9 j, k, 7, 
m, n, p, q, r, $, t, v, w> x, y, z. 

Observation. Under the consonants are included w and y, when they 
begin a syllable. Elsewhere they are vowels. Two vowels sounded 
together are called a dipthong, as ou in sound, ai in rain, ee in glee. 

Writing or spelling words correctly is called Ortho- 
graphy. 

exercise I. 

In the following words tell which letters are vowels, and which are 
consonants : 

Hope, Threshold, Column, Business, Home, Think, Man, Manners, 
Rule, Send. Have, Into, Come, Will, War, Yes. 

Mention the diphthongs in the following words : — 

Cow, House, Guess, Boy, Toyman, Buy, Sleeper, Three, Claim, Fair, 
Fountain, Point, East, Boot, Distinguish, Way. 

5. Grammar is divided into two parts, Etymology and 
Syntax. 

6. Etymology treats of words by themselves; Syntax 
treats of words connected into sentences. 

QUESTIONS 

1. What is Grammar? 

2. What compose words? 

3. How many letters in the English Alphabet? 

4. How are they divided? Which are vowels? Which are the con- 
sonants ? When are w and y consonants, and when vowels ? Give an 
example. What is Orthography ? 

5. What are the divisions of Grammar? 

6. Of what does Etymology treat ? Of what does Syntax treat ? How 
do Orthography and Etymology differ? In Exercise I. which are vowels 
and which consonants? In the second paragraph which are dipthongs? 

9 



10 ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 

ETYMOLOGY. 



PART I. 

7. Etymology is divided into two branches. The first 
treats of the various kinds of words, with their inflection or 
declension. The second treats of the formation or deriva- 
tion of words. 



SECT. I. — THE INFLECTION OF WORDS. 

8. There are nine parts of speech, or sorts of words-; 
Article, Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Prepo- 
sition, Conjunction, Interjection. 

ARTICLES. 

9. An Article is a word prefixed to a Noun, to mark the 
extent of its signification. 

There are two Articles. — 1. The Definite Article, the; as 
the man, the dog. 2. The Indefinite Article, an; as, an apple, 
on oak. 

10. When the word an comes before a consonant, the w& 
dropped, and only a remains ; as, a pear^ not an pear. Jm, 
or a, means one. 

exercise ii. 

Head the following words, prefixing to each its proper Indefinite Ar- 
ticle. 

Oar, Cow, Inn, Upstart, Age, Eve, Mouth, Coat, Ant, Ox, Waistcoat, 
Shoe, Ear, Boot, Sleeve, Day, Life, Eel, Pig, Ape. 

11. The Indefinite Article an loses its n before h, when sounded, but 
not when mute. Thus we say, a house, not an house. So also before 
y; and u, when pronounced long, as if with a y before it ; as, a. youth, 
not an youth; a unit, rather than an unit. 

EXERCISE III. 

Prefix the Indefinite article to the following words : — 
University, Union, Year, Hotel, Hostler, Yard, Herb, Hero, Heroine, 
Hoof, Umpire, Honor, Hour, Heir, Hair. 

QUESTIONS. 

7. How is Etymology divided? Of what does each treat? 

8. How many parts of speech are there? What are they? 

9. What is an article? How many and what are the articles? 

10. When is an and when is a used ? 

11. What is the meaning of an or a? Read Ex. II. with the Indefinite 
Article before each word. Read the Alphabet in the same way. Obey 
the directions in Ex. III. 



NOUNS. 11 

NOUNS. 

12. Nouns are names of persons, animals, places, or 
tilings ; as, man, cow, town, box. The word noun means 
name. 

13. Names of persons, animals, places, or things, distin- 
guished from others of the same class, are called Nouns 
Proper, or Proper Names ; as, James, Oxford. Nouns, not 
Proper, are called Common ; as, book, river, town. 

14. When a word denotes a collection of many individuals 
under one name, it is called a collective noun ; as, school, 
people, congress. When the name of a quantity or property 
is named, apart from the object to which it belongs, it is an 
abstract noun; as, hardness, whiteness, softness, wisdom. 

EXERCISE IV. 

Mention the Nouns in the following sentences, and tell whether they 
are Proper or Common. 

The father sent John into the garden. The boys are in school. Where 
are the girls? In the house. Where is George? In the park. Have 
you read this book? Where are your grammars? In my pocket. In 
my box. It is on the table. Where is Samuel? He is living at Ches- 
ter. Have you ever seen Snowdon ? Only once, in very bad weather. 
Is your brother in Camden? No, he is at Charleston. The boats were 
npnk in the Hudson river. The gardener cut down the tree. My cousin 
lives at Erie. 

To Nouns belong Number, Case, Gender and Person. 

NUMBERS. 

15. There are two Numbers, Singular and Plural. The 
Singular is used in speaking of one; the Plural, in speaking 
of more than one. 

16. The Singular' Number is the Noun in its simple 
form ; as, horse, cow, table, book. 

exercise v. 

In the preceding Exercise mention all the Singular Nouns. 

QUESTIONS. 

12. What are Nouns? 

13. What is a Noun Proper? What is a Common Noun? Give ex- 
amples of each. Which are Proper Nouns in Exercise IV.? Which 
are Common in the same Exercise? 

14. What is a Collective Noun ? What is an Abstract Noun? What 
belong to Nouns? 

15. How many Numbers are there? How is the Singular Number 
used ? How is the Plural Number used ? 

16. What is the Singular Number? In Exercise IV. which Nouns 
are Singular? 



12 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

17. The Plural Number is formed from the Singular. 
There are three methods of forming it. 

18. First Method. — The Plural is formed by adding s; 
as, book, books; or, where the pronunciation requires it, es; 
as, fox, foxes. 

Obs. — Nouns ending in o, preceded by a consonant, generally takes es. 
as, hero, heroes 

EXERCISE VI. 

Spell the Plurals of the following Nouns : 

Boat, Camp, Table, Brooch, Crutch, Boot, Board, Box, Bedstead, Horse, 
Ditch, Coach, Chair, Hero, Grotto, Desk. 

Rule I. — Nouns ending in y, preceded by a consonant, change the y 
into ies in the Plural ; as, lady, ladies. But if the y is preceded by a 
vowel, the y is not changed in the Plural ; as boy, boys, 

Rule 2. — Nouns ending mforfe change the/* into ves in the Plural ; 
as, calf, calves; life, lives; except brief chief, grief, handkerchief; 
hoof, proof, roof; scarf dwarf; gulf; fife, strife, safe; which form the 
Piural regularly. Nouns in ff do not take v; as, stuff, stuffs: except 
staff, which sometimes has the Plural staves: but flagstaff has the regu- 
lar Plural flagstaff's. 

EXERCISE VII. 

Spell the Plurals of the following Nouns : 

Bay, Galley, Quality, Hoof, Proof, Loaf, Toy, Half, Cuff, Quantity 
Donkey, Party, Moiety, Cliff, Wife, Muff, Fly. 

19. Second Method. — The Plural is also formed by 
adding en; as, ox, oxen. 

20. Obs. 1. — In brother, brethren^ the vowel is changed also; en is 
added, and o becomes e. 

21. Obs. 2. — The Plural of child is children. Children is the only 
Plural in ren now remaining. Formerly there were more. Wiclif 
wrote lambren as Plural of lamb. 

22. Obs. 3. — Swine is a softened form of sowen, the Plural of sow; 
and kine, of cowen, the Plural of cow. — The Plurals in en were once 
very numerous, and the words eyen, housen, &c, were used as we use 
eye's, houses, &c. Many such words are still used in Scotland, and are 
frequently met with in the older English poets. 

QUESTIONS. 

17. How many Methods are there of forming the Plural Number? 

18. Which is the first Method? Give examples. What is the Obser- 
vation? Which are the Plurals in Exercise VI.? What are the different 
Methods of forming the Plural of Nouns ending in y? When is each 
used? What is Rule 2? What are the exceptions ? Spell the Plurals 
in Exercise VII. 

19. What is the second Method? 

20. How is the Plural of brother reconciled with the rule? 

21. How that of child? 

22. How can swine and kine, &c, come under this same rule? 



NOUNS. 



13 



. 23. Third Method. — The Plural is also made by changing 
the vowel ; as, man, men. 

Obs. — In woman, women, two vowels are in fact changed; for the o 
is pronounced differently. 

24. Irregular Plurals : Man, men; woman, women; foot, feet; tooth, 
teeth; goose, geese; louse, lice; mouse, mice. 

25. Obs. 1. — The c in lice and mice represents the s in the singular, 
louse and mouse. The plural sign is the change of the vowel (ow to i) ; 
the 5-sound is part of the root. (178. Obs. 5.) 

26. Obs. 2. — In 'pence and dice the c represents the plural s in pennies 
and dies, which are the regular plurals. (178. Obs. 5.) 

27. Obs. 3. — Some words have the plural in two forms; as, pennies, 
pence; dies, dice; brothers, brethren. Then they are differently used; 
pennies, for penny-pieces separately ,* pence, when spoken of collectively; 
dies, for coining; dice, for gaming. Brothers, is applied to those of a 
family; brethren, generally to those of a society or other body. 

The same remark will explain the double Plurals of Pea, Cow, Sow, 
and Fish, viz : Peas and Pease, Cows and Kine, Sows and Swine, 
Fishes and Fish. 

28. Obs. 4. — Some words have the Plural the same as the Singular ; 
as, sheep, deer. Sofsh, cod, salmon, &c, are used. 

EXERCISE VIII. 

ng Nouns : 
Goose, Mouse, Tooth, Louse, Penny, 



Spell the Plurals of the followi 
Man, Foot, Child, Ox, Brother, 
Sow, Woman, Die. 

29. Nouns purely Latin, 
retain their original plurals. 



Greek, French, &c, generally 



Addendum 

Alumnus 

Amanuensis 

Analysis 

Animalculum 

Antithesis 

Apex 

Appendix 

Arcanum 

Automaton 

Axis 

Bandit 

Basis 



Addenda 

Alumni 

Amanuenses 

Analyses 

Animalcula 

Antitheses 

Apices 

Appendices 

Arcana 

Automata 

Axes 

Banditti 

Bases 



Beau 

Calx 

Cherub 

Chrysalis 

Conversazione 

Crisis 

Criterion 

Datum 

Desideratum 

Dictum 

Effluvium 

Ellipsis 

Encomium 



Beaux 

Calces 

Cherubim 

Chrysalides 

Conversazioni 

Crises 

Criteria 

Data 

Desiderata 

Dicta 

Effluvia 

Ellipses 

Encomia 



QUESTIONS. 

23. What is the third Method? Repeat the three different Methods. 

24. What are the Irregular Plurals? 

27. What words have a double Plural ? How are these different forms 
used? What is the difference between Pennies and Pence? Peas and 
Pease? Cows and Kine ? Fishes and Fish ? Brothers and Brethren, &c. 

28 What words have the Plural the same as the Singular? What 
are the Plurals of the Nouns in Exercise VIII.? Under which of the 
three Rules do they severally come? 

29. Give the Plurals of the Foreign Nouns in the list. What words 
of this list have likewise regular English Plurals? 

2 



14 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Erratum 

Focus 

Formula 

Genus 

Genius(7nanof) ( 

Gem\is(a spirit) ( 

Hypothesis 

Ignis Fatuus 

Index 

Lamina 

Larva 

Magus 

Medium 

Memorandum 

Metamorphosis 

Obs. — Several of the above words have also a regular English 
Plural : 



Errata 


Miasma 


Miasmata 


Foci 


. Monsieur 


Messieurs 


Formulae 


Nebula 


Nebulae 


Genera 


Oasis 


Oases 


Geniuses 


Parenthesis 


Parentheses 


Genii 


Phasis 


Phases 


Hypotheses 


Phenomenon 


Phenomena 


Ignes Fatui 


Had i us 


Radii 


Indices 


Seraph 


Seraphim 


Laminae 


Stamen 


Stamina 


Larvae 


Stimulus 


Stimuli 


Magi 


Stratum 


Strata 


Media 


Vertex 


Vertices 


Memoranda 


Vortex 


Vortices 


Metamorphoses 


Virtuoso 


Virtuosi 



Apex Apexes 

Appendix Appendixes 

Cherub Cherubs 

Encomium Encomiums 

Index Indexes 



Medium Mediums 

Memorandum Memorandums 

Seraph Seraphs 

Stamen Stamens 



CASES. 

30. There are three Cases : the Nominative, the Posses- 
sive, and the Objective. 

31. In Nouns the Nominative and Objective agree in form. 
They differ only in use. 

32. The Possessive Singular is made by adding s after an 
apostrophe ('s) ; as, man, man's. 

EXERCISE IX. 

Decline the Cases of the Nouns in Example VI., thus : 

Singular. Nom. Boat. Poss. Boatfs. Obj. Boat. 

33. The Possessive Plural is made like the Singular, by 
adding s with an apostrophe to the Nominative Plural ; as, 
men, men's. 

34. But when the Plural ends in s, the Possessive s is 
omitted, and only the apostrophe remains ; as, horses' teeth, 
that is, the teeth of horses. 



QUESTIONS. 

30. How many Cases are there ? What are they ? 

31. How do the Nominative and Objective differ? 

32. How is the Possessive Singular formed ? 

33. How the Possessive Plural? 

34. How when it already ends in s ? Give the Plural of the Nouns in 



Exercise VI. 



NOUNS. 15 



EXERCISE X. 

Spell the Plural of Nouns, in Example VI. 

35. Obs. — In the Singular also, when a word ends in es } e being 
sounded, the possessive s is sometimes omitted; but the apostrophe (') 
is kept to show that there should be an s. Thus we say Moses"* writings. 
We may also say, Moseses writings. On the contrary, we do not say, 
James'' hook; but always James's book, because the e in James is not 
sounded. Again, if the words ends in s, ce, or even x, the possessive s is 
often not added. Thus we say, for quietness'' sake, Felix' room. But 
this chiefly occurs in phrases with sake; for we say, the duchess'' s car- 
riage, Ross's hoicse, &c, and do not omit the s. 

EXERCISE XI. 

Use the Possessive Case in the following phrases. 

The books of Moses. The wife of Phinehas. The wife of James. 
The house of Mr. Jacob. The house of Mr. Jacobs. For the sake of 
conscience. The gardens of Mr. Loddiges. The church of St. Stephen. 
The beauty of the Jewess. For the sake of peace. The carriage of the 
Empress. Manor of Ross. 

THE CASES EXPLAINED. 

NOMINATIVE. 

36. The Nominative answers the question who or what. 

(1.) The boy broke the window. Who broke the window? The boy 
broke ihe window. Boy is in the Nominative. 

(2.) The dog was sagacious . What was sagacious? The dog was 
sagacious. Dog is in the Nominative. 

The Nominative Case represents a subject of which something is 
affirmed. 

POSSESSIVE. 

37. The Possessive answers the question whose or of what. 

(1.) He killed William's dog. Whose dog did he kill? He killed 
William 's dog. William'' s is in the Possessive. 

(2.) The horse's foot is hurt. The foot of what is hurt ? The horse's 
foot is hurt. Horse's is in the Possessive. 

The Possessive, then, implies possession. 

OBJECTIVE. 

38. The Objective answers the question whom or what. 

(1.) The boy struck the girl, Whom did the boy strike? The boy 
struck the girl. Girl is in the Objective. 

(2.) The boy struck the window. What did the boy strike? The 
boy struck the window. Window is in the Objective. 

The Objective is the object of possession or action. 

QUESTIONS. 

35. What is the substance of the Observation? Substitute the Posses- 
sive Case in the examples under Exercise X. 

36. How do you tell the Nominative Case? Give the examples. 

37. How is the Possessive told?. Give examples. 

38. How do you tell the Objective? Give examples. 



16 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

39. The following sentence shows the three Cases : — 

James broke the cobblers window. 
Nominative. Who broke it ? James. 

Possessive. Whose window ? The cobbler's. 

Objective. Broke what ? The windotu. 

EXERCISE XII. 

Point out all the Nominatives, all the Possessives, and all the Objec- 
tives : — 

The dog guards the house. The master teaches the boy. The horse's 
hoof is hard. The boy respects his master. God's goodness is great. 
The shepherd watches the sheep. The raven's wings are black. The 
father protects the children. Taylor's victories cannot be forgotten. 
The boys' books are here. The cat scratches the girl. The girl drowns 
the cat. The fire burns down the house. The house contains treasures. 
The owner loses the treasures. Where are the girls' bonnets ? The 
bat has wings. Bees make honey. 

GENDERS. 

40. There are three Genders, the Masculine, the Feminine, 
and Neuter. 

41. The Masculine denotes males; the Feminine denotes 
females; as man, Masculine ; woman, Feminine. 

42. Names of things without life are of no Gender, and 
are therefore called Neuter Nouns. ; as table, pen. 

Exfl. — Neuter means neither of two; and, as applied to Nouns, 
means neither Masculine nor Feminine. 

43. Obs. — Many things without life, as sun, ship, &c. are often 
figuratively spoken of as Masculine, or as Feminine. Thus the sun is 
spoken of as Masculine, and the word he is used in reference to it; 
while the moon is spoken of as Feminine, and the word she -is used 
in reference to it. So, the church; the virtues, faith, hope, charity; 
ships; countries, as America, Fra?ice, Russia, &c, are spoken of as 
Feminine. 

44. Some Nouns are Common to both genders, being 
either Masculine pr Feminine ; as, parent, teacher, friend, 
enemy, ally, bird. 

EXERCISE XIII. 

Read the following words, and tell the Masculine, the Feminine, the 
Neuter, and the Common Genders of each : — 

The boy. The author. The girl. The daughter. The garden. The 
aunt. The gander. Sir. The cow. The lad. The bachelor. The 

QUESTIONS. 
Tell all the different cases in Exercise XII. 

40. How many Genders are there ? What are they ? 

41. What does each denote ? Give examples of each. 

42. What Gender are things without life ? What does Neuter mean? 

43. When are Neuter Nouns designated as Masculine or Feminine? 

44. What are some instances of Common Gender 9 

Point out under Exercise XIII., the Nouns of the different Genders. 



NOUNS. 



17 



spinster. The nephew. The hay. The bird. The dog. The woman. 
The mistress. The son. The master. The cart. The nieee. The 
hook. The lord. The horse. The milk. The countess. The earl. 
The mare. The grass. The bull. The lass. Person. The ink. The 
friend. A duke. An enemy. A writing-desk. A university. An 
army. Madam. The rain. The town Bndgeton. A negro. A 
Turk. The queen Victoria. 

FORMATION OF FEMININES. 

45. The Feminine is distinguished from the Masculine in 
three different ways : 

46. (1.) By another word; as uncle, aunt, 

47. (2.) By a difference in the termination. 

48. By the termination ess; as count, countess. 

49. By the termination ine; as hero, heroine; landgrave, 
landgrav-ine. 

Obs. — If the Masculine ends in er or or, the er or or is sometimes 
omitted, and the ess added in its place ; as governor, governess. 

But more generally the r is kept, and only the vowel lost ; asso?igsterj 
songst{e)ress; actor, act{o)ress. 

50. (3.) By prefixing a different word; as he-goat, she- 
goat; man-servant, maid-servant ; cock-sparrow, hen-sparrow. 

Obs. — There are also some Latin Feminines in trix, from Masculines 
in tor; as executrix, from executor. 



51. 


LIST OF MAS 


Masc. 


Fern. 


Abbot 


Abbess 


Actor 


Actress 


Adulterer 


Adultress 


Ambassador 


Ambassadress 


Administrator 


Administratrix 


Author 


Authoress 


Baron 


Baroness 


Bachelor 


Maid, Spinster 


Beau 


Belle 


Boar 


Sow 


Boy 


Girl 


Bridegroom 


Bride 


Brother 


Sister 


Buck 


Doe 


Bull 


Cow 


Bullock 


Heifer 


Cock 


Hen 


Count 


Countess 


Duke 


Duchess 


Dog 


Bitch 



Masc. 


Fern. 


Deacon 


Deaconess 


Drake 


Duck 


Earl 


Countess 


Elector 


Electress 


Executor 


Executrix 


Emperor 


Empress 


Father 


Mother 


Friar 


Nun 


Gander 


Goose 


Husband 


Wife 


Horse 


Mare 


Heir 


Heiress 


Hunter 


Huntress 


Jew 


Jewess 


King 


Queen 


Lad 


Lass 


Lion 


Lioness 


Lord 


Lady 


Man 


Woman 


Marquis 


Marchioness 



QUESTIONS. 

45-50. What are the different ways of forming the Feminine Gender 
of Nouns? Give examples of each. What are the different endings of 
the second method? 

51. Under which of these methods do the several words in the list form 
the Feminine? 

2* 



18 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Masc 


Fein. 


Masc. 


Fern. 


Master 


Mistress 


Son 


Daughter 


Mayor 


Mayoress 


Sorcerer 


Sorceress 


Nephew 


Niece 


Stag 


Hind 


Patron 


Patroness 


Shepherd 


Shepherdess 


Peer 


Peeress 


Tutor 


Tutoress 


Poet 


Poetess 


Viscount 


Viscountess 


Priest 


Priestess 


Uncle 


Aunt 


Prince 


Princess 


Widower 


Widow 


Prophet 
Ram 


Prophetess 
Ewe 


Wizard 


Witch 



PERSON. 

52. Person is the distinction between the speaker and the 
person or thing spoken to and of. Nouns have three Persons : 
1st. The speaker. 2d. The person or thing spoken to; and, 
3d. The person or thing spoken of. 

ADJECTIVES. 

53. An Adjective is a word which expresses the quality 
of a noun ; as, great, good, large. 

54. Explanation. — An Adjective has no meaning alone ; it goes with 
some noun; as, a good house. Here good is an Adjective, because it 
shows the quality of the noun house. 

EXERCISE XIV. 

Point out all the Adjectives : 

The strong man works. The sharp knife cuts. The watchful dog 
barks. The ripe fruit is plucked. The good seed is sown. The new 
clock is striking. A brave soldier fights- Modesty is a great virtue 
Rain is beneficial. A large garden is not always a profitable garden. A 
handsome flower is not always a sweet-smelling flower. A swift horse 
is very useful. 

Prefix a suitable Adjective to each of these nouns : 

Dog, Cat, Pig, Goat, Horse, Table, Book, Cow, Apple, Sea, Grass, 
Ink, Pen, Ox, Fruit, Bees, Ball, Game, Bull. 

55. Adjectives have three Degrees of comparison, the 
Positive, the Comparative, and the Superlative. 

56. The Positive Degree is the Adjective in its simple 
form ) as, high, low, 

57. The Comparative is formed by adding er to the Posi- 
tive; as, high, higher; low, lower. 

QUESTIONS. 

52. What is person ? What is the distinction between Nouns of the 
different persons? 

53. What is an Adjective ? Give examples. Which are the Adjectives 
in Exercise XIV.? 

55. How manv Degrees of Comparison have Adjectives ? Name them . 

56. What is the Positive ? 

57. How is the Comparative formed ? 



ADJECTIVES. 19 

58. The Superlative is formed by adding est to the Posi- 
tive ; as, high, highest; low, lowest. 

59. Rule 1.— If the Positive ends in e, the e is dropped in the Com- 
parative and Superlative; as, wide, wid-er, wid-est. 

Rule 2. — If the Positive ends in y, preceded by a consonant, the y 
becomes i in the Comparative and Superlative; as, happy, Juippi-er , 
happi-est. But if the y is preceded by a vowel, the y is kept ; as, gay, 
gayer, gayest. 

Rule 3 — If the word ends in a single consonant, preceded by a sin- 
gle vowel, (he consonant is doubled; as, red, redder, reddest. But if a 
word has two consonants at the end, or two vowels before the one con- 
sonant, no doubling takes place as, thick, thicker, thickest; tueak, weaker, 
weakest. 

DEGREES OF ADJECTIVES EXPLAINED. 

60. The Positive Degree asserts a quality of any thing positively, 
wil hout any restriction or reference to another thing. Thus, the sentence, 
The tree is high, asserts positively the height of the tree, without refer- 
ence to any other trees. But we may also assert the height of a tree in 
comparison with some other tree or trees, or with something else. We 
may say, The apple tree is higher than the cherry tree, or The apple tree 
is the highest of all the trees. — These two forms, higher and highest, are, 
strictly, degrees of Comparison, called, the one the Comparative, and 
the other the Superlative. 

EXERCISE XV. 

Mention all the Positives, Comparatives, and Superlatives : 
Iron is hard, steel harder. Tin is heavy, gold heavier. Gold is the 
heaviest of the precious metals. Glass is clearer than horn. Sight is the 
noblest of the senses. The movement of light is quicker than that of 
sound. The Rhine is a larger river than the Moselle. Crcesus was one 
of the richest of men. Solomon was the wisest of men. The cherries 
are riper than the currants. Of all stones the diamond is the hardest. 

61. Most Adjectives of more than one syllable are gener- 
ally compared by prefixing more and most; as, useful, more 
useful, most useful. In the same way less and least are 
used. 

62. The following Superlatives are formed by most added to the Posi- 
tive or Comparative : hindmost, hindermost; utmost, outermost; upmost, 
tippermost; inmost, innermost. 

QUESTIONS. 

58. How is the Superlative formed? When the Positive ends in y, 
how are the other degrees formed ? What is the rule for the compari- 
son of red, thick, weak, &c. 

60. What does the Positive Degree assert? What the Comparative? 
What the Superlative? 

In Exercise XV. tell the Adjectives of each different degree. 

61. How are Adjectives of more than one syllable generally compared? 

62. What Superlatives are formed by adding most ? 



20 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

63. Many common Adjectives are compared irregularly. 



Bad "Worse Worst 

Far Farther, fur- Farthest 

ther furthest 

Good Better Best 

Late Later, latter Latest, last 



Little Less, lesser Least 

Many,mueh More Most 

Nigh Nigher Next 

Old Older, elder 01dest,eldest 



EXERCISE XVI. 

Compare all the Adjectives in Exercises XIV. and XV. 

PRONOUNS. 

64. A Pronoun is a word used instead of a Noun ; as, 
James was tired, and he sat down. 

Expl. — Here he is a Pronoun, being used instead of the Noun James. 
Instead of saying " James was tired, and James sat down," we say. 
" James was tired, and he sat down." 

EXERCISE XVII. 

Point out all the Pronouns : 

I am fond of work. We reverence old age. You learn diligently. 
He is clever. She w T alks well. They are very silent. You must not 
associate with bad people. We get on by perseverance. We are very 
fond of her, for she is very diligent. If a child is disobedient he is pun- 
ished. Thou art hungry, but I am thirsty. The heat makes me thirsty. 
The porter admitted us." The officer praised the soldier, and rewarded 
him. 

Put the proper Pronoun, instead of the Noun which is repeated : 

If the boy is good, the boy is loved. If the child is not obedient, the 
child is punished. (James speaking^) James said to his mother yesterday, 
James will always love you. (Anne speaking,) Anne called out, Anne 
cannot come now. The servants came and told the master that the ser- 
vants had done as the master had ordered. (Speaking to Edward,) 
When Edward comes out of school, Edward must go into the garden. 

65. Pronouns are of the first, second, or third person. 
The person speaking is the first person. 

The person spoken to is the second. 

The person or thing spoken of is the third. 

Exfl. — Thus, in the sentence, I assure you that he is coming: Z" is 
the first person, being the speaker; you the second, being spoken, to; he 
the third, being spoken of. 



QUESTIONS. 

63. Compare the irregular Adjectives. In Exercise XIV. and XV. 
compare the Adjectives. 

64. What is a Pronoun? Show them in Exercise XVII. Follow the 
direction over the second paragraph of this Exercise. 

52. What is Person? 

65. When are Pronouns of each Person ? Point out each Person in 
the example. Follow the direction under Exercise XVIII. 



PRONOUNS. 21 

EXERCISE XVIII. 

In Exercise XVII. tell the Pronoun of each person, also the person of 
the Nouns. 

66. Pronouns are of three kinds, Personal, Relative, and 
Adjective. 

PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

67. A Personal Pronoun is the simple substitute for a 

Noun ; as, Where is Robert's book ? He has lost it. 

Expl. — Here he and it simply stand for Robert and the book. No 
other relation is implied. 



Plural. 

1 TER. 2 PER. 3 PER, 



We Ye You They 
Ours Yours Theirs 
Us You Them 



Singular. 

Cases 1 per. 2 per. 3 per. 

Mas. Fern. Neu, 
Norn. I Thou He She It 

Poss. Mine Thine His Hers Its 
Obi. Me Thee Him Her It 

68. Obs. — These Pronouns in the Possessive Case are considered as 
Personal Pronouns only when they include the Noun within themselves ; 
as, That is his. If they are followed by a Noun, they are Adjective 
Pronouns (77); as, That is his box. 

Caution. — Never use the apostrophe with his, hers, its, 
ours, yours, theirs. Write yours, not your's. 

EXERCISE XIX. 

Tell the Pronouns, with the Person, Number, Case and Gender of 
each : 

Follow me. Do as I tell you. You must not forget the books; bring 
them with you. He promises to come lo-morrow. He often helped me. 
We shall be able to render him material assistance. She loves them 
much. He was punished yesterday. Whose book is that? Mine. 
Whose hat is this? His. fc)on't hurt her. The dog seems in pain; 
look at it. Thou oughtest to return kindness by kindness. He told them 
that he would carry John's books, but not theirs. Is that bat yours? 
No, it is James's. Caesar not only fought battles ; he Avrote an account 
of them too. 

RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

69. A Relative Pronoun relates to some Noun or Pronoun 



QUESTIONS. 

66. How many and what are the different kinds of Pronouns? 

67. What is a personal Pronoun? In the Example, which is the 
Personal Pronoun? Decline the Pronouns of each Person 

68. When are the Possessive Cases of these called Adjective Pronouns? 
What is the Caution? Which are the Pronouns and of what Person, 
Number, Gender, and Case, is each in the senlences under Exercise 
XIX? 

69. To what does a Relative Pronoun refer? Which word is the 
Relative Pronoun in the Example? Which is the Antecedent? 



22 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



going before it, called its Antecedent ; as, / have lost the 
book which I bought, 

Expl— Here which is a Relative, because it relates to the Noun book 
going before it. Book is the Antecedent. 

70. Who declined. 

Cases. Masc. and Fern. Neut. 

Nom. Who Which 

Poss. Whose (= Who's) 

Ob j. Whom Which 

So the compounds whoever, whosoever. 

Cases. Masc. and Fem. Neut. 

Nom. Whosoever Whichsoever 

Poss. Whosesoever 

Obj. Whomsoever Whichsoever 

Obs. 1. — W/wso is used only in the Nominative. 
Obs. 2. — The Relatives are the same in both Numbers. 

71. Who is used only of persons ; as, The man who reads. 
Which is used of things or inferior animals ; as, The tabic 
which fell; The dog which barks. 

EXERCISE XX. 

Point out the Relatives : also the Antecedents. 

The man who bound that book must be a good workman. Whoever 
breaks this rule will be punished accordingly. The carpenter whom we em- 
ploy is quite a man of genius. That is a fine horse whosesoever it may be. 
I wonder whose plan it was. The person whom you saw riding in the 
park, I met yesterday. The tailor who made that coat is no ordinarv 
artist. I will give the prize to whomsoever it is due. Is this the book 
which I saw in your hands yesterday ? Whoso has abused power, clings 
to it with a yet more convulsive grasp. He may take whichever he 
prefers. Whomsoever he recommends, will be sure of the situation. 
Whoever distinguishes himself most, will get the prize The man who 
said so, is a wise man. 

72. That is sometimes a Relative, and is used for who or 
which; as, The house that you saw is sold. 

Expl. — Here we might say which instead of that. 

EXERCISE XXI. 

Instead of who or which, use the Relative that: 

The man who made your dining-table is making me a set of chairs. 
The strawberries which vou gave me were excellent. Where is the 



QUESTIONS. 
,70. Decline who. Decline the Compounds oivjho. 

71. What distinction is observed in the use of who and which? Tn 
Exercise XX., which are the Relatives'? Which are the Antecedents? 

72. When is that a. Relative ? 



PRONOUNS. 23 

hat which you bought to-day? I have not yet seen the house which I 
bought. J bought it from the account which a friend gave me. He was 
a man whom I could rely on. It is very imprudent to buy things which 
you have not seen. 

Instead of that, use the equivalent, mho, whom, or which. 

The persons that refuse to obey the law are rebels. He that reproveth 
a scorner getleth to himself shame. The horse that my father has 
bought is four years old. The servant that we have hired is a French- 
woman. Where is the book that I lent you? The pen that I am writing 
with is the same that you gave me. The lady that he married is very 
intelligent. 

73. What is at once both Antecedent and Relative, and is 
equivalent to that which or those which; as, Tell me what 
you did. 

EXERCISE XXII. 

Instead of what, use the Antecedent and Relative : 

He told me what he had seen. "We commonly love what has done us 
good. Let them say what they will, she will do what she likes. I will 
do what I can. Don't forget to tell him what I say. Do you see 
what I mean ? Have you forgotten what your lather said ? Is this what 
you mean ? 

Put what, where it can supply the place of the Relative and its Ante- 
cedent : 

Write me an account of the things which you see. I told him that 
which you told me. He often tells me that which he expects. We en- 
deavor to do that which is fair. This is just that which I wanted. 
Put that which is lying on the table into the cupboard. He sent me 
those things which he promised. 

ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

74. An Adjective Pronoun is a word which partakes of 
the character of an Adjective and of a Pronoun; as, His 
book is lost. 

75. Expl. — Here, his is an Adjective, agreeing with book; but it is also a 
Pronoun, for it stands in place of James's or Charles's, or some other 
person's. (68.) 

Obs. — Adjective Pronouns are also sometimes called Pronominal 
Adjectives. 

76. Adjective Pronouns are of five kinds ; Possessive, 
Demonstrative, Distributive, Indefinite, Interrogative. 

77. The Possessive Pronouns are — 

1st Pers. Sing. My Plur. Our 

2d Pers Thy Your 

3d Pers. His, her, its Their 

QUESTIONS. 

73. What part of speech is what? Resolve what into its equivalent 
words in the sentences under Exercise XXII. In the second paragraph 
of the same exercise substitute what for the words it represents. 

74. What is an Adjective Pronoun? 

76. What are the different kinds of Adjective Pronouns? 

77. Which are the Possessive Pronouns? 



24 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

78. Obs. 1. — The Adjective own is used with any of these Possessive 
Pronouns; as, my own son, thy own father. 

79. Obs. 2. — The word self is sometimes added to these Possessive 
Pronouns ; as, myself ourselves. Self however, is not added to his and 
their, but to the Personals Amand them; as, himself themselves. These 
are called Reciprocal Pronouns. 

EXERCISE XXIII. 

Tell the Possessive Pronouns ; mention the Person ; also the Re- 
ciprocals : 

Where is my hat? The boy has hurt himself. What have you done 
with your boots? I have sold my horse myself. Who is your shoe- 
maker? He did it himself. Where does thy brother live? Do you 
know her sister? Their brother lives near our house. How are your 
crops this year? They came themselves. That is a fine tree, but its bark is 
a good deal injured. Have you ever been at his uncle's? I dined there 
with your brother and his wife. Whose hat is that? Your own, is it 
not ? He asked me whose hat that was, and it is his own all the while. 
Physician, heal thyself. I myself saw it. Do it yourself. 

80. The Demonstrative Pronouns are, 

Sing. This, that. Plur. These, those. 

81. Rule. — If that can be changed into who, whom, or which, it is a 
Relative ; as. The house that you saw is sold. When that marks any- 
thing emphatically, it is a Demonstrative ; as, Give me that. It is pro- 
nounced sharp, that. 

EXERCISE XXIV. 

In the following sentences, mention the Demonstratives, and the 
Relatives : 

The man that you sent this morning is not come back. I admire that 
house. Is that a new book? Which? That. That is a new edition of 
the book. The boy that came into that class last, will soon be first. I 
mean that boy- That is a fine horse. Where is that knife you had ? 
Who said that ? 

Some place their bliss in action, some in ease ; 
Those call it pleasure, and contentment these. 

Put the Demonstrative for the word the, where you can : 
The boy who translated this has done it well. Who is that lady? 
Which, the lady at the window? No, the one who is walking across 
the street. She is the mother of the young lady whom you met in France 
last year, at the party you told me of. The persons who will not sow 
must not expect to reap. 

QUESTIONS. 
78. To what words is oivn and self added, and what are they then 
called? Tell the Possessive and Reciprocal Pronouns under Exercise 
XXIII. 

80. Which are the Demonstratives? 

81. When is that a Relative? Which are the demonstratives in 
Exercise XXIV. Substitute the Demonstrative for the Article in the 
second paragraph of the same Exercise. 



PRONOUNS. 25 

82. The Distributive Pronouns are each, every, either, 
neither. 

83. Obs. 1. — Each and every are Distributives of any Number, of three, 
or three hundred. But either and neither are Distributives of two only. 
We may say either or neither, of these plans, provided there are only 
two, but not if there are more than two. 

84. Obs. 2.— -Neither is equivalent to not either. (196-8.) 

EXERCISE XXV. 

Which are the Distributives ? 

Each of us must take a candle. Neither of you ought to go. Every 
one of you must go. Which of us shall go? Either. Either of you 
may write out the list. Every part of Italy is cultivated like a garden. 
Neither of the twins was there. Every rose has a thorn. Each boy is 
to have his book. 

85. The Indefinite Pronouns are all, any, both, certain, 
few, many, much, none, one, other, another, one another, 
each other, several, some, such, whole. 

86. Obs. — These words are likewise used as Adjectives; as, all men^ 
both houses. When used with Nouns, they are Adjectives; when with- 
out, they are Indefinite Pronouns. Sometimes the Adjective and Noun are 
written in one word ; as, something: so nobody; where, strictly, no is an 
Adjective, and body a Noun. Commonly, these compounds are regarded 
as Nouns merely. 

EXERCISE XXVI. 

Point out the Indefinite Pronouns ; also the Compounds : and tell when 
they are Adjectives: 

They were amusing one another. I have not been on any of the rail- 
roads. Have you seen any one ? These pens are worth nothing. I 
have not seen such fine strawberries for many years. Will you take a 
few? They were opposed to each other. All agreed. There were 
certain persons present who told him about it. Many were there. Has 
he brought anything? Nothing at all. The one became a soldier, the 
other went to the bar. Several of the boys went. One does not like to 
have one's favors slighted. 

87. Obs. — Other numerals besides one, both cardinal and ordinal, are 
used as Indefinite Pronouns (92, 94), that is, without Nouns; as eight 
came; the first is arrived, 



QUESTIONS. 

82. Which are the Distributive Pronouns ? 

84. What does Neither mean ? Point out the Distributive Pronouns 
Exercise XXV. 

85. Which are the Indefinite Pronouns? 

86. When are the same words Adjectives? In Exercise XXVI. tell 
where they are Indefinite Pronouns and where Adjectives. 

87. When are other Numerals Indefinite Pronouns? 

3 



26 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

88. The Interrogative Pronouns are who, whose, 
whom, which, what. 

89. Interrogatives are used in asking questions. 

90. Oes. — A question is direct or indirect : direct, as who did it? In- 
direct, as he ashed me who did it ? 

EXERCISE XXVII. 

"Which are the Interrogatives? 

(Direct.) Who broke that glass? Which of you did it? What were 
you saying? Whose cap is this? Whom did you send? 

(hidirect.) He asked me which tree I meant? Did you inquire who 
he was? I asked whose that book was? 

NUMERALS. 

91. Numerals, or Numeral Adjectives, are of two kinds, 
Cardinals or Ordinals. 

92. The Cardinal Numbers are — 

(1) One, Two, Three, Four, Five, Six, Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten, 
Eleven, Twelve, &c. 

(2) Thirteen (=three-ten), Fourteen (=four-ten), &c. 

(3) Twenty (=twain-tv, Thirty (=three-ty,) &c. 

(4) Hundred, Thousand, Million. 

93. Obs. — The first class (1) are the simple numbers ; the next (2) are 
compounded with ten t by way of addition ; the next (3) are compounded 
with ty, which means ten, by way of multiplication. 

94. The Ordinal Numbers denote the order in which any- 
thing comes. They are, 

(1) First, Second, Third. 

(2) Fourth, Fifth. Sixth, Seventh, Eighth, Ninth, &c. 

(3) Twenti-eth, Thirti-eth, Forti-eth, Fifti-eth, &c. 

(4) Hundreth, Thousandth, Millionth. 

95. Obs. — The first three (1) are irregular; the next (2) are made by 
the addition of th to the Cardinal ; the next (3) have eth added, and the y 
becoming* i, not tiventyth, but twentieth; the next (4) are like the second, 
simply having th added to the Cardinal. 

EXERCISE XXVIII. 

In the Numerals, which are Cardinals and Ordinals? 

I was there four days. He will return on the twentieth of the month. 

QUESTIONS. 

88. Which are Interrogative Pronouns? 

89. For what are they used? Point out the Interrogatives in Exercise 
XXVII. 

91. What two kinds of Numerals are there. 

92. Which are Cardinal? 

94. Which are Ordinal? Which are Cardinal and which are Ordinal 
in Exercise XXVIII.? 



VERBS. 27 

Have you been many days in the city? Only three. There are sixty 
minutes in one hour. In which class is he, in the sixth? I counted a 
hundred and sixty cherries on that tree. "Which tree? The third from 
us. On what day did he leave? Three days ago. There were twelve 
Apostles. January is the first, and February the second month. A dol- 
lar is equal to a hundred cents. About the end of the fifteenth century 
Columbus discovered America. There are ten commandments. A week 
has seven days. 

VERBS. 

96. A Verb is a word which denotes being or doing; as 
The boy beats his brother; The boy is beaten by his brother; 
The boy sleeps. 

Expl. — Beats, in the first sentence, implies an action, done by the boy; 
is beaten, in the second, implies an action done to the boy by the brother; 
and sleeps, in the third, implies a state or condition of being. These 
words, then, beats, is-beaten, and sleeps, are Verbs. 

EXERCISE XXIX. 

Point out the Verbs : 

The water boils. The grass is green. The stars shine, Horses run, 
birds fly, serpents creep, fishes swim. The weather is warm. The day 
was fine. The boy struck the dog. The dog ran up to him. The boy 
knew his father. The mother loves her children. Children obey their 
parents. Give me the book. Your hat lies on the table. Who laid it 
there? I do not know; but I saw it lying there. The gardener prunes 
the vine. Who is mowing the grass"? They make hay while the sun 
shines. The grass was scorched by the sun. The book is bound. Who 
wrote this letter ? It is well done. 

97. Verbs are Active, Passive, or Neuter. 

98. An Active Verb expresses an action that must have 
an agent and an object ; as, / praise James. 

Expl. Here praise is an Active Verb, having a person praising (J), 
and a person praised {James). The agent, that is, the doer, is I; the 
object, that is, the person acted on, is James. 

99. A Passive Verb expresses an action done to a per- 
son or thing, and must have an object and an agent 3 as, 
James is praised by me. 

Expl. — Here is praised is a Passive Verb, having an object who is 
praised {James), and an agent by luJiom he is praised {me). (135.) The 
action of praising m done to James. 

100. Obs. — The Verb, in its active state, is called the Active Voice ; 
and in its passive, the Passive Voice. 

QUESTIONS. 

96. What is a Verb ? Point out the Verbs in Exercise XXIX. 

97. How are Verbs classified ? 

98. What does an Active Verb express? 

99. What does a Passive Verb express? 



28 ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 

101. A Neuter Verb expresses the being or state of 

being of something, or an action not passing over to an object ; 

as, / sleep, he runs, 

Expl. — Here sleep and runs are Neuter Verbs, having no object after 
them. Neuter means neither of two; and, as applied to Verbs, means 
neither Active nor Passive. 

102. Obs. 1. — Active Verbs are called transitive, when the action 
passes over to some object, and does not terminate with the agent ; as, 
James praises his brother. Here the action of praising passes over to 
the object, brother, and hence the Verb is called Transitive. Neuter 
Verbs are called intransitive, when the action does not pass over to an 
object, but terminates with the agent ; as, You walk; They awake. 

103. Obs. 2, — Neuter Verbs sometimes take a Noun after them, not as 
an object, but rather as explaining and completing the meaning of the 
Verb ; as, he ran a race; Go thy way. 

104. Obs. — Many Verbs are used both as Active and as Neuter Verbs ; 
the context only determining which they are : as, to grieve; a person 
himself grieves, or he may grieve another; that is, cause another to 
grieve. We may say, He grieved his frie?id, where the Verb is Active ; 
or, He grieves for his friend, where the Verb is Neuter. 

EXERCISE XXX. 

In the following sentences distinguish the Active, the Passive, and the 
Neuter Verbs. Do the same in Exercise XXXIII. 

The tree waves. The moon enlightens the earth. The tree is blown 
about by the wind. The cow lows. The stars glitter. The physician 
cures trie invalid. The invalid is cured by the physician. The invalid 
recovers. The smith shoes the horse. The horse is shod by the smith. 
The carpenter makes a table. That table was made by my carpenter. 
The raven croaks. The gardener felled the tree. The tree falls. 

105. To Verbs belong Mood, Tense, Number, and Person. 

MOODS. 

106. Mood is the mode or manner in which an action is 
expressed. 

107. There are five Moods ; the Indicative, Subjunctive, 
Potential, Imperative, and Infinitive. 

108. The Indicative either asserts or denies, or is used in 
asking a question ; as, I praise, I do not praise, do I praise? 

QUESTIONS. 

101. What does a Neuter Verb express ? 

102. When are Verbs called Transitive? When Intransitive 7 

104. What is said of Verbs which are both Active and Neuter ? In 
Exercise XXX. which are the Active Verbs? Which the Passive? 
Which the Neuter ? 

105. What properties belong to Verbs? 

106. What is Mood? 

107. How many Moods are there? Nome them. 

108. How is the Indicative known ? 



VERBS. 29 

109. The Subjunctive denotes a condition or supposition, 
and generally has some Conjunction (as if or though) before 
it ; as, If it rain. 

110. The Subjunctive sometimes differs from the Indicative in form, 
only in the Present Tense, except in the Verb to be, and in the Imperfect 
Active and Imperfect Passive, which have the Verb to be as their Auxi- 
liary. 

111. The Potential denotes possibility, power, or inclina- 
tion ; as, Re may come; He can go. 

112. The Imperative commands or entreats ; as, Praise 
thou; Bless thou us. 

113. The Infinitive expresses the meaning of the Verb in 
a general and indefinite way ; as, To play is pleasant. 

Expl. — Here to play is in the Infinitive, and is used as a Substantive, 
being- equivalent to the noun play. Hence the Infinitive is sometimes 
called the Substantive Mood. 

114. There is likewise a part of the Verb called a Parti- 
ciple, from its partaking both of the nature of a Verb and 
an Adjective ; as, He lived respected and died lamented. 

Expl. — Here respected and lamented are parts of the Verbs to respect 
and to lament, and like Adjectives belong to the Pronoun he. 

TENSES. 

115. Tense is the distinction of Time. 

116. There are three main Tenses : Present, Past, and 
Future. 

Obs. — The word tense means time. (L. 460.) As all time is Present, 
Past, or Future, these are the main divisions of the Tenses. — I write to- 
day, I wrote yesterday, I shall write to-morrow. 

117. In the active Voice there are two subdivisions of 
each main tense, namely : the Present and the Perfect, or 
Present Perfect ; the Past or Imperfect, and the Pluperfect, 
or Past Perfect ; and the Future and Future Perfect, making 
in all six Tenses. 

QUESTIONS. 

109. How is the Subjunctive known? 

111. How is the Potential known? 

112. How is the Imperative known? 

113. And how the Infinitive? 

115. What is Tense ? 

116. What are the main Tenses? 

117. What two subdivisions of each Tense are there ? How many 
Tenses in all ? 

3* 



30 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



THE TENSES EXPLAINED. 

118. Actions are spoken of with reference to time. Indefinitely or 
Definitely. There is one Indefinite form in each Tense. Thus, I 
write, in the present ; I wrote, in the past ; I shall write, in the future. 
But there are two Definite Tenses. For an action may be defined, with 
reference to any time, in two ways ; either as Incomplete and Imper- 
fect, or as Complete and Perfect at that time. Hence, in each Tense 
there is a Definite form for the Incomplete, and a Definite form for the 
Perfect. 

(Pres.,) I am writing ; {Perfect) I have written ; 
(Past,) I was writing; {Perfect) I had written; 
(Fut.,) I shall be writing ; {Perfect) I shall have written. 

119. Obs. — The Perfect Tenses have also a Progressive Form in the 
Active Voice; as, Present Perfect, I have written; Progressive Form, 
I have been writing; Past Perfect, Iliad written; Progressive Form, 
I had been writing; Future Perfect, I shall have ivritten; Progressive 
Form, I shall have been writing. ' 

Expl. — I have heen writing is Present, inasmuch as it brings the ac- 
tion down to the Present time ; it is Perfect, as the action is finished ; it 
is Progressive, as it represents the action as having extended over a space 
of time. 

120. But an action may also be spoken of in an Emphatic way, except 
it be Future. Hence there is an Emphatic form in each Tense, except 
the Future. Thus, Present Emphatic, I do write; Past Emphatic, I did 
write. 

Obs. 1. — There is no Emphatic form in the Potential or Infinitive, nor in 
any Mood of the Passive. 

Obs. 2. — In Negative and Interrogative Sentences, the word do, does 
not make the Verb Emphatic. Thus, Do yo2i know him ? (Interrogative) ; 
and You do not know him, (Negative), are not Emphatic, but Indefinite. 

Obs. 3. — The form, I have written^ is usually called the Perfect Tense. 
This is a correct term ; for perfect means complete; and I have written 
implies that the writing is complete. But it is complete now. So it is 
Present as well as Complete. It asserts the completion of an action at 
the present time. The doing of the action is past, but the completeness 
of the action is spoken of z.^ present. 

Obs. 4. — The Present Perfect or Perfect, is used to express an action, 
the effects of which are spoken of as coming down to the present time. 
Thus we say, Ccesar has written his Commentaries in a very chaste 
style. But we cannot say, Ccesar has written his work on language in 
a very chaste style; for it has not come down to us. We must say, Ccesar 
wrote his work on language in a, very chaste style. 

QUESTIONS. 

118. How are actions regarded as to time ? What is the Present In- 
definite of to write? What the Past Indefinite? What the Future 
Indefinite of the same Verb ? 

119. Give an example of the Progressive form in its different Tenses. 

120. What is the Emphatic Form of the different Tenses ? In what 
Mood is there no Emphatic Form ? In what circumstances do we use 
the Perfect Tense ? (Obs. 4.) 



VERBS. 31 

121. Obs. 5.— There are two Anomalous forms which require notice, 
one with the Participle in ing after the auxiliary be, as the house is 
building; the other with being, and the Past Participle after the auxili- 
ary, as the house is being built. This form, with being and the Past 
Participle, is admissible only in the Present and Imperfect Tenses; never 
in the Future. We cannot say the house will be being built; nor can 
we say the hoicse had been being built; such a repetition of the be would 
offend the ear. Generally, where it can be used, the form with the 
Participle in ing merely is preferable, and, in such phrases as the house 
is building, the book is printing, 6,-c., it is nearly always used ; but some- 
times this form would cause ambiguity, or be wholly unintelligible ; as, 
if we were to say the book is praising. In such cases the other form 
must be used ; or if that cannot be, the construction of the sentence 
must be changed altogether. 

122. Verbs, like Nouns, have two Numbers, Singular 
and Plural. 

123. Verbs have three Persons, corresponding to the 

Personal Pronouns. (65, 67.) 

Obs. — Two of these Persons are made by terminations. Thus the 
Second Sing, by est or si; as, thou, tell-est, thou love-st; the Third Sing. 
by etky es, or s; as he tell-eth, he blush-es, he love-s. 

124. These distinctions of Mood, Tense, Number, and Person, are 
shown (1st), by the context; or (2dly) by the inflection of the word; or 
(3dly) by the help of other Verbs, called Auxiliaries. (127.) 

125. The second mode of distinction is seen in the forms, thou call-est, 
he call-eth, he calls, I call-ed, where the parts est, tih, s, ed, mark cer- 
tain peculiarities of Person, Tense, &c. So in the form, I wrote, the 
change of the Vowel from i to o (write, wrote), shows a difference of 
Tense. 

Obs. There were formerly several inflections in English which have 
now gone out of use. For example, the Infinitive ended in en, as it now 
does in the sister language, German. To love, was to loven. To ben 
(—to be) occurs in Shakspeare. The 1st and 3d Plur. ended in en, as 
now in German. They love was they loven. Chaucer has, they praisen, 
we slepten, &c. 

126. The third mode of distinction is by Auxiliaries; as, I did write, 
I shall write. 

127. The Auxiliaries are Verbs which are joined to 
other Verbs to help to mark their distinctions of Mood and 
Tense. They are do, be, have, shall, will, may, can, must. 

128. Verbs which are not Auxiliaries are called principal 
or independent Verbs. 

QUESTIONS. 

121. What two Anomalous forms are there? To what Tenses are 
they limited ? 

122. What property have Verbs like Nouns? 

123. What persons have Verbs? 

127. What are- Auxiliaries? 

128. What are Principal Verbs? When are some of the usual Aux- 
iliary Verbs Independent ? 



32 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Obs. — Do, be, have, will, are independent Verbs, and not Auxiliaries, 
whenever they are not attached to other Verbs ; as, 1 do this; I am well. 
Here do and am are independent Verbs. 

129. Some Yerbs are used only in the third person, with 
it as the Nominative. These are called Impersonal Verbs ; 
as, It rains; It snows. 

130. Yerbs that have not all the Moods and Tenses are 
called Defective Yerbs. 

The following are the Defective Verbs in our Language. 

PRESENT. 

Beware 
Can 

May 

Must 

Ought 

Shall 

Will 

Quoth 

131. The following are the forms of the 



IMPERFECT 



Could 

Might 

Must 

Ought 

Should 

Would 

Quoth 



AUXILIARY VERBS. 
1. — TO DO. 



Singular. 
I do 

Thou doest or dost 
He doth or does. 



I did 

Thou didst 
He did. 



I have done 
Thou hast done 
He has done. 



I had done 
Thou hadst done 
He had done. 



PRESENT. 

Plural. 
We do 
Ye or you do 
They do. 

IMPERFECT. 

We did 
You did 
They did. 

PERFECT TENSE. 

We have done 
You have done 
They have done 

PLUPERFECT. 

We had done 
You had done 
They had done 



FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall or will do We shall or will do 

Thou shalt or wilt do You shall or will do 

He shall or will do. They shall or will do. 



QUESTIONS. 

129. What are Impersonal Verbs? 

130. What are Defective Verbs? Repeat the list. 



VERBS. 33 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Singular. Plural. 

I shall or will have done We shall or will have clone 

Thou shalt or wilt have done You shall or will have done 

He shall or will have done. They shall or will have done. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

If I do, &C. 

IMPERFECT TENSE. 
If I did, &C. 

PERFECT TENSE. 

If I have done, &e. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

If I had done, &c. 

FUTURE TENSE. 

If I shall or will do, &c. 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

If I shall or will have done, &c. 
POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I may, can or must do, &c. 

IMPERFECT TENSE. 

I might, could, would, or should do, &c 

PERFECT TENSE. 

I may, can, or must have done, &c 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

I might, could, would, or should have done, &c 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

2d pers. Do, or do thou. 2d pers. Do, or do you. 

EMPHATIC FORM. 

2d pers. Do thou do. 2d pers. Do you do. 

PARTICIPLES. 

present, Doing. perfect, Done. 

compound perfect, Having done. 

1->ote. — This Verb is here conjugated throughout, as an Independent or 
Principal Verb, but some of its Forms and Tenses are used as Aux- 
iliaries. 



34 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 





2. — TO BE. 




Singular, 


PRESENT. 


Plural. 


Indic. Subj. 


Indic. 


Subj. 


I am (If) I be 
Thou art (If) thou be 
He is. (If) he be. 


We are 
You are 
They are. 

IMPERFECT. 


(If) we be 
(If) you be 
(If) they be. 


I was (If) I were We were (If) we were 
Thou wast (If) thou wert You were (If ) you were 
He was. (If) he were. They were. (If) Ihey were. 




PARTICIPLES. 




present, Being. 




past, Been. 


3 


. — TO HAVE. 

PRESENT. 




Singular. 


Plural. 


I have 
Thou hast 
He hath or has. 


IMPERFECT. 


We have 
You have 
They have. 


I had 

Thou hadst 
He had. 


4. — SHALL. 

PRESENT. 


We had 
You had 
They had. 


I shall 
Thou shalt 
He shall. 


IMPERFECT. 


We shall 
You shall 
They shall. 


I should 
Thou shouldst 
He should. 


5. — WILL. 

PRESENT. 


We should 
You should 
They should. 


I will 
Thou wilt 
He will. 


IMPERFECT, 


We will 
You will 
They will. 


I would 
Thou wouldst 
He would. 




We would 
You would 
They would. 



VERBS. 



35 



6. — MAY. 



Singular. 


PRESENT. 


Plural. 


I may 

Thou mayest 
He may. 


IMPERFECT. 


We may 
You may 
They may. 


I might 
Thou mightest 
He might. 


7. — CAN. 

PRESENT. 


We might 
You might 
They might 


I can 

Thou canst 
He can. 


IMPERFECT. 


We can 
You can 
They can. 


I could 
Thou couldst 
He could. 




We could 
You could 
They could. 


8.- 


-MUST, (not changed.) 



EXERCISE XXXI. 

In what Mood, Tense, Number and Person are the following? viz: — 
I am. It is. You are. Thou art. She is. He was. They were. It 
was. Thou dost. You do. I do. We do. They did. She does. 
It doth. They do. I have. They had. We had. Thou hast. She has. 
It has. Thou hast had. They have had. Thou hadst had. We had 
had. I shall have. Thou shalt have. We shall have had. They will 
have had. I may have. I could have. We can have had. You could 
have had. Have. Do have. To have. 



CONJUGATION OF THE ACTIVE VERB. 

132. The Conjugation of a Verb is its arrangement in all 
its Moods, Tenses, Numbers, and Persons. 

133. The following is the Conjugation of the Verb to 
praise. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Singular. Plural. 

I praise We praise 

Thou praisest Ye or you praise 

He praises or praiseth. They praise. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

I am praising, &c. 

EMPHATIC FORM. 

I do praise, &c. 



36 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Singular. Plural. 

I praised We praised 

Thou praisedst You praised 

He praised. They praised. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

I was praising, &c. 

EMPHATIC FORM. 

I did praise, &c. 

PERFECT TENSE. 

I have praised We have praised 

Thou hast praised You have praised 

He has praised. They have praised. 

PROGRESSIVE FORM. 

I have been praising, &c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

I had praised We had praised 

Thou hadst praised You had praised 

He had praised. They had praised. 

PROGRESSIVE FORM. 

I had been praising, &c. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall or will praise We shall or will praise 

Thou shalt or wilt praise You shall or will praise 

He shall or will praise. They shall or will praise. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

I shall or will be praising, &c. 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

I shall or will have praised We shall or will have praised 

Thou shalt or wilt have praised You shall or will have praised 
He shall or will have praised. They shall or will have praised. 

PROGRESSIVE FORM. 

I shall or will have been praising, &c. 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

(If) I praise {if) We praise 

(If) Thou praisest or praise (If) You praise 

(If) He praises or praise. (If) They praise. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

(If) I am praising or (If) I be praising, &e. 



VERBS. 

EMPHATIC FORM. 



37 



(If) I do praise 

(If) Thou dost praise or (If) Thou do praise, &c 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Singular. Plural. 

(If) I praised (If) We praised 

(If) Thou praisedst or praised (If) You praised 

(If) He praised. (If) They praised. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

(If) I was praising or were praising 
(If) Thou wast praising or wert praising 
(If) He was or were praising, &c. 

EMPHATIC FORM 

(If) I did praise, &c. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

(If) I have praised (If) We have praised 

(If) Thou hast praised (If) You have praised 

(If) He has praised (If) They have praised. 

PROGRESSIVE FORM. 

(in I have been praising, &c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

(If) I had praised (If) We had praised 

(If) Thou hadst praised (If) You had praised 

(If) He had praised. (If) They had praised. 

PROGRESSIVE FORM. 

(If) I had been praising, &c. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

(If) I shall or will praise (If) We shall, &c., praise 

(If) Thou shalt, &c, praise (If) You shall, &c., praise 

(If) He shall, &c, praise. (If) They shall, &c., praise. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

(If) I shall, or will be praising, &c. 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

(If) I shall, or will have praised (If) We shall, &c. have praised 
(If) Thou shalt, &c, have praised (If) You shall. &c., have praised 
(If) He shall, &c. have praised. (If) They shall, &c, have praised 



4 



PROGRESSIVE FORM. 

(If) I shall, or will have been praising, &c. 



38 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Auxiliaries.— May, can, mast, 
Singular. Plural. 

I may, can or must praise We may, &33T, praise 

Thou mayest, &c., praise You may, &c., praise 

He may, &c, praise. They may, &c, praise. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

I may, can or must be praising, &c 

IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Auxiliaries. — Might, could, would, should 
I might, could, &c, praise We might, &rc, praise 

Thou mightest, &c, praise You might, See., praise 

He might, &c, praise. They might, &c, praise. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

I might, could, &c, be praising. 

PERFECT TENSE. 

Auxiliaries.— May have, can have, Cyc. 
I may or can have praised We may, &c., have praised 

Thou mayest have, &c, praised You may, &c, have praised 

He may have praised. They may have praised. 

PROGRESSIVE FORM. 

I may, can. or must have been praising, &c. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Auxiliaries. — Might have, could have, fyc. 
I might, &e., have praised We might, &c, have praised 

Thou mightest, &c, have praised You might, &c., have praised 
He might, &c, have praised. They might, &c, have praised. 

PROGRESSIVE FORM. 

I might, could &c, have been praising. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

2d pers. — Praise, or praise thou. 2d pers. — Praise, or praise ye. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

2d PEE.S. — Be praising, or be thou praising, &c. 

EMPHATIC FORM. 

2d pers. — Do praise, or do thou praise, &c. 



VERBS. 39 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 



present.— To praise. definite form.— To be praising. 

perfect. — To have praised, progressive form. — To have been praising 

PARTICIPLES. 

present.— Praising. 

perfect. — Praised. 

compound perfect. — Having praised. 

progressive form. — Having been praising. 

In what Mood, Tense, Number and Person, are the following? viz : 
He praises. We praise. Thou praisest. She praiseth. You praise. I 
am praising. We do praise. They are praising. You do praise. I 
praised. Thou wast praising. She did praise. Thou didst praise. 
Thou praisedst. They praised. They did praise. They were praising. 
He has praised. They have been praising. We have praised. Thou 
hast been praising. They had praised. You had been praising. Thou 
hadst praised. We shall praise. They will praise. You shall have 
praised. Thou wilt have praised. He must praise. Thou canst praise. 
He may praise. They might praise. I may be praising. Thou couldst 
be praising. He may have been praising. "She can have praised. You 
might have praised. Thou shouldst have been praising. 



EXERCISE XXXII. 

Conjugate the following Verbs in the same way, or in a tabular form 
as at page 247 : 

Love, Amuse, Invite, Obey, Command. Submit, Please. 

Tell the Mood, Tense, Number and Person, of the Verbs in the fol- 
lowing sentences : 

The boy asked his father for a bat. The father promises to give him 
one. I will send for one. The bovs amuse one another. To command 
and to obey are different things. We have received an invitation. He 
will submit. He had arrived before the time. Thou lovedst thy parents. 
They have been reading. Why did you not leave the letter? I did 
leave it. The vessels had sailed before he arrived. I can hear you now. 
They would be glad to see you. I do not know that. The army had 
been retiring for some days. I have heard that. He is making arrange- 
ments to go away in a week. If he have it, let him say so. The men 
were receiving high wages. The builders will commence to-day ; but 
when will they have finished? I shall be riding slowly along the road. 
I would have spoken to him, if I had seen him. She will come if it be 
possible. Tell your brother I am going. Do tell him at once. He 
would not like me to go without seeing him. Our party ought to have 
won that game at cricket. My friend has now retired, respected by all. 
I should be coming more frequently, if I were more at leisure. I may 
come often, having retired from business. While digging up that field, 
he found some coins. We ought to be making greater progress. The 
newspaper may have come now. You eannot have the horse to-day. 
Let them be preparing that exercise, while I am hearing this class. If 
Charles finish his task in time, send him here to dinner. The horse hav- 
ing leaped the ditch, was galloping along the road when we saw him. 



40 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

The girls must go now. If my brother comes, tell him to walk in. 1 
hope I shall have been reading three hours before you get up. They do 
esteem him very much. The children, having been running about the 
fields, have tired themselves. He might have been receiving a larger 
income, if he had been prudent. The army had been retiring for some 
days. They were saying that the men ought to have worked harder. 
Let them be going forward. 

Put all the following sentences into the corresponding forms of the 
Imperfect and of the Future Indicative Tenses. 

The boy obeys. We like cherries. They are submitting. I do be- 
lieve what you say. I have surveyed the premises. He has commanded 
large armies. We are tying the knot. Thou lovest thy brother. Thy 
sister loves thee. 

Put the following sentences into the corresponding forms of the Pre- 
sent and Imperfect Potential : 

We think differently. The boys and the girls are in the garden. The 
girl runs away. We have not said much about it. They are receiving 
information on the subject every dav. Have you been doing so? The 
coach did not run last month. He had not done it then. You have not 
been behaving as you ought to have done. Did you hear him speak? 
The woodman had not cut down the trees last month. 

134. The Passive Voice is formed by putting the Perfect 
Participle after the various parts of the verb to be, 

PASSIVE VOICE. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

Singular. Plural. 

I am praised We are praised 

Thou art praised You are praised 

He is praised. They are praised. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

I am being praised, &c. (See 121 ) 

IMPERFECT. 

I was praised We were praised 

Thou wast praised You were praised 

He was praised They were praised. 

DEFINITE FORM. 

I was being praised, &c. (See 121.) 



QUESTION. 
134. How is the Passive Voice formed. 



VERBS. 41 



Singular. Plural. 

I have been praised We have been praised 

Thou hast been praised Yon have been praised 

He has been praised. They have been praised. 



PLUPERFECT. 

I had been praised We had been praised 

Thou hadst been praised You had been praised 

He had been praised. They had been praised. 



I shall, or will be praised We shall, &c. 5 be praised 

Thou shalt, &c., be praised You shall, &c., be praised 

He shall, &c, be praised. They shall, &c., be praised, 



FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall or will have been praised We shall, &c., have been praised 
Thou shalt, &c., have been praised You shall &c., have been praised 
He shall &e., have been praised. They shall, &c. have been praised. 



(If) I am praised (Tf ) we are praised 

(if) thou art praised (If) you are praised 

(If) she is praised. (If) they are praised. 

ANCIENT OR POETIC FORM. 

(If) I be praised (if) we be praised 

(If) thou be praised (If) you be praised 

(If) he be praised. (if) they be praised. 



IMPERFECT. 

(If) I was praised (If) we were praised 

(If) thou wast praised (if) you were praised 

(If) he was praised. (If) they were praised. 



ANCIENT OR POETIC FORM. 

(If) I were praised (If) we were praised 

(If) thou wert praised (If) you were praised 

(If) he were praised. (If) they were praised. 



(If) I have been praised (Tf) we have been praised 

(If) thou hast been praised (If) you have been praised 

(if) he has been praised. (If) they have been praised. 
4* 



42 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



ANCIENT OR POETIC FORM. 

Singular. Plural. 

(If) I have been praised (If) we have been praised 

(If) thou have been praised (If) you have been praised 

(Li) he have been praised. (If) they have been praised. 

PLUPERFECT. 

(If) I had been praised (If) we had been praised 

(if) thou hadst been praised (If) you had been praised 

(li) he had been praised. (If) they had been praised. 



(If) I shall or will be praised (If) we shall, &c, be praised 

(If) thou shalt, &c., be praised (If) you shall, &c., be praised 

(If) he shall, &c, be praised. (If) they shall. &e., be praised. 



FUTURE PERFECT. 

(If) I shall or will have been praised (If) We shall, &c. 
(If) Thou shalt, &c., have been praised (If) You shall, &c. 
(If) He shall, &c., have been praised. (If) They shall, &c. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

Auxiliaries. — May^ can, must. 
I may, &c, be praised We may, &c , be praised 

Thou mayest, &c, be praised You may, &c., be praised 

He may, *&c, be praised. They may, &c., be praised. 

IMPERFECT. 

* Auxiliaries. — Might, could, would, should. 

] might, &c, be praised We might, &c., be praised 

Thou mightest, &c., be praised You might, &c., be praised 

He might, &c. 5 be praised. They might, &c. } be praised. 

PERFECT. 

Auxiliaries. — May have, can have, fyc. 

I may have, &c., been praised We may have been, &e. 

Thou mayst have, &c, been praised You may have been, &c. 
He may have. &c, been praised. They may have been, &c. 

PLUPERFECT. 

Auxiliaries. — Might have, could have, fyc. 

I might have, &c., been praised We might have been, &c. 

Thou mightest have, &c., been praised You might have been, &c. 
He might have, &c, been praised. They might have been, &c. 



VERBS. 43 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

Singular. Plural. 

o Pnno i He praised or p nT , c ( Be praised or 

~ rtRS. | Be thou praisedg ^ i- eks. | ije you or ye praised. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT. 

To be praised. 

PERFECT. 

To have been praised. 

PARTICIPLES. 

present. — Being praised. 

perfect. — Praised. 

compound perfect. — Having been praised. 

In what Mood, Tense, Number and Person are the following forms? 

Thou art praised. We are praised. To be praised. I was praised. 
You were praised. Pie is praised. She was praised. To have been 
praised. They were praised. We have been praised. Thou hast been 
praised. It had been praised. You have been praised. They had been 
praised. We shall be praised. You will be praised. They will have 
been praised. 

If thou wast praised. If thou wert praised. If I am praised. If she 
be praised. If they were praised. If she were praised. 

You maybe praised. She can be praised. Pie might be praised. We 
could be praised. They should be praised. We could have been praised. 
They could have been praised. Being praised. Be praised. 

Be praised. Do be praised If I am praised. If I was praised. If he 
be praised. If we are praised. If they are praised. If thou art praised. 
If I be praised. If thou be praised. If he is praised. 

EXERCISE XXXIII. 

Conjugate the following Verbs in the same way, or in a tabular form 
as at page 247 : 

Press, Love, Reprove, Correct, Blame, Fear. 

Tell whether the Verbs are Active or Passive, and their Mood, Tense. 
Number and Person in the following sentences : 

You are flattered by others; but I will not flatter you. To be praised 
is pleasant, to be flattered is not. When the boy has been told the way, 
he will find it easily. The house was building, "when I came by ; when 
1 returned the next week it was finished. When will the book be 
bound ? — I sent it to the bookbinder's a month ago. It may be done 
easily. He should have been received. If the letter be written in time, 
you may send it. They might have been deceived. The Paradise Re- 
gained was written after the Paradise Lost. How should I know, if you 
do not know ? 



44 ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 

CHANGE FROM ACTIVE TO PASSIVE FORM. 

135, Obs. 1. — The Passive implies an Agent and an Object as well as 
the Active Verb ; but their order is reversed. When the Agent takes 
the lead in the sentence, the Verb is Active, and is followed by the 
Object ; when the Object takes the lead, the Verb is passive, and is fol- 
lowed by the Agent. Thus : 
Active. (Agent first.) I love Charles. (Object last.) 
Passive. (Object first.) Charles is loved by me. (Agent last.) 

Obs. 2.— A sentence, then, may be changed from the Active to the 
Passive form, by turning the Objective into the Nominative, and the 
Nominative into the Objective, with the Preposition by: as, Act., He 
strikes her; Pass., She is struck by him. 

Expl. — The Objective her in the Active sentence is changed into the 
Nominative she; and the Nominative he into the Objective him with the 
Preposition by, when the Verb is made Passive. 

EXERCISE XXXIV. 

Turn the following sentences into the Passive Form ; and point out 
the Verbs, with the Mood, Tense, Number and Person of each : 

All persons esteem an honest man. The teacher praises the diligent 
scholar. We love our parents. I have passed over many errors. His 
father often blamed him. They could have learned their lesson. You 
will see them to-morrow. We inhabit a beautiful country. We love 
our country. We ought to love our country. The king promoted the 
captain. Milton wrote the Paradise Lost. Johnson wrote the Rambler. 
Virgil wrote the ^Eneid. England has produced many great poets. The 
river had overflowed the fields. The sun will have scorched the grass 

Turn the following sentences into the Active Form : and point out the 
Verbs, with the Mood, &c. : 

Children are maintained and clothed by their parents. The good of 
the subjects 'was regarded by the sovereign. The cherries have been 
picked by the boys. The apples had been stolen by the children. They 
will be punished by the master. St. Paul's Cathedral was built by Sir 
Christopher Wren. Wines are imported from France to America. Cot- 
ton is exported by the United States to Europe. The prisoners would 
have been released by the king. The house was hired by them for a 
month. The lesson must be learned by you. 



CONJUGATION OF THE NEUTER VERB. 
136. Irregular verb. — To be. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Singular Plural. 

I am We are 

Thou art You are 

He is. They are. 



VERBS. 



45 



Singular. 
I was 
Thou wast 
He was. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Plural. 
We were 
You were 
They were- 



T have been 
Thou hast been 
He lias been. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



We have been 
You have been 
They have been. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

I had been We had been 

Thou hadst been You had been 

He had been. They had been. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall or will be We shall or will be 

Thou shalt or wilt be You shall or will be 

He shall or will be. They shall or will be 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

I shall or will have been We shall, &c, have been 

Thou shalt, &c., have been You shall, &c., have been 

He shall, &c., have been. They shall, &c, have been. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



(If) I am 
(If) thou art 
(If) he is. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



(If) we are 
\U) you are 
(If) they are 



(If) I be 
(If) thou be 
(If) he be. 



ANCIENT OR POETIC FORM. 



(If) we be 
(If) you be 
(If) they be. 



(If) I was 
(If) thou wast 
(If) he was. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 



(If) we were 
(If) you were 
(If) they were. 



ANCIENT OR POETIC FORM. 



(Tf ) I were 
(If) thou wert 
(If) he were. 



(If) we were 
(If) you were 
(If) they were. 



46 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

PERFECT TENSE. 

Singular. Plural. 

(If) I have been (If) we have been 

(If) thou hast been (If) you have been 

(If) he has been (If) they have been. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

(If) I had been (If) we had been 

(If) thou hadst been (If) you had been 

{if) he had been. (If) they had been. 

FUTURE TENSE. 

(If) I shall or will be (If) we shall, &c., be 

(If) thou shalt, &c., be (If) you shall, &c., be' 

{if) he shall, &c., be. (If) they shall, &c, be. 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

(If) I shall or will have been (If) we shall, &c., have been 

{if) thou shalt, &c, have been (If) you shall, &c., have been 

(If) he shall, &c., have been. {if) they shall, &c, have been. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I may, can, or must be, &c. 

IMPERFECT TENSE. 

I might, could, would, or should be, &c. 

PERFECT TENSE. 

I may, can, or must have been, &c. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

I might, could, would, or should have been, &c. 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Singular. Plural. 

2d Pers — Be, or be thou. 2d Pers.— Be, or be ye or you. 

EMPHATIC FORM. 

2d Pers.— Do be, or do thou be. 2d Pers.— Do be, or do ye or you be 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 

present.— To be. perfect.— To have been. 

PARTICIPLES. 

present.— Being. perfect.— Been. 

compound perfect. — Having been. 



VERBS. 47 

RECAPITULATORY EXERCISE. 

Tell the Mood, Tense, Number and Person of the following forms . 

I was. They shall be. They can have been. We must be. If he 
was. If she were. If they shall have been. If we are. Be thou. Do 
be. Being. To have been. If they had been. She must have been, 
lean be. They are. He is. Thou art. Be ye. You are. If thou 
art. If thou were. It might have been. It could be. It could have 
been. It would be. They might be. You must have been. He could 
not have been. To be. Been. Having been. We are. If we be. 
They may be. He may have been. To have been. It cannot have 
been. It must have been. Let us be. 

Obs. — In this last phrase the word be is in the Present In- 
finitive without the usual sign to prefixed, (361) and let is an 
Imperative. 

PROMISCUOUS EXERCISES ON THE VERBS. 

Their memorial has perished. Israel has fled before the Philistines. 
The days had nut expired. I only am escaped to tell thee. And it came 
fo pass, when he had returned. He found the empress was departed. 
They had arrived within three days journey of the spice country. Silver 
had grown more common. Claudius was vexed because his wife was 
become a christian. Does the reader see how much we are already de- 
parted from early simplicity ? Wherefore should God be angry at thy 
voice? Herrings, when they migrate, move in vast shoals. What his- 
tories of toil could I declare? What family in distress have you befriended? 
You have ate, and drunk and slept; what then? Why ate and drunk, 
and slept again. We have no doubt it will prove entertaining. Awake 
then, from the dreamy state in which you live. It suffices, that they have 
once with care, sifted the matter, and searched into all the particulars. 
Be rich, but of your wealth make no parade. If the blind lead the blind, 
both will fall into the ditch. Let some one go and converse with him. 
Be it enacted. Be it remembered. May peace attend you. I have 
known him to walk it in an hour. Whom ye ignorantly worship, him 
declare I unto you. Drink deep, or taste not the Pierian spring. Our 
hopes may have been too sanguine. Aristotle, the philosopher, is often 
called the Stagyrite. He was the instructor of Alexander the Great. A 
race of English kings was called the Plantagenets. Come unto me, all 
ye that labor. 

REGULAR AND IRREGULAR VERBS. 

137. Verbs are divided into two main classes, Regular 
and Irregular. 

138. Regular Verbs are those which have the Past 

Tense formed by the addition of d or ed; as, love, loved, fill, 

filled. 

Expl. — In loved, d is added to form the Past Tense ; in filled, ed is 
added. 

QUESTIONS. 

137. What two classes of Verbs are there? 

138. When is a Verb Regular ? 



48 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

139. Irregular Verbs are those "which have the Past 
Tense formed by a change or modification of the vowel ; as, 
sing, sang ; bite, bit. 

Expl. — In sang the vowel is changed ; the Present having t, the 
Past a; in bite the vowel is modified, the Present having- the i long, the 
Past having the i short. 

140. These two classes of Verbs are sometimes called re- 
spectively, Weak Verbs and Strong Verbs. 

141. Those Verbs which require an addition to them 
(d or ed) to make the Past Tense, are Weak Verbs ; and 
those which require no addition, but make the Past Tense 
by a change within themselves, are Strong Verbs. 

142. Obs. 1. — The Weak Verbs regularly have d or ed added to form 
the Past Indefinite Tense. (144.) Hence these are called Regular 
Verbs. 

143. Obs. 2. — The Strong Verbs, having different vowels changed and 
modified in different ways, present a great variety. Hence they are 
called Irregular Verbs ; not that they have no rule ; but that they have 
many rules, and not one particular rule. 

144. Obs. 3. — Verbs ending in a k, p,f, or s sound, in gh (sounded/), 
ce (sounded s), sh or ch, have the ed in the Past Tense pronounced 
like t. Thus, revoke, revoked; steep, steeped; smack, smacked; shape, 
shaped; laugh, laughed; pass, passed; pronounce, pronounced; brush, 
brushed; bleach, bleached; puff, puffed. 

Some Verbs of this kind frequently have the Past Tense written, as 
well as pronounced, with a t. Thus (in /), dwell and spill frequently 
have dwelt and spilt, instead of dwelled and spilled (the full forms being 
more grave): (in n) learn usually has learnt, instead of learned: (in p) 
leap has leapt. In poetry the t is often written for the ed, since it makes 
the rhyme more obvious to the eye. 

Three Verbs ending in ay have ai in the Past, and d added. Lay, 
laid; pay, paid; say, said. Say has the vowel sound modified also. 
(See Sect. 156 in the list.) Other Verbs in ay have ed added, as pray, 
prayed. 

EXERCISE XXXV. 

Tell which are the Regular Verbs, and which the Irregular, in the fol- 
lowing sentences : 

The man fell. Who spoke? I called him. She sang well. All 
stood up. The mob shouted. We came soon after. They carried the 
knives. Who gave him the bat? The sun shone. He walked fast, but 

QUESTIONS. 

139. When Irregular? 

140. What are these sometimes called ? 

141. What are Weak, and what Strong Verbs? 

142. 143. By what other names are these Verbs better known? 
Tell the Regular and Irregular Verbs in Exercise XXXV. 



VEltBS. 



49 



ran much faster. They always ro>e early. We received the letter this 
morning-. Our friend wrote it last night. Who won the prize. You sat 
down directly. The boy grew fast. They returned the pencil. Who 
found it? They fulfilled their promise. The ship sank. Who tied the 
knot? He rode every day on horseback. Some one rang the bell and 
knocked at the door. The boys began their lesson. We met this morn- 
ing in the park. They endeavored to get in, but did not succeed. The 
thief hid the watch. 

The quality of mercy is not strained : 
It droppeth as the gentle rain from heaven 
Upon the place beneath. It is twice blessed ; 
It blesseth him that gives and him that takes. 

The earth shook and trembled. I knew him when a boy, but I have 
not seen him for many years. The desire of improvement discovers a 
liberal mind, and is connected with many accomplishments and many 
virtues. 

145. The Irregular Verbs may be divided into five conju- 
gations, according as the vowel in the Present Tense is a, 
e, i 3 o, or it. 

146. Obs. — Verbs which have dipthongs ( as break, lead, shoot, &c.) 
are generally classed under one of these conjugations, according to the 
vowel-sound which predominates. So, break is classed under the A, 
lead under the E, and shoot under the O, conjugation. 

147. These five conjugations are subdivided according to 
the vowel which is found in the Past Tense. 



148. first (or a) conjugation. 

Subdivision 1. 



PRESENT. 


PAST. 


PARTICIPLE 


a, ea {sounded a) 


o, a, oo 


a, o, oo 


Awake 


Awoke 


Awoke 


Bear 


Bore or bare 


Borne 


Bear 


Bore or bare 


Born 


Break 


Broke or brake 


Broken or broke 


Forsake 


Forsook 


Forsaken 


Shake 


Shook 


Shaken 


Stand 


Stood 


Stood 


Swear 


Swore or sware 


Sworn 


Take 


Took 


Taken 


Tear 


Tore or tare 


Torn 


Wear 


Wore 


Worn 




QUESTIONS. 





145. How many Conjugations of Irregular Verbs? By what are they 
distinguished? 

147. What are the Subdivisions of the first Conjugation? 

148. Conjugate the Verbs of this Conjugation. 



50 



ENGLISH GRA5DIAR. 





Subdivisio?i 


2. 




IESENT. 


PAST. 




PARTICIPLE, 


a 


e 




a 


Draw 

Fall 

Slay 


Drew 

Fell 

Slew 




Drawn 

Fallen 

Slain 




Subdivision 


3. 




a 


Ti 




u 


Hang 


Hung 




Hung 



149. second (or e) conjugation. 





Subdivision 1. 




ee, ea 


e, ea 


e, ea 


Bleed 


Bled 


Bled 


Breed 


Bred 


Bred 


Eat 


Eat or ate 


Eaten 


Feed 


Fed 


Fed 


Lead 


Led 


Led 


Meet 


Met 


Met 


Read 


Bead 


Read 


Speed 


Sped 
Exception. 


Sped 


Beat 


Beat 
Subdivision 2. 


Beaten 


ee, ea 


o, a 





Cleave 


Clove, or clave 


Cloven 


Freeze 


Froze 


Frozen 


Heave 


Hove 




Seethe 


Sod 


Sodden 


Shear 


Shore 


Shorn 


Speak 


Spoke, or spake 


Spoken 


Steal 


Stole 


Stolen 


Weave 


Wove 
Subdivision 3. 


Woven 


e, ea 


o 


6 


Get 


Got 


Got, or gotten 


Forget 


Forgo 


Forgotten 


Tread 


Trod 


Trod or trodden 



QUESTION. 
149. Give the parts of the Verbs of the Second Conjugation. 





VERBS. 






Subdivision 4. 




PRESENT. 


PAST. 


PARTICIPLE. 


ee 


aw 


ee 


See 


Saw 


Seen 



51 



150. THIRD (or I) CONJUGATION. 
Subdivison 1. 



1 


l 


l 


Bite 


Bit 


Bitten, or bit 


Chide 


Chid 


Chidden 


Hide 


Hid 


Hid, or hidden 


Slide 


Slid 

Subdivision 2. 


Slid, or slidden 


i 


a, u, o (sounded u) 


a, u 


Begin 


Began 


Begun 


Bid 


Bade 


Bidden, or bid 


Cling 


Clung 


Clung 


Dig 


Dug 


Dug 


Drink 


Drank 


Drunk, drank or drunken 


Fling 


Flung 


Flung 


Ring 


Rang 


Rung 


Shrink 


Shrank 


Shrunk or shrunken 


Sing 
Sink 


Sang 


Sung 


Sank 


Sunk or sunken 


Sit 


Sat 


Sat 


Sling 


Slung 
Slank 


Slung 


Slink 


Slunk 


Spin 


Span, spun 


Spun 


Spit 


Spat 


Spat 


Spring 


Sprang 


Sprung 


Stick 


Stuck 


Stuck 


Sting 


Stung 


Stung 


Stink 


Stank, stunk 


Stunk 


Strike 


Struck 


Struck, or stricken 


String 


Strung 


Strung 


Swim 


Swam, or swum 


Swum 


S wing 


Swang, or swung 


Swung 


Win 


Won 


Won 


Wring 


Wrung 

Subdivision 3. 


Wrung 


i 


6, a 


i, o 


Abide 


Abode 


Abode 


Drive 


Drove or drave 


Driven 


Give 


Gave 


Given 



QUESTION. 
150. Give the parts of the Verbs of the third Conjugation. 



52 



ENGLISH GRAMMAS. 



PRESENT. 


PAST. 


PARTICIPLE. 


i 


o, a 


i, O 


Lie 


Lay- 


Lain 


Ride 


Rode 


Ridden 


Rise (so Arise) 


Rose 


Risen 


Shine 


Shone 


Shone 


Smite 


Smote 


Smitten 


Stride 


Strode 


Stridden 


Strive 


Strove 


Striven 


Thrive 


Throve 


Thriven 


Write 


Wrote 
Subdivision 4. 


Written 


1 


ou 


ou 


Bind 


Bound 


Bound or bounden 


Find 


Found 


Found 


Fight 


Fought 


Fought 


Grind 


Ground 


Ground 


Wind 


Wound 


Wound 



151. FOURTH (or 0) CONJUGATION. 
Subdivision 1. 



6, y 




e 


e, 6 


Blow 

Crow 

Fly 

Grow 

Hold (so Behold) 

Know 

Throw 


Blew 

Crew 

Flew 

Grew 

Held 

Knew 

Threw 


Blown 

Crowed 

Flown 

Grown 

Held or holdcu 

Known 

Thrown 






Subdivision 2. 




oo, u 




6, 6 


6, 6 


Choose 
Shoot 




Chose 
Shot 


Chosen 
Shot 




152. FIFTH (or U) CONJUGATION. 


u. o {sounded u) 
Run 
Come (so Become) 


a, a. 
Ran 
Came 


u, o (sounded u) 
Run 
Come 



153. Besides the two main classes of Verbs, the Regular 
and the Irregular, there are two other classes of Yerbs, 
called, the one Contracted, the other Mixed. 

QUESTIONS. 

151. Give the parts of the Verbs of the fourth Conjugation. 

152. Give the parts of the Verbs of the Mih Conjugation. 

153. What other two classes of Verbs are there? 



VERBS, 



53 



154. Contracted Verbs are of two kinds : 

(1.) Those which have the same form in the Present and 
Imperfect Tenses ; as, put , put. 

(2.) Those which make the Imperfect Tense by changing 
d into t; as, send, sent. 

Obs.— These all end in d or t, and have dropped the usual form of the 
Imperfect Tense to avoid two d's or £'s coming together. Some still have 
the full form used in grave writing, as build, bioilded. 



First Class. Burst 


Burst 




Burst 


Cast 


Cast 




Cast 


Cost 


Cost 




Cost 


Cut 


Cut 




Cut 


Hit 


Hit 




Hit 


Hurt 


Hurt 




Hurt 


Knit 


Knit 




Knit 


Let 


Let 




Let 


Put 


Put 




Put 


• Rid 


Rid 




Rid 


Set 


Set 




Set 


Shed 


Shed 




Shed 


Shut 


Shut 




Shut 


Slit 


Slit 




Slit 


Split 


Split 




Split 


Spread 


Spread 




Spread 


Thrust 


Thrust 




Thrust 


Second Class. Bend 


Bent (= 


= Bended) 


Bent 


Build 


Built {= 


= Builded) 


Built 


Gild 


Gilt (= 


Gilded) 


Gilt 


Gird 


Girt (= 


: Girded) 


Girt 


Lend 


Lent 




Lent 


Rend 


Rent 




Rent 


Send 


Sent 




Sent 


Spend 


Spent 




Spent 



155. Mixed Verbs are those which have the change 
of the vowel, peculiar to Irregular Verbs, and the addition 
of d or t , peculiar to Regular Verbs ; as, sell, sold. 

Expl. — Here the vowel of the Verb has been changed, e having be- 
come o; in this respect it is like an Irregular Verb : d has also been 
added ; in this respect it is like a Regular Verb. 



QUESTIONS. 

154. What are the two kinds of Contracted Verbs? How are they 
Conjugate the Verbs of each class, 



shown to be Contracted? 

155. What are Mixed Verbs? 

5 



54 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



156. Obs. — These Verbs are called Mixed, because they combine the 
peculiarities of both the Irregular and the Regular Verbs. 

ea) Bereave 

Leave 
(ee) Creep 

Feel 

Flee 

Keep 

Sleep 

Sweep 

Weep 
(ea) Deal 

Dream 

Hear 

Mean 
(ee) Seek 

Beseech 
(ea) Teach 
(a) Catch 
(e) Sell 

Tell 
(6) Lose 
(6e) Shoe 

Do 
(i) Bring 

Think 
(u) Buy 

(0) Work 
Owe 

(ay) Say 

May 
(a) Can 

Shall 

(1) Will 



(e) Bereft 


(e) Bereft 


Left 


Left 


Crept 


Crept 


Felt 


Felt 


Fled 


Fled 


Kept 


Kept 


Slept 


Slept 


Swept 


Swept 


Wept 


Wept 


(ea) Dealt 


(ea) Dealt 


Dreamed or 


dreamt Dreamed or dream 


Heard 


Heard 


Meant 


Meant 


(ou) Sought 


(ou) Sought 


Besought 


Besought 


(au) Taught 


(au) Taught 


Caught 


Caught 


(6) Sold 


(6) Sold 


Told 


Told 


(6) Lost 


(o) Lost 


(6) Shod 


(o) Shod 


(I) Did 


(6) Done 


(ou) Brought 


(ou) Brought 


Thought 


Thought 


Bought 


Bought 


Wrought 


Wrought 


Ought 




(ai) Said 


(ai) Said 


(1) Might 




(ou) Could 




Should 




Would 





PAST OR PERFECT PARTICIPLE. 

157. The Perfect Participle of Regular Verbs is the same 
in form as the Imperfect Tense ; as, love, loved, loved. 

Expl. — Loved is both the Imperfect Tense and the Participle. 

158. The participle of the Irregular Verbs mostly ends 
in en, or n; as, broken, known. But many Verbs have lost 
the en; as, find, found, found. 



QUESTIONS. 

156. Why are they called Mixed ? 

157. How are Regular Verbs Conjugated? 

158. What is the common ending of the Participle of Irregular Verbs? 



VERES. 55 

159. Obs. 1. — Many irregular Verbs have a form with en, and a form 
without en; as, bind, bound) bounden, or bound. Both are used. The 
form with- en is generally used as an Adjective; thus we say, he is bound 
to do so, but it is his bounden duty to do so. Sometimes the form with 
en is used only in certain phrases. Thus, f ought-en, in the phrase "a 
well-foughten battle;" hold-en, in reference to a meeting- or levee being 
held; strick-en, in the phrase " well-stricken in years." 

160. Obs. 2. — Many Irregular Verbs had, formerly, Participles in en, 
which are now wholly disused in ordinary or regular speech. But they 
are found in old English. The following are in the Bible : lion, from 
lie; f olden, from fold. 

161. Obs. 3. — The Participle in en is not confined to the Irregular 
Verbs. Many Regular Verbs have it. Thus, grave, heiv, lade, load, 
mow, rive, saw, shape, shave, show, soiv, strew, strow, sivell, wax, have 
the Past regularly in ed, but the Participle Complete in en ovn; graven, 
hewn, laden, loaden, mown, riven, sawn, shapen, shaven, shown, sown, 
strewn, strown, swollen, waxen. So wash, w ashen, in the Compound 
unw ashen. 

162. Obs. 4. — In Mixed and Contracted Verbs the Perfect Participle 
is always the same as the Imperfect Tense ; as, put, put, put; tell, told, 
told; except, do, did, done. 

163. The following Verbs are quite Irregular : 



Am 


Was 


Been 


Have 


Had 


Had 


Go 


Went 


Gone ' 


Make 


Made 


Made 


Dare 


Durst 


Dared 









Obs. 1. — The Tenses of the first two are made up of different Verbs, 
The Verb, to be has the Participle been from be; the Past Tense was, 
were, &c, is from another Verb, (the Anglo-Saxon wesan, to be), obsolete 
in other forms in English : the Present, am, is from another Verb. 
Went, used as the Past of go, is in reality the Past of wend, like bend, 
bent. Wiciif uses gede as Past of go, like do, did. Then, go was a 
Mixed Verb, go, gede, gone. 

Obs. 2. — Gone, like done and borne, is peculiar, merely in having the e 
transposed ; so that the word is vlq\ go-en, do-en, bor-en* hutgo-ne, do-ne, 
bor-ne. 

Obs. 3. — Have has the Imperfect had, softened from haved; andmatie 
has made, softened from maked. 



QUESTIONS. 

159. What is the distinction of usage in the double ending of some 
Participles of Irregular Verbs? 

160. What is said of former Participles in the ending e?i? 

161. What Regular Verbs have this Participle ending? 
163. Conjugate the Irregular Verbs? 

What is observed of the Tenses of the Verb To be? What of 
went ? 
What is observed of gone ? 
What of had ? 



56 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



EXERCISE XXXVI. 

Distinguish the Contracted, the Mixed, and the Irregular Verbs, in these 
Examples; also tell their Voice, Mood, Tense, Number, and Person : 

Tell them to burst open the door. He has heard that the ship split upon 
the rock. Always spend less than your income. I think they must have 
been dreaming. Why are her eyes swollen? She has been weeping. 
He would not lend me the bat, but wished to sell it, although it cost him 
nothing. When a young person has lost his modesty, he is an object of 
disgust. 

No busy steps the grass-grown foot-way tread, 
But all the bloomy flush of life is fled ; 
All but yon widowed, solitary thing, 
That feebly bends beside the plashy spring; 
She, wretched matron ! forced in age, for bread, 
To strip the brook with mantling cresses spread, 
To pick her wintry faggot from the thorn, 
To seek her nightly shed, and weep till morn : 
She only, left of all the harmless train, 
The sad historian of the pensive plain. 

He never can be wise, who never thinks. Time was given us, that we 
might buy with it the blessings of eternity. Never leave that to be done 
the next hour, which may properly be done now, nor dare to put off till 
to-morrow, the business which you may as well begin to-day. Let us 
seek out a desolate shade. 

ADVERBS. 

164. An Adverb is a word joined to a Verb, an Adjec- 
tive, or an Adverb, to qualify it, or to specify some 
circumstance about it ; as, A most industrious boy. He walks 
east. He runs very well. 

Expl. — In thcfirst sentence most is joined to the Adjective industri- 
ous, and qualifies it ; so, fast qualifies the Verb walks, and very the 
Adverb well: most, fast, very are therefore Adverbs. 



EXERCISE XXXVII. 

In these sentences tell the Adverbs : 

The wind blew terribly. The sun shines mildly. The stars are very 
bright. The world is very large. The snow is exceedingly deep. The 
grass is quite green. The boys swim badly. The ball went far beyond 
the wall. The eagle flies exceedingly high. The lark sings beautifully. 
I am rather tired. Where is the boy ? He is somewhere about the 
house. I know where he did it, when he did it, w T hy he did it, and how 
he did it. 

QUESTIONS. 

Point out the different Verbs in Exercise XXXVI. 

164. What is an Adverb? Which are the Adverbs in Exercise XXXVII.? 



ADVERBS. 57 

Insert the Adverbs which are omitted : 

Wild flowers Aide ( ). Glass is ( ) brittle. Sheep are 

( ) useful. Well-baked bread is ( ) wholesome. The invalid 

walks ( ). Meat is ( ) nutritious. Do you like cherries 

( )? The exercise is ( ) written. I ( ) saw such bad 

writing. Young people should rise ( ). The bells ring ( ). 

The boy has ( ) returned. 

DEGREES OF ADVERBS. 

105. Some Adverbs are compared in the same way as Adjectives, by 
adding er for the Comparative, and est for the Superlative. Thus, often., 
oftener, oftenest; soon, sooner, soonest; long, longer, longest. 

Obs. — All these words were originally Adjectives. So, well, better, 
best; ill, worse, worst. 

166. Adverbs are also compared by more and most prefixed ; as, 
wisely, more wisely, most loisely. 

Obs. — Some of the common Adverbs are Adjectives, either Compara- 
tives, as ere, after, more; or Superlatives, as next, first, most. 

KINDS OF ADVERBS. 
167. Adverbs are of several kinds. 

(1.) Adverbs of Time. 

To-day, To-morrow, Yesterdav, Early, Late, Before, After, Ere, Soon, 
Now, Presentlv. Immediately, directly, At once. Next, Once, Then, 
When, Ago, While, Whilst 

Obs. — To-day, To-morrow, and Yesterday, are often more properly 
Nouns, which may be readily seen by their admitting the cases of Nouns: 
as, To-day is so like Yesterday. I will send you To-morrow's Gazetie. 

To-morrow, and to-morrow, and to-morrow, 

Creeps in this petty pace from day to day, 

And all our Yesterdays have lighted fools 

The way to dusty death. 

(2.) Adverbs of Place. 

Here, There, Hence, Thence, Whence, Above, Below, Yonder, Far, 
Wide, Near, Within, Without, Forth, Forwards, Backwards, Sideways, 
Right, Left, Off, To and Fro. 

QUESTIONS. 

165. What change do Adverbs undergo ? What were Adverbs origi 
nally? 

166. Tn what other way are Adjectives compared? What are some 
of the Common Adverbs? 

167. How many kinds of Adverbs are there? 

What other part of speech are To-dav, To-morrow, &c? 
Under what circumstances are they Nouns? 

Mention pome of the Adverbs of Time. Of Place. Of Number. 
Manner. Of Degree. Of Affirmation, &c. 



58 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

(3.) Adverbs of Number. 

Once, Twice, Thrice, First, Secondly, Thirdly, &c. 

(4.) Adverbs of Manner. 

Well, 111, Slowly, Politely, Quickly, Patiently, Richly, Poorly, Cle- 
verly, Wisely, Stupidly, Sweetty, How, &c. 

(5.) Adverbs of Degree. 

Very, Highly, Excessively, Exceedingly, Almost, Quite, Enough, Ex- 
tremely, Nearly / Especially, Scarcely, How. 

(6.) Adverbs of Affirmation or Negation. 
Yes, Yea, Aye ; No, Not Not-at-all. 

EXERCISE XXXVIH. 

Point out the Adverbs, and tell of what kind each Adverb is. 

Where are you going? He went immediately. He has long been ill. 
He seldom comes now. He was here lately. Scarcely had he left the 
house, when the roof fell in. Suddenly it became cloudy. I commonly 
rise before seven. They were not ready soon enough. He receives 
weekly thirty shillings. He nearly lost his situation. The Review 
comes out quarterly. He walks daily. He is always very happy to see 
us. The captain has just been finding the latitude by the meridian alti- 
tude of the sun. Charles the First fought unsuccessfully "with his Par- 
liament. When Columbus discovered the West India Islands, they 
were thickly peopled with Indians ; but now there are none found there. 
Can I go very soon ? Yes. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

168. A Preposition is a word put before Nouns or Pro- 
nouns, to show their relation to some other Nouns or Pro- 
nouns ; as, The boy is on the wall. 

Expl. — Here on is a Preposition, for it is put before wall, and shows 
the relation of the Noun wall to the Noun hoy. 

The principal Prepositions are : 

About, Above, According to, Across, After, Against, Along, Amid, 
Amidst, Among, Amongst, Around, At, Athwart, Before, Behind, Be- 
low, Beneath, Besides, Between, Betwixt, Beyond, By, Concerning, 

QUESTIONS. 

Tell the Adverbs in Exercise XXXVIII. 

168. What is a Preposition? 

Repeat the list of Prepositions, commencing with A. Those with B. 
Those with C, D, E and F. Those with I, N and O. Those with R, 
S and T. With U and W. 



CONJUNCTIONS. 59 

Down, During", Except, Excepting, For, From, In, Into, Instead of, Near, 
Nigh, Of, Off, On, Out, Out of, Over, Regarding, Respecting, Round, 
Since, Through, Throughout, To, Touching, Towards, Under, Under- 
neath, Unto, Up, Upon, With, Within, Without 



EXERCISE XXXIX. 

Mention the Prepositions, and tell the Nouns to which they belong : 

The sun was just above the horizon. I will come after supper. He 
was leaning against the wall when the chimney fell. I did not see 
her among them. A long friendship has subsisted between them. He 
was not at home when I called. I said I would call again before eight 
o'clock. They had laid a great beam across the path, and I fell over it. 
Did you meet with any serious accident? Is there a garden behind the 
house? I had not heard of that. The church was on the hill; and his 
house was in the valley, just below the hill. It was beneath him to act 
in that manner. We passed by the church in our way. Did you go into 
the park? Yes, we walked through it. It was very hot throughout the 
whole day. Touching that matter, I have heard nothing since I saw 
you. I was rowing up the stream. He got his horse from the stable, 
and jumped upon it, and rode off. We walked around the town. He is 
walking towards the house. He ran across the fields, down the lane, 
into the road. He left to-day for Boston. 



CONJUNCTIONS. 

169. A Conjunction is a word which connects words, 
clauses, or sentences together : as, James and George. He will 
go if I remain. 

Expl. — Here the words James and George are joined together by and, 
so the sentences, He will go, I remain, are joined together by if; and 
and if are therefore Conjunctions. 

The principal Conjunctions are : 

Also, And, As, Because, Besides, But, Else, Ever, Except, For, Fur- 
ther, Furthermore, Hence, However, If, Likewise, Moreover, Neverthe- 
less, Nor, Notwithstanding, Or, Save, Since, Than, That, Then, There- 
fore, Too, Unless, Whereas, Yet. 

170. Conjunctions which answer to one another, are called 
Correlative Conjunctions ; they are : 

Although, Though — yet; Both — and; Either — or; Neither — nor; Not 
only — but, but also ; So — as ; Whether — or. 



QUESTIONS. 

Point out the Prepositions in Exercise XXXIX. 

169. What is a Conjunction ? What are the principal Conjunctions? 

170. What are Correlative Conjunctions? Which are they? 



60 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



EXERCISE XL. 

Which are the Conjunctions, distinguishing the Correlatives? 

Although it rained so heavily, yet he came. The winter has been 
neither wet nor cold. Not only the boys, but the girls also, came. No 
sooner had the family left, than the roof fell in. He wrote it so as to be 
read. Whether you go or not, I shall. Both James and George fell 
from their horses. I doubt not but that you will like it when you have 
tried it. Write either the one or the other. A garden is not only'pleasant, 
but useful. 

INTERJECTIONS. 

171. An Interjection is a word which expresses some 
emotion, feeling or wish ; as, Ah ! it was very unfortunate, 

Expl. — Ah ! expresses the feeling of regret, and is an Interjection. So, 
bravo ! well done! express the feeling of approval. 

The principal Interjections are : 

Ah! Ah me! Aha! Alas! Alack! Away ! Begone! Bravo! Dear 
me! Eh! Fie! Ha! Halloo! Hark! He! Heigh! Hev-dav ! Hist! Ho! 
Hoy! Hollo! Hulloh ! Hurrah! Hush! Lo ! O ! OhfOh'dear! Pooh! 
Psha! Tush! 

SECT. II. — THE FORMATION OR DERIVATION OF WORDS. 

172. Words are either Eoots or Derivatives. 

173. Hoots are words which cannot be traced to any 
simpler words for their origin, but are themselves the simplest 
form ; as, strike. 

174. Derivatives are words formed from Eoots : as, stroke, 
striker, from strike. 

175. Derivatives are either Primary or Secondary. 

176. Primary Derivatives are made by an internal change 
or modification ; as, Root, strike; Prim. Deriv. stroke. 

177. Secondary Derivatives are made by an external 
addition, that is, by Affixes or Prefixes: as, Eoot, strike; 
Sec. Deriv. striker. 

QUESTIONS. 
Tell the Correlative Conjunctions in Exercise XL. 
171. What is an Interjection? Mention some of them. 

173. What are Roots? 

174. What are Derivatives? 

175. How afe Derivatives divided? 

176. What are Primary Derivatives? 

177. What are Secondary Derivatives? Give one of each from the 
word strike. 



PRIMARY DERIVATIVES. 01 

Expl. — The Primary Derivative stroke is formed by the change c-t i in 
strike to o. The Secondary Derivative striker, is formed by the addition 
of the affix er. Thus the two classes of Derivatives correspond to the 
two classes of Verbs Regular Verbs and Irregular Verbs; and they may 
be called, respectively, Regular Derivatives and Irregular Derivatives. 

PRIMARY DERIVATIVES. 

178. Primary Derivatives are formed — 

(1.) By changing or modifying the vowel of the Root ; as, 
Root, bind; Prim. Deriv. bond. 

(2.) By changing or modifying the last consonant ; as, 
Root, Stick; Prim. Deriv. stitch. 

(3.) By changing or modifying both the vowel and the 
last consonant ; as, Root, weave; Prim. Deriv. woof. 

(4.) By the initial augment, s or t; as Root, melt; Prim. 
Deriv. smelt. 

Obs. 1. — By a change of the vowel is meant the putting another vowel 
in its place; as, Root, bind; Prim. Deriv. bond. By a modification of 
the vowel is meant the shortening or lengthening of the same vowel ; 
as, Root, bite; Prim. Deriv. bit. 

Obs. 2. — By the change of the consonant is understood the putting 
another consonant of the same kind in its place; as, Root, dig; Prim. 
Deriv. dike.; or the expanding it info a fuller sound ; as, Root, dig; Prim 
Deriv. ditch. By the modification of the consonant is understood the 
softening or sharpening of the sound ; as, Root, lose; Prim. Deriv. loss, 

Obs. 3. — Many Primary Derivatives, however, exhibit no change of 
vowel or consonant, but are the same as the Roots. Thus from the Verbs 
to praise, to fall, to wit (meaning to know), we have the Nouns praise, 
fall) wit. 

Obs. 4. — Generally where the Verb and the Noun are the same in 
form, the consonant is pronounced harsh in the Verb, and soft in the 
Noun; as, to house (= houze), a house, and frequently by an alteration 
of the accent; as, to pro-duce, Verb : prod'uee, Noun. 

Obs. 5. — A letter is to be judged of by the sound, not by the mere 
character which represents it. The character may remain the same 
when the sound is different ; as in the Verb house and the Noun hotise. 
So far from the same character necessarily representing the same sound, 
the rules of orthography sometimes render it necessary even to change 

QUESTIONS. 

17S. What is the first method of forming Primary Derivatives? The 
Second? The Third ? The Fourth? 

What is meant by the change of a vowel ? What by the modification 
of a Vowel ? 

Where the orthography of the Noun and the Verb is the same, how 
are they distinguished ? 

6 



t>2i ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

the letter, in order to keep the sound ; as in mouse, mice. If this were 
written mise, it would be pronounced raize, like wise. On the same 

Principle, c is changed into k in cat, kitten \ cook, kitchen; cow, kine; 
ecause c followed by i has the sound of s. 

Obs. 6. — The words of the English language are derived from various 
sources. The groundwork of the grammar and the great mass of the 
most common words are Anglo-Saxon. But there have been gradually 
introduced multitudes of words from other languages, especially from 
the Latin and the French. Large numbers of Latin words have come 
to us through the French. Terms of art and science are generally from 
the Greek or Latin. There are also a few from the Eastern languages, 
as Arabic, &c. 

Obs. 7. — Words of Saxon origin are called Pure English : those of 
other origin, Mixed English. 

Obs. 8. — All English Roots are of Saxon origin. All the Irregular 
Verbs are Roots, 

Obs. 9. — Many Verbs had formerly the Irregular conjugation, which 
have not now: these also are Roots. For example, laugh, quake, delve, 
(which now make laughed, quaked, delved^) used to make lough, qzwke, 
dolve. These are Roots. 

Obs. 10. — With a small exception, Primary Derivatives are all Pure 
English. All English words, Pure or Mixed, may have Secondary De- 
rivatives (subject to the usual rules of formation); but only Pure English 
words can have Primary Derivatives : except of the second kind ; viz. 
where the last consonant is changed or modified ; as, use (uze), ?cse; re- 
lieve, relief. Only Pure English words have Primary Derivatives made 
by the change of the vowel. 

179. Verbs are formed as Primary Derivatives, 
(1.) By changing or modifying the vowel. 



Roots. 


Deriv. 


Roots. 


Deriv. 


Roots. 


Deriv 


Fall 


Fell 


Rise 


( Raise 
{ Rouse 


Chop 


Chip 


Shake 


Shock 


Drop 


(Drip 
( Droop 


Rest 


Roost 


Lie 


Lay 


Knell 


Knoll 


Din 


Dun 


Sop 


Sip 


Sit 


Set 


Sniff 


Snuff 


Fly 


Flee 



(2.) By changing or modifying the last consonant. 

Stick Stitch | Cling Clinch | Dog Dodge 



QUESTIONS. 

What portion of the words of the English Language is of Saxon 
origin? What from the Greek and Latin ? 

What are words of Saxon origin called? What other derivatives? 

179. What are the Primary Derivatives of the Roots by changing op 
modifying the Vowel ? 

What by changing or modifying the Consonant? 



PRIMARY DERIVATIVES. 



63 



(3.) By changing or modifying the vowel and consonant. 
Roots. Deriv. Roots. Deriv. Roots. 



Hound Hunt 
Wake Watch 
Hook Hitch 



Cling 
Drink 
Wring 



(4.) By the initial augment s or t. 

Dun Stun Mash 

Knap Snap Melt 

Lash Slash Nip 



Smash 
Smelt 
Snip 



Deriv. 



Clench 


Glass 


Glaze 


Drench 


Grass 


Graze 


Wrench 


Drag 


Dredge 



Plash Splash 

Wag Swag, Sway 

Whirl Swirl, Twirl 



180. Nouns are formed as Primary Derivatives, 

(1.) By changing or modifying the vowel. 



Gape 

Scrape 

Crack 

Bear 

Sell 

Sneak 

Bless 



Gap 
Scrap 
Creak 
Bier 

Sale 

Snake 

Bliss 



Let 

Tell 

Deal 

Lear-n 

Feed 

Deem 

Len-d 



Lot 

Tale 

Dole 

Lore 

Food 

Doom 

Loan 



Bite 

Click 

Sing 

Knit 

Drive 

Strike 

Sit 



Bit 

Clock 

Song 

Knot 

Drove 

Stroke 

Seat 



(2 t ) By changing or modifying the last consonant. 



Strive 
Believe 
Behoove 
Prove 



Strife 
Belief 
Behoof 
Proof 



Dig 
Speak 
Wreathe 
Gird 



Ditch 
Speech 
Wreath 
Girth 



Lay 
Say 
Use 
Devise Device 



Law [a wise 
Saw [saying. 
Use 



(3.) By changing or modifying the vowel and consonant. 



Seethe Sud 

Bathe Bath 

Lathe Lath 

Break Breech 



Breathe 
Weave 
Live 
Lose 



Breath 
Woof 
Life 
Loss 



Choose 
Hold 
Clothe 
Bake 



Choice 
Hilt 
Cloth 
Batch 



181. Adjectives are formed as Prim. Deriv. 

(1.) By changing or modifying the vowel. 



Heal 
Heat 
Fill 



Hale 
Hot 
Full 



String 


Strong 


(De)file 


Foul 


Wring 


Wrong 


Flit 


Fleet 


Pride 


Proud 


Shine 


Sheen 



QUESTIONS. 

What are the Primary Derivatives of the Roots by changing both 
Vowel and Consonant? 
By an Initial augment ? 

180. What Nouns are formed by changing or modifying the Vowel ? 
What by the Consonant? 

What by changing or modifying both Vowel and Consonant? 

181. What Adjectives are formed in similar ways? 



64 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

(2.) By changing or modifying the last consonant. 

Loathe Loth Milk Milch 

(3.) By changing or modifying the vowel and consonant. 

Wis (=£0 know) Wise Love Lief 

EXERCISE XLI. 

Make the Primary Derivatives from the following words ; show the 
letter or letters changed or modified, and state respecting each what the 
change or modification is : 

(Verbs) Drop, Rise, Drink, Hook, Melt. Sit, Fly. 

(Nowis) Sell, Bless, Knit, Drive, Dig, Choose, Glass. 

{Adjectives) Fill, Pride, Heat, Wis. 

SECONDARY DERIVATIVES. 

182. Secondary Derivatives are formed by Affixes or Pre- 
fixes made to the Roots ; as 5 Root, lead; Affix er; Sec. Deriv. 
leader: Root, lead; Prefix, mis; Sec. Deriv. mislead, 

Obs. — Affixes are letters or syllables put at the end of words ; as the 
letter t in iveigh-t, and the syllable ly in king-ly. Prefixes are letters 
or syllables put at the beginning of words; as the letter a in a-board, 
and the syllable rnis in mis-take. 

183. Affixes are either mere terminations, as er, ness, in 
leader , weakness; or distinct words, which have come to be 
used as terminations ; as, like, ful, in warlike, fearful. 

184. Obs. 1. — In Secondary Derivatives, the vowel is very often 
changed or modified as well ; as, long, length; steal, stealth. 

Obs. 2. — Secondary Derivatives, it has been said (182), are made by 
Affixes or Prefixes. There are Affixes and Prefixes, however, of Saxon 
and of other origin. These will be treated separately. Now, generally 
speaking, Saxon affixes are added to Saxon words, as in handsome, some 
is a Saxon affix, and hand is a Saxon word; while Latin and other 
foreign affixes are added to Latin and other foreign words, as in final, fin 
is a Latin word {finis, end), and al is a Latin affix [alts; fin-alis). But 
to both these general rules there are some exceptions. In the first place, 
we have manv foreign words which take Saxon Affixes or Prefixes ; as 



QUESTIONS. 

What Primary Derivations can be formed from the Roots in Exer- 
cise XLI.? 

182. How are Secondary Derivatives formed? 
What are Affixes? What are Prefixes? 

183. What two kinds of Affixes are used? 

184. To what words are Saxon Affixes made? To what are Latin ? 
J-ive examples. 



SECONDARY DERIVATIVES. 65 

in tin- just, just is a Latin word {Justus), but un is a Saxon prefix. So» 
in the second place, we have many Saxon words which take foreign 
affixes : as in truism, true, is a Saxon word, but ism is a Latin and Greek 
affix. But the former ca^e is much more common than the latter; it is 
much more common for foreign words to have Saxon, than for Saxon, 
words to have foreign affixes and prefixes. 

Saxon with Lat. Aff. or Pref Latin with Sax. Aff. or Pref 
tvu-ism apt-wess 

bond-age orderly 

over-plus ??m-conduct 

dis-tike ?m-]\ist 

re-bind 

PURE ENGLISH AFFIXES. 

VERBS. 
185. Verbs are formed by the terminations en, le, er, y, 
and ish. 

(1.) By en, as weak-en, strength-en. 

Expl. — En, added to Adjectives, has the force of ' to make,' as weaken, 
1 to make weak;' added to Nouns, it has the force of c to give,' as 
strengthen, ' to give strength to? So 

Merely en added. Consonant doubled. e dropped. 

Dark-en Glad-d-en Whit-en 

(2.) By le, as hand-le, start-le. 

So strag-g-le fr. stray; crumb-le fr. crumb; Wrig-g-le .r. wry; wad- 
d-le fr. wade; shuffle fr. shove; pad-d-le fr. pad; scuffle fr. scuff; 
nib-b-le fr. nip; drib-b-le fr. drip; wrang-le fr. wring; grap-p-le fr. gripe; 
ram-b-le fr. roam. 

Obs. — After a vowel or r, only I (not le) is put, as knee-l fr. knee. So 
draw-l fr. draw; mew-l fr. mew; gnar-l fr. gnarr, an old word, meaning 
a knot in a tree ; snar-l fr. sneer. 

(3.) By er, as glim-m-er fr. gleam. 

So wand-er fr. wend (to go) ; frit-t-er fr. fret (to eat away) ; stag-g-er 
fr. the Anglo-Saxon stigan (to walk) ; swag-g-er fr. sway or swag ; 
clamb-er fr. climb; whim-p-er fr. whine; wav-er fr. wave; sput-t-er fr. 
5/ttY; ling-er fr. &mgv bat-t-er fr. fo&£. 

Obs. — Most of these Verbs in le and er are a sort of Diminutives from 
other Verbs, and often imply that the action is repeated again and again, or 



QUESTIONS. 

Mention some Saxon words with Latin Affixes or Prefixes. Some 
Latin with Saxon Affixes or Prefixes. 

185. By what terminations are Verbs formed? 

What is the force of en added to Adjectives? 

Give examples of this. Give examples and show the derivation of 
Verbs in le. In er and ?/ and ish. 

6* 



66 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

done by little and little ; as, nibble from nip, implies a number of small 
nippings; patter from pat, implies many small pattings. We say a per- 
son pats another on the shoulder, but, ram patters against the window. 

(4.) By y, as wor-r-y, fr. wear. 

So sul-l-y fr. soil; bull-y fr. bull; whin-n-y fr. whine. 

(5.) By ish 9 as burn-ish, publ-ish (L. 347). 

EXERCISE XLII. 

Find twenty other Verbs in en, and the same number in each of the 
other terminations in le. 

NOUNS. 

186. Nouns denoting Persons, are formed by the termi- 
nations er, yer, ar, ard, ster, man, Masculine ; and by ess, 
stress, ine, woman, maid, Feminine. 

Masculine. — (1.) By er, as sing-er. 

Obs. — These may be divided into four classes ; the first three on the 
same principle as the Verbs above ; the fourth class has the y changed to 
i before the vowel. 

Talk-er Plod-d-er Writ-er Fli-er 

Obs. — Words with this termination do not always denote a Masculine 
agent, but sometimes an instrument; &s?iut~crac&-er,fet't-er((r.foot), 
break-er, stop-p-er, shut-t-er. 



(2.) By yer, as bow-yer, saw^yer, law-yer. 



Obs. — These are words ending in vj; but not all words in vj take yer, for 
we have hevj-er, draw-er, rnow-er, &c. 

(3.) By ar, as li-ar, begg-ar. 

(4.) By ard, as slug-g-ard, fr. slug, slow. 

So nig-g-ard, covj-ard fr. to cow, dast-ard, lag-g-ard. drun/c-ard, dot- 
ard, dull-ard, vriz-ard fr. to wis. 

Obs. — Some Nouns with this termination are not names of persons, as 
standard. This termination is the same as ar, only strengthened by the 
letter d, as soun-d (L. 436) is. So sal-t (L. 399) is strengthened by t 



QUESTIONS. 

Find other Verbs as directed in Exercise XLII. 

186. How are Masculine Nouns denoting persons formed? How 
Feminine ? 

Give examples in er. In yer. In ar. In ard. In ster. 



SECONDARY DERIVATIVES. 67 

(5.) By stcr, as punster, trickster. 

So whipster, youngster^ upholster er=uphol(d)ster. 

Obs. — The termination ster was in Anglo-Saxon confined to Feminine 
Nouns, and so it was formerly in English, as i- seen now in spinster. This 
class of words was very numerous. Some of them have gone out of com- 
mon use, and are now known only as Proper Names ; such as Webster 
{= weaver). Kempster, (== comber), "For ster (= forester), Baxter or 
Bagster (= baek-ster, i. e. baker), Brewster (= brewer), Dempster 
(= deemster), fr. to deem, an old term for a judge, still used in some 
parts of England. Barrister has an i inserted as a connecting vowel, 
and the r is doubled. 

(6.) By man, as tin-man, wood-man. 

Obs. 1. — Sometimes a word has the termination er, and man also, as 
fishsr-man. Sometimes we have a word in er, and one in man, from 
the same root. As tin-n-er and tin-man. So, also, hunt-er and hunts- 
man. 

Obs. 2. — Frequently a euphonic s is inserted, as in hunts-man, seeds- 
man, swords-man. 

Obs. 3. — This termination is common in Proper Names, as Young- 
man, New-man, Hol-man, or Ho -man (= Old-man). 

(1.) Feminine. — By ess, as god-d-ess. 

So poet-ess, mtstr-ess fr. master, shepherd-ess. 

Obs.— Some Philologists regard this Affix as of Hebrew origin, from 
essa a woman, and others as a Latin or French terminal. The ss is 
sometimes changed into tt, as Henry, {Henri,) Henrietta; Harry, Harr- 
i-etta, Harriet; Carolus, {Charles?) Charlotte. 

(2.) By stress ( — ster-ess), as songstress. 

(3.) By woman or maid, as char-woman, work-woman, 
milk-maid. 

Obs. — Sometimes with the termination er also, as ivash-er-woman, 
like fisherman. 

187. Diminutives. — Diminutives imply a diminution of 
the Boot, and are formed by the terminations kin, ling, ock, 
let. 



QUESTIONS. 

What is the derivation of Webster ? 0[ Foster ? Of Baxter ? Brew- 
ster? Dempster? Barrister? 

Give examples in man. In er man. In s man. Of Proper Names 
in man ? 

What are the Feminine Affixes? 

Give examples in ess. In stress. In woman or maid ? 

187. What are diminutives? How are they formed? 



08 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

(1.) By kin , as lamb-kin, 

So pip-kin fr. pipe ; firkin fr. /oz^r; being the fourth part of a barrel ; 
manni/cin fr. fflia?i. Here the i is only a euphonic insertion ; the n of 
course is doubled. 

Obs. — This termination is common in Proper Names ; as, Wat-kin fr. 
Walter; Simp-kin fr. Samuel, formed as Simp-son is fr. Samuel and 
Sou; Per-kin contracted fr. Peter-kin; Tom-kin fr. Thomas; Wil-kin 
fr. William; Haw-kin fr. Hal, Harry. 

(2.) By /mg, as dar-ling fr. dear. 

So gos-ling (= goose-ling), duck-ling, found-ling, under-ling t suck- 
ling, lord-ling, wit-ling, strip-ling, sap-ling, hire-ling. 

(3.) By oc/c, as hill-ock, bull-ock. 

(4.) By let, as ring-let, stream-let, brook-let. 

Obs.— This affix is perhaps partly of French origin ; et also (p. 71) is 
sometimes Saxon, sometimes French. 



EXERCISE XLni. 

Find twenty other Nouns in er (ten persons, ten instruments), four in 
ster, six in man (two with euphonic s), and six of each other affix. 



ABSTRACT NOUNS. 

188. Abstract Nouns denote state, quality, or the like ; 
as, truth, the state of being true. 

Expl. — Here from the Adjective true we have the Abstract Noun 
truth, which denotes the state or quality of being true. So from weak 
we have weakness, the state of being weak. 

189. Obs. — Many abstract Nouns may be applied from the quality or 
condition, to the whole body of those who possess the quality, or are in 
the condition specified : sometimes also to one person. The word youth 
will exemplify all three uses : 



QUESTIONS. 

Give examples in kin. 

"What Proper Names are Diminutives in this termination? 

Give some examples in ling. In ock. In let. 

Find other examples as directed in Exercise XLIII. 

188. What do Abstract Nouns denote? 



SECONDARY DERIVATIVES. 6? 

(1.) The youth of the king was a disadvantage. Here youth means 
youth fulness. 

(2 ) The American youth are distinguished for their sense of lionor. 
Here youth means the whole body of those who are young, the young 
men. 

(3.) The youth came to town yesterday. Here youth means a 'person 
in the state of youth j "illness or youth, a young man. 

190. Abstract Nouns are formed by the terminations ness, 
ery, th, t, hood, head, ship, dom, ter, red, lock or ledge, ing. 

(1.) By ness, as dark-ness, white-ness. 

(2.) By ery, as mock-ery, slav-ery, cook-ery. 

Obs. 1. — if the word ends in w, or two consonants, only ry is added, 
as Jew-ry fr. Jew; out -law -ry fr. law; hus-band-ry fr. husband; found- 
ry fr. found; and if the word already ends in er only y is added, as flat- 
ter-y fr. fatter. So beggar -y fr. beggar. Smith-y has the er omitted for 
euphony. 

Obs. 2. — Words with the terminations ness and ery also denote, 1. A 
p 1 ace, as wild-er -ness, fast-n-ess, nurs-ery; or, 2. A person or number 
of persons, as wit-ness soldi-ery. Of course, such words are not Ab- 
stract Nouns at all. 

(3.) By th, as leng-th fr. long. 

So streng-th fr. strong; mir-th connected with merry; dea-th fr. die; 
truth fr. true, and connected with the Verb trow, meaning to know; 
you-th fr. young; ru-th fr. rue, seen in the Adjective ruth-less; grow-th 
fr. grow; steal-th fr. steal; dear-th fr. dear; heal-th fr. heal; filth fr. (de)- 
file. 

(4.) By t, as szgvW fr. see. 

So rnigh-t fr. w«y; fligh-t fr. fly: heigh-t fr. £?'g-&; weigh-t fr. weigh; 
shift fr. shape; fros-t fr. freeze; drough-t fr. ^ry; draugh-t fr. draw; 
pligh-t fr. pledge; wrigh-t fr. work; sleigh-t fr. s/y; guil-t fr. guile; 
blas~t fr. Saxon blcesa?i, ' £o blow. f 

Obs. 1. — This termination is only a variation of *A. We had formerly 
high-th, low-th. Highth (which is the word always used by Milton) has 
become heigh-t, and loio-th has gone out of use altogether. 



QUESTIONS. 

In what different senses is the word youth used? Give examples of 
^ach. 
199. By what terminations are Abstract Nouns formed? 
What are some in ness ? In ery ? 

What do these terminations denote when not Abstract? 
What are some examples in th? 
What are some examples in t? 
Of what is this a variety? 



70 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Obs. 2. — In the words sight, might, See., the gh belongs to the root 
and is lost or disguised in the Verbs. Y, in may and fly, represents a 
g--sound, which is seen, though not heard, mfligh-t and migh-t. 

(5.) By hood, as man-hood , hardi-hood. 
(6.) By head) as God-head, 
Obs. — This termination is only a variation of hood. 

(7.) By ship, as hard-ship, friendship. 

Obs. — The termination ship is from the Verb to shape, the original 
meaning of which is, to make, which sense is still seen in the word 
shape?i, in the Bible, Psalm 51. 

(8.) By dom, as king-dom. 

So earl-dom, martyr-dom, christe?i-dom (= christian-dom), heathen- 
dom, duke-dom,free-dom, and its opposite, thral-dom. 

Obs. — This termination originally signified possession, property, or rule, 
as in king-dom* earl-dom; but afterwards merely quality or condition, 

as ii\ free-do m, thral-dom. 

(9.) By ter, as laugh-ter, slaugh-ter fr. slay. 

(10.) By red, as hat-red, kin-d-red. 

Obs. — Kindred was formerly written hinred; the d is euphonic. 

(11.) By lock or ledge, as wed-lock, know-ledge. 

Obs. — These terminations are from the Anglo-Saxon termination lac } 
in which many Anglo-Saxon words end. 

(12.) By ing, as read-ing, writ-ing. (274.) 

EXERCISE XLIV. 

Find twenty Nouns in ?iess, six in ery, ten in ship, two in t, three in 
hood, and twenty in ing. 



QUESTIONS. 

What are some examples in hood? In head? In sfo"p? What is 

the meaning of this ending ? 

What examples in dom? What did this originally signifv? 

What examples are given in ter ? In red ? In' lo ch or ledge? In 
tng ? 

What Nouns in each of the terminations mentioned in Exercise XLIV. 
^aii you find? 



SECONDARY DERIVATIVES. 71 

191. Many Nouns are formed also by the terminations d, 
m, or om, ow, en, or n, le, et, el. 

(1.) By d, as see-d fr. sow. 

So dee-d fr. do; floo-d iv. flow; for -d fr. Saxon far an, to go; bran-d 
fr. burn; mea-d fr. mow; cu-d fr. c/^<?7#. 

(2.) By 7ft or o?», as bloo-m fr. Wow. 

So sea-m fr. .sew; glea-m fr. gloiv; tea-m fr. £ow; bloss-om fr. Saxon 
Mccsan, to blow ; qual-m fr. quail. 

(3.) By ow>, as shad-ow fr. sAade. 

So bar-r-ow fr. to &e#r; mead-oiu fr. mead; wind-ow fr. wind. 

192. Obs. — In the words sorrow, morrow, talloiv, and some others, the 
o?z> represents a g-, which is seen in German, where the corresponding 
words are sorge, morgen, taJg. 

(4.) By era, or 7&, as ward-en fr. ward,— guard. 

So maid-en fr. maid; heav-en fr. heave; gard-en connected with yard, 
burth-en connected with bear ; tok-en fr. teach; mai-n fr. w#y; as in the 
phrase might and main. 

(5.) By Ze, as gird-le fr. gz'n/. 

So set-t-le fr. se£; bund-le fr. bind; spit-t-le fr. ,spi£: spin-d-le fr. sjwra; 
rund-le fr. round; lad-le fr. /<zfi?<?; thimb-le fr. thumb; prick-le fr. prick; 
shut-t-le fr. shoot; tread-le fr. tread. 

(6.) By eZ, as satch-el fr. sac&. 

So shov-el fr. shove; swiv-el fr. Saxon swifan, to turn round ; kern-el 
(Germ, kern); tram-m-el fr. £ra#a. 

(7.) By eZ, as hatch-et fr. Aac/c. 

So thick-et: pock-et fr. Saxon pocca, a poke, or bag; mall-et {mall is 
used by old writers), latch-et, tick-et, cask-et, flowr-et, crick-et. (Obs. 
under /ez, p. 68). 

Obs.— The last two terminations often have a diminutive force; as, 
satch-el, a little s#c/&; flowr-et, a little flower. 

193. Obs. — In many words a euphonic w is inserted, before g; as jt?#s- 
senger fr. passage; porringer fr. porridge; messenger fr. message; 
wharfinger fr. wharfage. So nightingale fr. night, and Saxon galan, to 
sing (S. 74.), The & beiore w in nightingale is only a connecting vowel to 
join the two parts of the word together (Germ, nachtigall). 

QUESTIONS. 

191. What are some derivative Nouns ending in <£? Some in m or o«i ? 
Some in ow? Some in e?i or w? Some in le ? Some in el? Some 
in et? 

193. What observation is made of a euphonic n inserted? What ex- 
amples of it ? 



VI ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

ADJECTIVES. 

194. Adjectives are formed by the terminations y, en, em, 
ish, like, ly, erly, some, ful, less, ed, ward, th, ty, and fold. 

(I.) By y, as mighi-y, head-y. 

So rai?i-y,Jlovjer-y, lucJc-y ■, stead-y ', angr-y fr : anger; sundr-y fr. S2i?i- 
der. If the word ends in y, ey is added, as clay-ey 

(2.) By en, as lead-en, gold-en. 

So silk- en, braz-en, bar-ren, fr. bare; sull-en, fr. sulk. If the word 
ends in r, only n is added, as leather-n. 

Oes. — Adjectives with this termination for the most part denote the 
material of which anything is made. They were formerly more nu- 
merous than they are now. Cedar-n, ston-en, silver-n, were in use. 
Now we use the Nouns cedar, stone, silver, as Adjectives. 

(3.) By em, as north-em, south-em, east-e?i % n, and west- 



em. 

(4.) By ish, as black-ish, slav-ish, Romish. 

Obs. — This termination is used in three ways; 1. In a Diminutive 
sense, as black-isk; 2. For opprobrious words, as thiev-ish; 3. In pro- 
per names, as Gaul-ish. 

(5.) By like, as lady-like, vjar-like. 

Obs. — Words of this class may be called Compounds, being, in fact, 
compounded with the word like. 

(6.) By ly, as gentleman-ly, king-ly. 

Obs. — This ly is only a softened form of like. Generally when added 
to a Noun, it forms an Adjective ; as, man-ly: when added to an Adjec- 
tive it forms an Adverb; as, bad-ly. 

(7.) By erly, as north-erly, south-erly. 
(8.) By some, as tire-some, handsome. 

So win-some, game-some, delight-some, glad-some, fulsome^ buxom 
(= buck-some), mettle-some, irk-some. 

Obs. — This termination denotes possession of some quality. 

QUESTIONS. 

194. What are the terminations of Derivative Adjectives? 

What examples in y ? What in en ? What does this termination de- 
note ? What examples in em ? What in ish ? What in like? What 
m ly ? What in erly ? What in some ? 



SECONDARY DERIVATIVES. 73 

(9.) By ful, as fear- fid, fruit-ful 

Obs. — Words of this sort are, in fact, compounded with the word full. 
Fearful =full of fear. 

(10.) By less, as law-less, sense-less. 

Obs. — This termination denotes the absence of a thing; as lawless — 
without law. 

(11.) By ed, as wretch-ed, rag-g-ed. 

Obs. — This termination abounds especially in Compounds, as neat- 
hand-ed, golden-wing-ed . (201.) 

(12.) By ward, as south-ward, fro-war d. 

So un tO'tvard. down-ward, awh-ward, fr. awk, an old word meaning 
left; awkward is left-handed, the opposite of dexterous, which means 
right-handed. 

Obs. — The termination ward implies direction; fro-ward, in the di- 
rection from. 

(13.) By th, z&four-th, six-th. 
Obs.— These Adjectives are all Ordinal Numerals. (94.) 
(14.) By ty, as for-ty, six-ty. 

Obs. — These Adjectives are all Cardinal Numerals. (92.) 
(15.) By fold, as J bur- fold, six-fold. 

EXERCISE XLV. 

Give ten other Adjectives with each of the terminations, except ern y 
erly, and some. 

ADVERBS. 

195. Adverbs are formed by the terminations ly, ce, st, s, 
ward or wards, wise, ways, and times. 

(1.) By ly, as bad-ly, nob-ly, (= noble-ly). 

(2.) By ce, as on-ce, twi-ce, thri-ce. 

(3.) By st , as whilst. 

So the Preposition amongst fr. among, amidst fr. amid. 

QUESTIONS. 

What examples in ful ? What in less ? What in ed ? What in ward ? 
What in th? In ty ? In fold ? 

Find other Adjectives as directed in Exercise XLV. 
195. What terminations form Adverbs? 
What examples in ly ? In ce ? In st ? 

7 



74 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

(4.) By s, as besides fr. beside. 

So whiles fr. while; hereabouts fr. abo?U. 

(5.) By tt?arJ, wards, &$for-ward, back-wards. 

(6.) By the words wise, ways, fo'wes; as other-wise, al- 
ways, four-times. 

Obs. — The word wise is another form of guise> and is not the same 
as ways the plural of way. 

RECAPITULATORY EXERCISE. 
(On the Derivation of Pure English Words.) 
Explain the following words by giving their derivation : 
(Verbs.) Sharpen. Waddle. Glimmer. — (Notms.) Baker. Sawyei 
Beggar. Drunkard. Gamester. Coachman. Seedsman. Heiress. Lamb 
kin. Hillock. Gosling. Brooklet. Goodness. Robbery. Strength. 
Gift. Height. Falsehood. Friendship. Satchel. Seam. Team (of 
horses). — (Adjectives.) Mighty. Golden. Reddish. Warlike. Manly. 
Darksome. Frightful. Fearless. — (Adverbs.) Badly. Otherwise. 

Make Derivatives from Sell, Bear, Lose, Dig, Feed, Break, Tell, Bind ; 
thus: 

ROOT. PRIM. DERIV. SEC. DERIV. 

Verb. Object. Agent. Abstract Noun. 

Drive. Drove. Driver. Driving. 

Find Twelve Nouns, which are the same as their Verbs, thus : 

VERBS. NOUNS. 

To Fall. A Fall. 

Give Ten Names of Persons with the termination er: Five from Nouns, 
as Gardener fr. garden; Five from Verbs, as Walker fr. to walk. 

Change the form of the following sentences, using the Abstract Noun 
for the Adjective, thus : 

Sentence. — I admire the beautiful fields. 
Changed. — I admire the beauty of the fields. 
Be not discouraged by a difficult undertaking. We are astonished at 
the learned author. We admire the wise philosopher. I love simple 
nature. He is afraid of the severe climate. The long- walk tired me. 
The fine scenery made up for the fatigue. He had been suffering from 
the damp air. lam astonished at his bold spirit. 



QUESTIONS. 

What examples in s ? In ward ? In the other terminations? 
What is the meaning and derivation of the termination wise ? 
Prefer each of the Verbs to the rule of their derivation. The same 
with the Nouns. The Adjectives. The Adverbs. 



SECONDARY DERIVATIVES. 75 

Change the form of the following sentences, using Adjectives with the 
prescribed terminations : 

(ish.) — You are just like a child. This cloth has rather a green color. 
(ful.) — He takes care. He has many fears. That book is of great use. 
(Y.) — He showed much anger. The soil abounds in clay. I want sleep. 
(en.)— The pipe was made of lead. He had on a crown of gold. 
(ly.) — That was the act of a man. He speaks in the true style of a king. 

Change the form of the following sentences, using the Adverb instead 
of the Adjective ; thus : 

Sentence. — He is a quick walker. 
Changed. — He walks quickly. 

He is a good rider. They are good riders. He is a beautiful writer. 
He is a clear reader. He has a very ready memory for everything. He 
is an awkward runner. He is a good swimmer. He was a very clever 
talker. He is a very eloquent preacher. We travel in a careful and 
safe way. 

In the following sentence?, distinguish the Adjectives in ly, from the 
Adverbs in the same ending : 

The soldiers fought bravely. They sing sweetly. They acted in a 
very gentlemanly manner. It was a goodly sight. He writes badly. 
He had a weakly constitution. He walks weakly. He goes to town 
daily. This is his daily occupation. She seems very lively. He has 
acted wisely. It was one of the kindliest of actions. He always acts 
kindly towards me. 

PURE ENGLISH PREFIXES. 

196. Secondary Derivatives are formed also by Prefixes; 
as Root, wise; Sec. Der. un-wise. 

(1.) By the Prefix a, as a-rise, ashore. 
So (Verbs) a-rouse, awake; (Adverbs) a-head, a-board. 
Obs. — A often means on, as ashore = on shore. 

(2.) By be, as be-speak, beside. 

So (Verbs) he-have, he-take; (Adverbs) be-neath, he-fore. 

Obs. 1. — The he changes Intransitive Verbs into Transitive ; as, speak, he- 
speak; or it changes a Noun into a Verb ; as, friend, he-friend; or it 
modifies the meaning of the Verb ; as, take, he-take. 

Obs. 2. — In Adverbs he means by; as, he-caicse = by-cause. 



QUESTIONS. 

196. What examples of Secondary Derivatives are made by Prefix a ? 
By be ? What effect has this Prefix on Verbs ? What is its meaning in 
Idverbs ? 



76 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

(3.) By un, as un-do, un-wise. 

Obs. — Tin means not. In Verbs it means the undoing of the action 
implied by the simple Verb. 

Exception. — The Verbs loose and unloose as well as ravel and unravel 
have lost the peculiar force of the negative particle. 

(4.) By mis, as mis-take , mis-lead. 

Obs.— -This Prefix implies wrongness or error; and is connected with 
the Verb to miss. 

(5.) By for or /ore, as for-bid, fore-go. 

Sofor-bear, forswear, for-lorn, for-give, forsake (fr. seek). 

Obs. — For has a negative meaning : it is sometimes equivalent to off 
or away. Though it is sometimes spelled fore, as in fore-go, it must not 
be confounded with the fore which is seen in fore-tell 

(6.) By gain, as gain-say. 

So gain-stand and gain -strive were used formerly. 
Obs. — Gain means against, which is derived from gain (Gevm. gege?i) , 
The Verb to gain is quite another word. 

(7.) By fore, as f or e-t el, fore-show. 

Obs. — This Prefix is equivalent to before or beforeka?id. 

(8.) By n, as n-ever, n-one, n-either, n-or. 

Obs. — This is a negative Prefix, and means not. 

(9.) By to, as to-day, to-morrow, to-night. 

Obs. — To is a corruption of the or this. In some parts of England, 
to-year is used as we use to-day. 

(10.) By with, as withstand, with-draw. 

Obs. — This Prefix means against, or away. 

EXERCISE XL VI. 

Find three Verbs and three Adverbs with the Prefix a; three with 
be; twenty words with un; ten with mis. 

QUESTIONS. 

What Secondary Derivatives with Prefix un ? What exceptions in 
the usual signification? What with mis? With for or fore? With 
gain ? 

What is the meaning of this termination ? 

\V h a t w i t h Prefix fo re ? W i I h n ? W i th to ? W h at wi t h with ? 

What other words according to directions in Exercise XL VI.? 



SECONDARY DERIVATIVES. 77 

COMPOUNDS. 

197. A Compound Word is one made up of two or more 
words, as horse-shoe. 

Expl. — Instead of saying the horse's shoe or the shoe of the horse, we 
use one word, horse-shoe, made up of horse and shoe. 

198. The unity of the word is shown in speaking, by the accent. The 
'principal accent "falls on one word, and the other loses its accent as a dis- 
tinct word. Thus, in horse-shoe, horse has the principal accent, and shoe 
has only a subordinate one. 

199. Compound words may be made up of several words; as, Jia/ndi- 
craftsman, from hand, craft, man. 

200. The parts of a Compound may be different parts of speech. They 
may be two Nouns, as steam-boat, coach-box; or they may be Adjec- 
tive and Noun, as holi-day, (= holy-day), safe-guard; or Adjective and 
Verb, as vouchsafe; or two Adjectives, as golden-feathered; or Adverb 
and Adjective, as ever-lasting; or two Adverbs, or Prepositions, or other 
particles, as here-after. 

201. Compound words consisting of an Adjective and a Noun often 
take the termination cd, as from neat and hand, the Compound neat- 
handed; so bhte-eyed, bright -haired; the termination means having or 
endued with. This class of Compounds is very numerous, especially in, 
poetry. 

EXERCISE XL VII. 

Explain the following words fully : 

Mid-night, Hedge-row, Sun-shine, Sun-set, Earth-quake, Wood-land, 
Never-failing, Shower-drop, Foot-step, Truth-loving, Hus-band, Ware- 
house, Hot-house, Olive-grove, Golden-winged, Over-step, Under-sell, 
Up-land, Sea-sick, Horse-dealer. 

Account for the various parts of the following words, thus : 

EUPHONIC 
LETTER. 

Sport -s- man -like. 



Hand-i-craft-s-man . 
Back-wood-s-man. 
Wear-i-some-ness. 
Hard-heart-ed-ness. 



Un-like-li-hood. 
Mis-trust-ful-ly. 
Mir-th-ful-ness. 
Streng-th-en-er. 



Un-sight-li-ness. 
Short-com-ing-s. 
Un-wear-i-ed-ly. 
Mis-under-stand-ing-s. 



QUESTIONS. 

197. What is a Compound word? 

199. What Compound word is formed of several words? 
What are the different parts of speech of which Compound words are 
formed? Give examples. 
Refer the words in Exercise XL VII. to their different Primitives. 

7* 



78 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

LATIN AFFIXES. 

(The bracketed numbers after the words refer to the list of Deriva- 
tives from Latin, pp. 100, 180.) 

202. Verbs are formed by the termination ate or ite, as 
vac-ate (494), exped-ite (324). 

203. Nouns denoting persons are formed — 

(1.) By the termination tor or sor, as rec-tor (383), spon- 
sor (441). 

(2.) By trix, as execu-trix (414). 

Obs. — Trix is the fern, affix, answering to the masc. tor. 

204. Abstract Nouns, and nouns denoting things, are 
formed — 

(1.) By the affix ion, as reg-ion (383). 

(2.) By Hon or sion, as ac-tion (8), extension (461). 

(3.) By ty or ity, as digni-ty (89). 

(4.) By tude, as longi-tude (215). 

(5.) By ence or ance, as depend-ence (318). 

(6.) By ture or sure, as pic-ture (327), era-sure (378). 

(7.) By acy, as fall-acy (114). 

(8.) By ice, as just-ice (192). 

(9.) By mony, as acri-mony (1). 

(10.) By ment, as monu-ment (253). 

(11.) By owr or or, as ard-our (24). 

(12.) By * or Ze, asfac-t (113), <fo-te (93). 

205. Diminutives: 

(1.) By aster, as poet-aster. 

(2.) By Ze, wZe, or ula, as radic-le (377), glob-ule (159), 
form-ula (142). 

(3.) By i'cZe, as part-icle (307), veh-icle (501). 
(4.) By cwZe, as animal-cule (15). 

QUESTIONS. 

202. What Latin terminations of Verbs? 

203. What of Nouns of Persons? 

204. What are the terminations of Abstract Nouns, or Nouns denoting 
things? 

205. What are the terminations of Diminutives? 



SECONDARY DERIVATIVES. 79 

206. Adjectives are formed — 

(1.) By the termination al; as, reg-al (383). 

(2.) By ian or an; as, Christ-ian, sylv-an (fr. silva, a 
wood). 

(3.) By arte, ene, or ine; as, mund-ane(mundus, the world), 
terr-ene (467), mar-ine (227). 

(4.) By il, He, or tile; as, czim7 (57), serv-ile (422), wZa- 
ft/e (399). 

(5.) By ar, an/; as, sol-ar (430), auxili-ary (32). 

(6.) By h've or szve; as, cap-tive (43). 

(7.) By tory or son/; as, migra-tory (241), cursory (76). 

(8.) By a?z£ or ewf; as, ard-ent (24), ferv-ent (122). 

(9.) By te or se; as, seda-te (415), diffuse (151). 

(10.) By zc or zcaZ; as, naut-ical (267). 

(11.) By id; as, Urn-id (471), Aorr-irf (173). 

(12.) By ose or ows; as, verb-ose (505), vitre-ous (517). 

(13.) By aceous; as, crust-aceous (fr. crust a* a shell), Aer£- 
aceows. 

(14.) By olent or wZeraf; as, vi-olent (ms, force), turb-ulent 
(485). 

(15.) By i6Ze; as, ectaMe (104). 

(16.) Byjfc (113); as, terri-fic (468). 

(17.) By ferous (121) ; as, somni-ferous (11). 

(18.) Byj?Ze (338) as, Zn-pZe (478). 

207. Obs. 1. — Most of these affixes also form Nouns from Adjectives, as 
(1) moral ; (2) Christian ; (3) divine ; (4) aedile, reptile ; (5) familiar, 
auxiliary ; (6) captive ; (7) inventory ; (8) student; (9) associate, recluse; 
(10) classic ; (11) liquid. 

208. Obs. 1. — The termininations ttve and able, are often added to pure 
English words ; as, talJca-tive, eat-able. 

GREEK AFFIXES. 

(The numbers after the words refer to the List of Derivatives from the 
Greek). 

209. Verbs are formed by the termination ize or ise; as, 
critic-ize (30). (Sect. 184, Obs. 2). 

QUESTIONS. 
206. What are some of the Latin terminations of Adjectives? 

208. What terminations are often added to pure English words? 

209. What are the Greek Affixes to Verbs ? 



OU ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

210. Nouns denoting persons are formed by the termi 
nation ist; as, soph-ist (149). 

211. Abstract Nouns, and Nouns denoting things, are 
formed — 

(1.) By the affix ad or id; as, Hi-ad, JEne-dd, Columbi-ad. 

212. Obs. — Nouns in ad or id are poems ; as, 2E?ieid (the hero being 
JEueas); or districts, as Troad, the district of Troy. 

(2.) By ma; as, panora-ma (106), (112). 
(3.) By sm or ism; as, spasm (150), magnet-ism, soph- 
ism (149). 

(4.) By y or e; as, monarch-y (13), anatom-y, epi-tom-e 
(168), catastroph-e (157). 

(5.) By sis; as, crisis (30), emphasis (120). 

(6.) By ic or tic, ics or tics; as, rhetor-ic (145), arithme- 
tic (15), eth-ics (43). 

213. Diminutives are formed by the affix isk; as, aster- 
isk (16), obel-isk (obelos, a spike.) 

FRENCH PREFIXES. 

214. Many words are formed (1.) with the prefix en or em; 
as, en-camp, em-power: (2.) Wither; as, pursue, pur-vey: 
(3.) With sur; as, surrender, surround. 

FRENCH AFFIXES. 

215. Nouns denoting persons are formed by the affix 
(1.) ier or eer; as, caval-ier, mount ain-eer: (2.) By ee; as, 
assign-ee, less-ee. Nouns denoting things are formed (3.) 
by age; as, herb-age, pastur-age. The affix age often denotes 
the sum paid on any thing ; as in ton-n-age, wharf-age. 

EXERCISE XLYIII. 

Make out fifty other examples with any of the above affixes, except the 
Greek, and twenty with any of the Greek - 

QUESTIONS. 

210. What to Nouns denoting Persons? 

211. To Abstract and other Nouns? 

213. What is the Greek Affix of Diminutives'? 

214. What is said of French Prefixes? Of French Affixes? 
What words according to directions in Exercise XL VIII.? 



ETYMOLOGY. 



PART II. 

216. DERIVATIVES FROM ANGLO-SAXON. 

1. JEc or Ac. An oak. 

JEcen. Oaken. I Acorn. (Ac and corn fruit) 

the seed of the oak. 

2. Mr. Before. 

Early. Prior, in time, be- 1 Ere. Before, sooner than, 
times. I Erst. First, in the beginning. 

3. JEtkel. Noble. 



iEtheling. The title of heirs 
to the Saxon throne. 

Ethelred. (116). Noble in 
counsel or wisdom. 

Athelstan. (138). Noble stone. 



Athelney. (49). Royal or 
noble island. The place 
where Alfred concealed 
himself from the Danes. 



4. An. One, single. 



An or A. A single one. 
Any. Indefinitely, some, a 
small portion. 



Alone. Single, solitary. 
Only. One alone, this and no 
other. 



5. Ecetan. To bridle or curb. 
Bit. The iron part of a bridle. 

6. Bald. Brave. 

Bold. Daring, brave. I Eadbold. (50). Happily bold. 

Baldwin. (169). Bold in war. | 

81 



82 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

7. Bana. Death, killer. 



Bane. Poison, destruction. 
Baneful. Poisonous, destruc- 
tive. 



Bats-bane. Poison for rats. 
Wolfs-bane- A plant regard- 
ed as poisonous to wolves. 



8. Beodan. To order. 

Bedel or Beadle. An officer I Bid. Invited, offered, offer of 
who proclaimed the orders j a price, 
of the court. 



9. Beoti. To be. 

Be. Irreg. verb. To exist. 

10. Beorgan. To protect, defend. 



Burg or Burgh. Borough, 
originally a fortified city or 



town. 



Edburgha. (50). A prosperous 

or flourishing borough. 
Edinburgh. Edwin's-burgh. 



11. Beorht. Brightness, excellence. 

Ethelbert. (3). Noble excel- I Albert, (53). All noble or high 
lence, or his Royal High- nobility. 



ness. 



12. Bicnian. To nod. 

Beck, Beckon. A significant I Beacon. A signal or notice 
nod or motion of the head. | of warning. 

13. Bloc. Pale. 
Bleach. To make white. 

14. BlcEsan. To Blow. 

Blast, A puff of wind. I Bluster. Loud noisy swag- 
Blossom. The flower or bloom ger, to puff, 
of a plant. j 



DERIVATIVES PROM ANGLO-SAXON. 

15. Bot. A satisfaction. 



83 



Boot, (in the phrase to-boot). Better, (hotter). More satis- 

Profit, gain, addition. fyhig. 

Bootless. Without advantage. I 

16. Bidian. To wait. 



Bide or abide. To wait, re- 
main. 
Both A dwelling. 



Both well. (Eld bottle, 51). 
An. old dwelling. 



17. Brad. Broad. 



Broad. Extended from side 

to side. 
Bradhurst. (93). Broad forest. 



Bradburn. 
Stream. 



(21). Broad 



18. Brucan. To use. 

Broke. In the word broker, I Brookman. A Proper Noun, 
to have the use of. | like Chapman^ a using man. 

19. Buan. To Cultivate. Bur. A peasant. 

Boor. A cultivator or pea- 1 Neighbor, (neah-bur). A near 
sant. I peasant. 

20. Bugan. To bend. 



Bay. A small gulf from the 

bending of a river. 
Bough. A branch of a tree 

which can be bent. 
Bight. A bend or small bay, 

fold or bend in a rope. 



Bow. An inclination of the 
head ; a bent instrument of 
wood for hunting, or war. 

Elbow. (55). (a bend of 
the ell). The outer bend 
of the arm. 



21. Burne. A stream. 



Ashburn. The river Ash. 



I Bradburn. (17). (Proper 
name). Broadstream. 



22. Brom. A broom or shrub. 



Brother. A brother. 



84 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



23. C apian. To buy 

Cheap. Bought at a low 

price. 
Cheapen. To attempt to buy. 
Chaffer. To bargain, treat 

about buying. 
Chapman. One who offers as 

a purchaser. 



Chap. A buyer. 

Cheapside. Market side or 
place. 

Chepstow. (144). A buying 
place. 

Chippenham. (86). A purcha- 
sed or permanent home. 



24. C easier, or C ester. A fort or town. 

Chester, Colchester, Leices- I &c, forts or towns on dif- 
ter, Manchester, Worcester, | ferent rivers. 

25 Ceowan. To chew. 

Chew. To grind with the I Cud. That which is chewed, 
teeth. 

26. Camp. A contest or battle. 
Champion. A conqueror, a victor. 

27. Ceorl. A countryman. 
Churl. A rude ill-bred man, a rustic. 

28. Cnafa. A boy, a servant. 
Knave. A boy or servant, a dishonest person. 

29. Cunnan. To know. 
Ken. Knowledge. j Uncouth. Odd, awkward 

30. Cunnian. To search out. 

Conner. Proper Name. One I Cunning. Knowing, skillful, 
who knows. crafty. 

31. Cwellan. To slay. 
Quell. To subdue. | Kill. To slay, put to death. 



DERIVATIVES FROM ANGLO-SAXON. 85 

32. Cwethan. To speak. 

Quote. To repeat, or adduce I Quoth. Says or said, 
a passage. 

83. Cwysan. To crush. 

Quash. To crush, abate, an- I Squeeze. To press closely, 
nul. I 

34. Cyn, cynd. Race. 

Kin. Kindred, a relation. I Kind. Race, genus, class. 

35. Cyththe. Kindred. 

Kith and Kin. Intimate ac- 1 Kith. Acquaintance, 
quaintances and relations. | 

36. Dceg. Day. 
Dawn. Break of day, first light of morning. 

37. Deawan. To moisten. 



Dew. Moisture fallen from 

the atmosphere. 
Dough. Moistened mass of 

flour or meal. 



Bedew. To wet with dew. 
Thaw. To melt or dissolve 
ice or snow. 



38. Deman. To judge. 



Deem. To conclude on con- 
sideration. 
Doom. Judgment or sentence. 



Deemster, or Dempster. Pro- 
per name. One who judges. 
Condemn. To judge guilty. 



39. Denu. A vale. 

Den. A cave or hollow place I Walden. (Wald-den, 157). 
in the earth. woody vale, Woodvale. 

40. Deor. A wild animal. 

Derby, Durham. Resorts of I Deer. A species of quad- 
wild beasts. | ruped. 
8 



86 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



41. Disc. A plate or board. 

Desk. An inclined table or 

board for writing. 
Dish. A broad open vessel 

for food, at table. 



Disc or Disk. A face or plate 
like the surface of the sun 



or moon. 



Do. To perform, execute, to 
finish. 



42. Don. To do or put. 

Don. To put on. 

Dout. To put out, extinguish. 



43. Dreogan. To work. 
Drudge. To work hard. I Drudgery. Toilsome labor. 

44. Drigan. To dry. 

Dry. Destitute of moisture. I Drug. Dried herbs for medi- 
Drought. Dryness of weather. I cinal uses. 

45. Dugan. To be worth. 
Doughty. Brave, valiant, deserving esteem. 

46. Dun. A hill. 



Downs, (in England). Tracts 
of hilly land used for pas- 
turage of sheep. 



Huntingdon. Hunting hill. 
Snowdon. Snow-covered hill. 
Dun. A color. 



47. Dwinan. To fade. 
Dwindle. To make less or bring low. 



48. Dyppan. To dip. 

Dip. To plunge in water. 
Deep, Depth. Extent below 
the surface. 



Dive. To plunge into water 
head foremost. 



49. Ea or Eas. Water. 

Angles-ey. The Angles or 1 Island, (ea-land). Water 
English water. Yide Ber- | land, 
monds-ey. | 



DERIVATIVES FROM ANGLO-SAXON. 



87 



50. Ead. Prosperity, possession. 



Edgar. Happy in prosperity. 
Edward. (161). Guard of 
possessions. 



Edwin. (169). 
in war. 



Prosperity 



Elder. Older. 

Alderman. An elderly man, 

a senator. 
Althorpe. (176). An old 

village. 



51. Eald. Old. 

Aldborough. (10). Old- 
borough. 

Aldgate. (Opposed to New- 
gate), 



52. Eage. An eye. 
Eye. The organ of sight, j Egbert (11). Bright eyed. 

53. Eall. All. 



All. The whole. 
Also. Likewise. 
Alfred. (67). All love or af- 
fectionate. 



Albert. (11). All bright, 

eminent. 
Alwin. (169). A thorough 

warrior. 



54. Efese. Brim, brink. 



Eaves. The edges of a roof. 
Eaves-dropper. A listener 
under windows. 



Evesham. (86). A dwelling 
on the bank of a river. 



55. Elne. An ell, the arm. 
Elbow. (20). The bend of I Ell. A measure of length, 
the arm. | Ulna. (Latin). An ell. 

56. Engle. An angle. 
England. Angle land. 

57. Eorl. A brave man. 
Earl. A title of nobility. ' 

58. Erian. To plough. 

Earing. (Genesis xlv: 6). j Ear. A head of corn. 
Ploughing. 



88 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

59. Fadan. To set in order. 
Fad. A trifle. I Fidget. Restless agitation, 

Fiddle-faddle. Trifling. uneasiness. 

60. Faran. To go. 

Fare. Price of passage, food Ferry. A passage over a 

on voyage. river. 

Farewell. A parting compli- , Field-fare. A bird. 

ment. \ Thoroughfare. A place much 

Ford. A passage over a river. | passed through. 
Chelmsford. A ford over the I Way-far er. A passenger. 

river Chelmer. 

61. Fealo. Yellow. 
Fallow, (used of deer). Of a yellowish hue. 

62. Feoh. Value. 

Fee. A reward. j Feudal. Relating to fees. 

63. Feorm. Food. 

Farm. Tilled ground. | Farm. To make useful. 

64. Fian. To hate. 



Feud. A deadly quarrel. 
Fie. An exclamation of dis- 
like. 



Fiend. An evil spirit ; an 

enemy. 
Foe. An enemy. 



65. Fleot. A river. 



Fleet. A company of ships. 
Fleeting. Passing away. 
North fleet. 



Fleet Street. A locality in 
London, where the tide 
reached. 



66. Fangen. Taken hold of. 
Finger. A member of the 1 Fang. A talon, a claw, 
hand. 

67. Freon. To love. 
Godfrey. A friend of God, I Friend. An intimate. 
Theophilus. 



DERIVATIVES FROM ANGLO-SAXON. 89 

68. Frician. To dance, jump. 
Freak. A sudden fancy. I Frog. An animal which moves 
Frisk. To leap, to skip. by jumping. 

69. FugeL A bird. 
Fowler. A sportsman who I Fowl. A winged animal, 
hunts birds. | 

70. Fulian. To corrupt. 
Foul. Not clean. I Defile. To pollute. 
Filth. Dirt, nastiness. 

71. Fullian. To whiten. 
Fuller. One who whitens cloth. 

72. Fysan. To hurry. 
Fuss. A tumult, bustle. 

73. Gabban. To scoff. 



Jabber. Idle talk. 
Gabble. Loud unmeaning 
talk. 



Jibe. To sneer. 
Gibberish. Words without 
meaning. 



74. Galan. To sing. 

Glee. Joy. j Nightingale. A singing bird. 

75. Gangan. To go. 

Gang. To go, (Spenser, noun) I Gangway. A passage-way. 
a company. | 

76. Geard. An enclosure. 
Garden. Ground enclosed for I Yard. A small piece of en- 
culture. I closed ground. 

77. Geotan. To pour. 
Gutter. A passage for water. | Gush. A copious discharge. 

78. Gerefa. An officer. 



Borough-reeve. The chief of- 
ficer of a borough. 

Sheriff. (Shire-reeve). Chief 
officer of a county. 



Landgrave. A German title 
of dominion. 



90 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

79. God. Good. 
God. The Supreme Being. I Gospel. (137). Good tidings. 
Godspeed. Good speed. 

80. Gorst. A prickly bush. 
Gorse. Furze, a prickly shrub, j Goose-berry. (Prickly berry). 
Gorse. Lettuce, nettles. A common fruit. 

81. Graf an. To dig. 



Grave. An excavated pit for 

the dead. 
Groove. A hollow. 

82. Greot. Dust. 
Grate. To rub off, (noun), a 
frame of bars for the escape 
of dust. 



Engrave. To mark metal, 
wood or stone. 



Grit. Sand, gravel. 
Grater. A rough instrument. 



83. Had. 


Condition. 


Childhood. Infancy. 
Godhead. The divine nature. 
Manhood. Man's estate. 


Priesthood. The office or or- 
der of the Priests. 
Womanhood. Woman's estate. 



84. Hafoc. A hawk. 
Havoc. Destruction (committed by a hawk). 

85. Hals. The neck. 
Halter. A rope to hang with, or lead by the neck. 

86. Ham. A dwelling, home. 



Nottingham. House or town 

among caves. 
Walsingham. Boggy-home. 
Waltham. (157). Wood-home. 



Birmingham. 

Cheltenham. 

Durham. Home in a wood. 

Evesham. 

Hampstead. 

87. Hlcew. A small hill or ascent. 
Hounslow. (92). Hunting I Wardlaw. (161). Guarded 
hill. I Hill. 

88. Hlidan. To cover. 
Eye-lid. The covering for 1 Lid. A cover, 
the eye 



DERIVATIVES FROM ANGLO-SAXON. 91 

89. Holm. A small island. 
Axholm. (1.) Oak island. | Langholm. Long Island. 

90. Holt. A wood. 
Holt. A grove. | Holborn. Grove by the river. 

91. Hon, (hangian). To hang. 
Hang. To suspend. I Hinge. A joint on which a 

Stonehenge. Hanging rock. | door hangs. 

92. Hand. A dog. 
Hound. A dog used in hunt- I Hunt. To pursue. 

ing. I Huntsman. One who hunts. 

93. Hurst. Wood, a forest. 



Bradhurst. (17). Broad or 
wide forest. 



Midhurst. 
Penshurst. 



94. Hweorfan. To turn. 
Warp. To shrivel or bend. 

95. Hyth. A port. 
Hithe. A small port. j G-reenhithe. A verdant port. 

96. Ing. A pasture. 
Reading. (118). Reedy pasture. 

97. Lacnian. To cure. 
Leech. A physician. | Horse Leech. Horse doctor. 

98. Lcecan. To seize. 
Leech. A blood sucker. 

99. Lcedan. To lead. 

Lead. To guide. I Lode star. The polar star. 

Lode. A metallic vein. | Lode stone. The magnet. 

100. Leag. A field. 
Lea. A plain or meadow. ] Elmsley. A plain of elms. 

101. Leasian. To lie. 
Leasing. (Psalm iv : 2). Lying. 



92 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

102. Lit. A ship. 
Lighterman. One who man- | Lighter. A boat, 
ages a lighter. 

103. Lynis. An axle-tree. 
Linch-pin. An axle-pin. 

104. Mcenian. To think. 
Mean. To purpose, have in I Mind. The thinking faculty, 
mind. 

105. Magan. To be able. 
May. To be possible. I Main. (Might and main). 

Might. Power. | Power, strength. 

106. Meiigan. To mix. 
Among, amongst. Mingled I Mingle. To mix. 
with. I 

107. Mere. A lake or marsh. 
Mere street. A road by the 1 Windermere, 
lake. 

108. Metsian. To feed. 
Meat. Food. I Messmate. One who eats at 

Mess. A portion of food. | the same table. 

109. Mund. Defence. 
Edmund. (50. A happy I Godmundham. (79,86). A 
defence. well-fenced town. 

110. JYcBSse. A promontory. 
Caithness. | Sheerness. 

111. Nyther. Down. 

Nether. Lower. I Netherby. Low dwellings, 

Beneath, underneath. Lying cottages. 

under. I Netherlands. Low countries. 

112. Word. North. 



Norwich. North harbor. 
Norfolk. North people. 
Norton. North town. 



Norham. North home or vil- 
lage. 



DERIVATIVES FROM ANGLO-SAXON. 93 

113. Rcepan. To bind. 
Rope. A large cord or band. I Wrap. To roll or bind to- 

| gether. 

114. Rathe or Rath. Soon. 
Rather. Preferably. j Rathest. Obsolete. 

115. Rude. Red. 
Ruddy. Florid. 

116. Red. Wisdom. 

Ethelred. (3). Distinguished I Mildred. Gentle with wis- 
for wisdom. | dom. 

117. Rein. Clean. 
Rinse. To cleanse. 

118. Red. A reed. 
Redbridge. Bridge of reeds, j Radford. A reedy ford. 

119. Rethra. A rower. 
Rotherhithe. (95). Rowers' port. 

120. Ric. Dominion. 
Bishopric. The diocese of a bishop. 

121. Rim. Number. 
Rhyme. Correspondence of sound. 

122. Ripan. To cut. 

Reap. To cut grain. j Reaper. One who cuts grain. 

123. Sceadan. To divide. 
Scatter. To disperse. j Scot-lot. Parish payment. 

124. Sceapan. To form or make 



Shape. Form. 

Shop. A place for making ar- 
ticles. 

Ship. A vessel with three 
masts. 



Landskip. View of a coun- 
try. 

Ship. (Affix as in friendship). 
Quality, condition. 



125. Scethan. To injure. 
Scathe. To waste or damage, j Scathless. Without damage. 



94 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

126. Sciran. To cut. 



Shear. To clip. 

Shears. Cutting instruments. 

Share, (plough-). The iron of 

a plough. 
Sheer. Clean. 



Shire. A division of a county ; 

a county. 
Scar. The mark of a wound. 
Sore. A wound. 



127. Scridan. To clothe. 
Shroud. The dress of the dead. 

128. Scufan. To thrust. 
Scuff, Scuffle. A confused I Shove. To push. 

quarrel. | Shovel. A tool for digging. 

129. Seaxan. Saxon. 
Essex. East Saxon. I Sussex. South Saxon. 

Middlesex. Middle Saxon. | Wessex. West Saxon. 

130. Seothan. To boil. 
Seethe. [Imp. tense, Sod). To I Soap-suds. Water impreg- 
boil. I nated with soap. 

131. Slacian. To be slow. 
Slack. Slow, remiss. | Slug. A drone, a hinderance. 

132. Slean. (Slegan). To kill. 
Slay. To kill. I Onslaught. An attack, as- 

Slaughter. Destruction. sault. 

133. Slefan. To cover. 

Sleeveless. Which has no 1 Sleeve. Covering for the arm. 
cover or pretence. 

134. Snican. To creep. 
Sneak. To creep or with- 1 Snake. A serpent. 

draw, meanly. 

135. Soth. True. 
Forsooth. In truth. j Sooth-say. To predict. 

136. Sped. Success. 
Speed. Quickness. j God-speed. Good success. 



DERIVATIVES FROM ANGLO-SAXON. 95 

137. SpeL Tidings. 
Gospel. (79). Good tidings. | Gospeller. A preacher. 

138. Stan. A stone. 
Stanley. (100). Stony field , a sirname. 

139. Stede. Station. 

Bedstead. The frame for a | Hampstead or Homestead. 

bed. mansion. 

Steadfast. Steady, fixed. Instead. In place of. 

140. Steorfan. To die. 
Starve. To perish with hunger or cold 

141. Stepan. To raise. 

Step. A stair. | Steep. A precipice. 

142. Stigan. To ascend. 



Stage. A raised floor or plat- 
form. 

Stairs. A series of steps. 

Sty. (On the eyelid). A small 
tumor. 



Story. A floor of a building. 
Stile, (Stigel). A set of steps. 
Stirrup. (Sti-rope, 113). An 
iron for the foot. 



143. Stoc. A place. 

Woodstock. A sylvan locality, j Stocks. Place of confinement. 

144. Stow. A place. 
Walthamstow. (157, 86). Sit- I Chepstow. Market-place. 

uated near a wood. | Steward. (161). A manager. 

145. Sund. A narrow sea. 
Sound. A narrow sea. \ Sunderland. 

146. Suth. South. 

Sussex. (129). South Saxony. I Suffolk. South people. 
Sudbury. (10.) Southbury. | Sidlaw. (87). South hill. 

147. Swart. Black. 
Swarthy. Black, tawny. 

148. Swifan. To turn round. 
Swivel. A ring on a staple, j Swift. Rapid. 



96 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 





149. Teon, (teo 


gan). To draw. 


Team. Horses or oxen at- 
tached for drawing. 
Tight. Drawn terse. 
Tough. Strong, stiff. 


Tug. To pull with effort. 
Tow. To draw on water by 
a rope. 




150. Teotha. The tenth part. 


Tithe. 


The tenth. j Tithing-man. A collector. 




151. Treowian. To believe. 


Trow. 
Troth. 
True. 


To think. 
Faith, truth. 
Seal, right. 


Trust. Confidence, credit. 
Truth. Verity, veracity. 


152. Twan, (twegen). Two. 
Twain. Two. Betwixt. In the middle of. 
Twin. One of two born at Twilight. Sunlight fading 

the same birth. into evening. 
Twice. Two times. 




153. Tynan. To wall in. 


Town. 

lage. 
Acton. 


A large city or vil- 
Oak-town. 


Ton. A terminal in proper 

names. 
Kingston. Kings-town. 




154. Ut. Out. 


Utter. 


Outer, extreme. 


Uttermost. Most remote. 



155. Wad. Clothing. 
"Weeds. Mourning dress. \ Widow. Bereft of a husband. 

156. Wcepen. A weapon. 
Weapon. An instrument of I Wapentake. A division of a 
offence. I county. 

157. Wold or Weald. A Wood. 
Weald. The woody part of I Waltham. A woody home, 
a country. | Walden. (39). Woodvale. 

158. Wanian. To decrease. 
Wane. To grow less. I Want. Deficiency, need. 

Wan. Pale with sickness. 



DERIVATIVES FROM ANGLO-SAXON. 97 

159. Weald an. To govern. 
Bretwalda. A. name applied I Wield. To sway, to man- 
to the early Saxon Kings, age. 
a governor of the Britons. I 

160. Weallan. To spring up. 
Well. A spring or fountain, j Holywell. A sacred spring. 

161. Weard. Guard. 
Ward. Custody. I Guard. To protect. 

Warden. A guardian. | Guardian. A protector. 

162. Wenan. To think. 
Overweening. Vain, con- I Ween. To think, to fancy, 
ceited. 

163. Wendan. To go. 
Wend. To go. I Wander. To rove about. 

Went. Imp. of go. 

164. Weorthan. To become. 
Worth. (Wo worth the day). Wo be to the day. 

165. Wesan. To be. 
Was, Were. Imp. of am. 

166. Wic. A dwelling. 
Greenwich. A verdant resi- I Alnwick. A dwelling on the 
dence. | Aln. 

167. Wiht. A thing, a creature. 
Whit. A small part. I Aught. (A whit). A portion. 

Wight. A living creature. | Naught. (Naewhit). Nothing. 

168. Witan. To know. 



Wit. (Wot, imp.). To know, 
(noun) quickness of fancy. 

Weetless. Spenser. Unknow- 
ing. 

Witness. Personally present. 

169. Win. War. 
Godwin or Goodwin. Successful in war 
9 



Wise. Discreet. 
Witenagemote. The assembly 

of counsellors. 
To wit. Namely. 



98 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

170. Woken. A cloud. 
Welkin. The visible regions of the air. 

171. Worth. A farm or village. 
Bridgeworth. Farm or village I Walworth. (160). Village 

bridge. spring. 

172. Writhan. To bind or twist. 

Writhe. To distort, to twist. [ Wreath. Anything twisted. 

173. Wyrt. A root, an herb. 
Cole wort. A sort of cabbage, j Liverwort. An herb. 

174. Thincan. To seem. 
From this Verb are derived the Impersonals, methinks, 
methought, meaning, to me (it) seems or seemed. The com- 
mon English Verb, to think, is a different word. 

175. Thirlian. To pierce. 



Drill. To bore or pierce. 
Thrill. To pierce, to pene- 
trate. 
Mandrel. Part of a lathe. 



Nostril, (nose-thirl). Cavity 

of the nose. 
Thirlwall. Breach in the wall 

(between Scots and Picts). 



176. Thorpe. A village. 
Bishopthorp. Bishops' village. | Althorp. (51). Old village. 

177. Thringan. To press. 
Throng. A crowd of people. 

178. Thweor. Across. 
Thwart. To cross, to defeat, j Athwart. Across. 

Besides the foregoing, most of the familiar words which 
form the basis of our language, are of Saxon origin, as 
father, mother, sister, brother, clock, coal, creak, creep, flesh, 
folk, fowl, friend, fyc. 



99 

216. a PREFIXES TO WORDS OF LATIN ORIGIN. 

A great number of words is formed by prefixing to the 
root the different Latin Prepositions, which accordingly 
change the signification. See Fcro, (121). Pono, (346). 
A, ab, and abs, have the signification of from or away; as, 

aver't, to turn away; abduc't, to take or carry off; abstrac't, 

to draw from, to separate. 
Ad, ac, al, an, ap, as, at, have the signification of to, near, 

or by, on, up, against, fyc; as, adap't, to fit to; adja'cent, 

lying near or by ; ascri'be, to write to or against ; affu'sion, 

a pouring upon ; appen'd, to join to; atten'd, to wait on. 
An'te, anti, signifies before ; as, antecedent, going before; 

antedilu'vian, before the flood. 
Cir'cum, signifies round or about; as, circumja'cent, lying 

round. 
Cis, signifies on this side ; as Cis-AVpine, on this side the 

Alps. 
Cum or con, signifies together or with; as, concur, to run 

together, to agree ; conjoin 1 , to connect, to join together; 

coe'val, of equal age with. 
Con'tra, signifies against; as, contradic't, to speak in oppo- 
sition; counterac't, to act against. 
De, signifies from, away, down, un; as, descen'd, to come 

down; dedu'ce, to draw from. 
Bis, dif, di, signifies asunder, apart; as, disagre'e, to differ 

in opinion ; divor'ce, to separate. 
E, ex, ef, signifies out of, away, beyond; as, excee'd, to go 

beyond; excep't, to leave out ; ejec't , to cast out. 
Ex'tra, signifies beyond; as, extrav'agant, beyond proper limits. 
Im, il or in, as a prefix to Verbs, generally has an intensive, 

and to Adjectives a negative signification ; as, inflam'e, to 

set on fire, to provoke ; infix 1 , to fasten ; infir'm, feeble, 

weak ; inac'tive, not active. 
In'ter, signifies between; as, interlard, to insert between. 
In'tro, signifies inward; as introver't, to turn inwards. 
Ob, oc, of, op, signifies against, in the way; as, objec't, to 

oppose ; obstruc't, to place in the way, to hinder ; oppos'e, 

to act against. 



100 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Per, pel, signifies through, entirely; as, perva'de, to pass 

through; per' feet, entirely done or finished. 
Post, signifies after; as, post' script, written after. 
Prce or pre, signifies before; as, prece'de, to go before. 
Prceter or preter, signifies beyond or past; as, pretermit', to 

pass by; preternat"ural, beyond what is natural. 
Pro, signifies for, instead of, forward; as, pro' noun, for a 

noun ; proceed', to go forwards; ^rocon'sul, a vice-consul. 
Re and ret'ro, signify, again; as, retra'ce, to trace again; 

rece'de, to go back again; ret'rospect, a look directed to 

the past. 
Se, signifies apart, or astray; as, sece'de, to withdraw from; 

sedu'ee, to draw aside. 
Sub, sue, su, signifies under; as, subscrib'e, to write under; 

succum'b, to sink under, to yield 3 suppo'rt, to bear up 

under. 
Su'per and swr, signify a&cwe, ewer, very; as, superad'd, to add 

above; supervise, to oversee; superfine, very fine; sz/r- 

char'ge, to overload. 
Trans, signifies across, or beyond; as, transcen'd, to go beyond; 

transition, a passing across or away. 
Ultra, signifies beyond; as, ultramon'tane, beyond the moun- 
tains, foreign. 



216. Z) DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 

1. A'cer, (a'cris). Sharp, pungent. 



Ac'id. Sour, tart, sharp. 
Ac'rimony. Sharpness, seve- 
rity of temper. 



Ac rid. Of a pungent taste. 
Ea'ger. Ardent, zealous. 



2. Ac'uo. To make sharp. 

Acu'te. Sharp, pointed, dis- I Acu'men. Quickness of per- 
cerning. ception. 

3. JEdes. A building. 

Edifice. (113). A building. | Ed'ify. To build up (by teach- 
Edifica'tion. Instruction. ins). 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



101 



4. JE'quus 
Equanimity. (15). Evenness 

of mind. 

Equidistant. Equally dis- 
tant. 

Equa'tor. The great circle 
equi-distant from the Poles. 

Equilibrium, (libra, a bal- 
ance). Equality of weight. 

5. JEs'tus. 
Es'tuary. The part of a river 

6. JE'vum, 
Coe'val. Living in the same 
age or time. 

Longevity. (215). Length 



of life. 



Agriculture, 
of fields. 



Equal. 

Equality. Precise agreement. 

Equivalent. (497). Equality 
in weight or value. 

Ad'equate. Equal to. 

Iniq'uity. Injustice, (want of 
equity or propriety in mo- 
rals). 

A tide, 
where the tide comes up. 

An age, life. 

Prime' val. (357). Belonging 
to former ages. 



7. Jlg'er. A field. 



(61). Culture 



8. Ago. To do. 
Act. That which is done. 
Ac'tual. Heal, existing in 

act. 
Enac't. To decree. 
Transac't. To conduct or 

perform. 

9. Alius. Other. 
Alienate. To transfer to an- 
other. 
Alien. Of another country. 



Agra'rian. Relating to lands. 
Peregrination. Traveling. 

Actum. Done. 
A'gent. The doer or actor. 
Agitate. To put into motion 

or excitement. 
Navigate. (267). To pass over 

water in ships. 

Alie'nus. Another's. 
Alias. Otherwise. 
Alibi. In another place. 



Refer the following words to their proper Roots, and show the force 
of the Root in their signification. 

1. Acerbity, acetate, ace'tic, acetous, acid'ulate. (121). 2. Acu'te- 
ness, acu'minate, acut'ely. 3. Edification, (113), edifi'oial. 4 E'quable, 
equation, equalize. 5. Es'tuate, estua'tion. 7. Agrestic, pil'grim, 
(Ital. and Belg). 8. Active, ac'tuary, ae'tuate, action, coa'ct, co'genl, 
counteract, exa'ct, exigence, inaction, in'digent, prodigal. 9. Aba lien- 
ate, inalienable. 

9* 



102 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



10. Alius. High. 



Al'to-relie'vo. (Italian). In 
sculpture, the projection of 
figures half or more from 
the mass. 



Al'titude. Height. 

Bas'so-relie'vo. In sculpture, 
figures which do not stand 
out far from the mass. 



11. Am'bulo. To walk. 
Am'ble. To walk or run af- I Somnambulist. Somnus sleep. 

fectedly. Walking in sleep. 

Perambulate. To walk thro'. I 



Amateu'r. 

arts. 
A'miable. 
Am'orous. 
Amicable. 



12. Am'o, 
A lover of the fine 

Lovely. 

Affected by love. 
Friendly. 



To love. 
Amity. Friendship. 
Enlnity. (In amity). Hatred. 
En'emy. A foe. 
Inimical. Unfriendly. 



13. Am' 'plus. Large. 
AnVple. Large, liberal. I Am'plitude. 

Am'plify. (113). To enlarge. | 



Largeness. 



14. An'gulus 
An'gle. A corner. 
Rectangle. (383). A right 

angled four sided figure. 
Multan'gular. Many cornered. 
Quadrangle. A square. 

15. An'ima. Life. 

Animal. A living creature. 

Animalcule. A very small 
animal. 

Animate. To make alive. 

Animadvert'. (508). To con- 
sider. 

Equanimity. (4). Evenness 
of mind. 



A corner. 
Triangle. (478). A three 

cornered figure. 
Equian'gular. (4). With 

equal angles. 

An'imus. Mind. 

Animosity. Violent hatred. 

Inanimate. Lifeless. 

Magnanimity. (221). Great- 
ness of mind. 

Pusillanimity. (Pu'sillus, 

weak). Cowardice. 

Unanimity. (489). Agree- 
ment in opinion. 



10. Altisonant, (436), altil'oquence, (216), exaltation. 11. Ambula'- 
tion, circumambulate. 12. Am/atory, amiability, am'our, am'ourist. 
13. Amplification, (113), am'ply. 14. Angular, angularity, angula'ted, 
(121). 15. Animation, exanimate, re-an'imate, unanimity. 



DERIVATIVES PROM LATIN. 



103 



1G. An 1 nus. A year. 



thro 5 



Peren'nial. Continuing 

the year. 
Superannuated. Impaired by 

age. 



An'nual. Happening yearly, j 

Annu'ity. A yearly income, j 

An'nals. Yearly records. 

Bien'nial. (38). Of two years. I 

17. An'nulus. A ring. 
An'nular. Said of an eclipse of the sun, when the entire 
disc is obscured except a border ring. 

18. Anti'quus. Old. 



An'tiquated. Old, out of 

date. 
An'tiquary. One who studies 

the history of ancient things. 

19. Aper'io, 
Ape'rient. Opening, laxative. I 
Ap'erture. An opening. 

20. Appelio. 

Appe'al. Reference to an- 
other judge or court. 

Appellation. The word by 
which a thing is called. 

21. Aq'ua. 



Anti'que. Ancient. 
Antiquity. Ancient or for- 
mer times, great age. 



To open. 
A'pril. The month in which 
vegetation begins to open. 

To call or summon. 

Appell'ative. A common name, 
distinct from a proper 
noun. 

Water. 



A'queous. 
Aquatic. 
water. 



Arbitrary, 
solute. 



Watery. 
Living in, 



or on 



Aq'ueduct. (100). A chan- 
nel for water. 



22. Ar'biter. An umpire or witness. 

Capricious, ab- 1 Arbitrate. To decide as an 
umpire. 

23. Ar'bor. A tree. 



Ar'bor. A bower. 

Ar'boret or arbus'cle. A little 

tree. 



Arbores'cent. 
tree. 



Resembling a 



16. Annalist, annuitant. 17. An'nulet, annula'ry. 18. Ancient, an- 
cestor, ancestry, arctic. 20. Appellant, appellate, appellor, appellee. 
21. Aq'ua for'tis, (143), aq'uiform, subaqueous. 22. Arbitrament, ar- 
bitrator, arbitra'trix. 23. Arboriculture, (61), arbo'reous, ar'borist, 
arbus'cle. 



104 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



24. Jlrd'eo. To burn. 
Ar dent. Burning, passionate. 1 Ars'on. The firing of a 
Ar'dor. Heat, earnestness. dwelling. 

25. Are'na. Sand. 
Are'na. A place of public contest. The Roman Am'phi- 
the'atre was so called because the floor was covered with 
sand, in order to absorb the blood of the gladiators. 

26. Ar'o. To plough. 
Arable. Suitable for ploughing. 

27. Ars, (ar'tis). Skill, art. 



Art, Skill, a trade. 

Ar'tisanor Artif icer. A work- 
man, operative. 

Artificial. Made by art, not 
natural. 



Ar'tifice. (113). A strata- 
gem. 

Iner't. Dull, motionless, life- 
less. 



Ar'ticle. A single thing, a 
written bond, a part of 
speech. 



28. Ar'tus. A joint. 

Artie' ulate. To form words, 

to speak distinctly. 
Inartic'ulate. Indistinct, 



Asperity. 

As 'pirate. 

ing. 



29. As'per. Rough. 

Roughness. j Exas'perate. To excite anger, 

A rough breath- I provoke. 

30. Jlu'dio. To hear. 



Aud'ible. That can be heard. 

Audience. A hearing, an 
assembly for hearing. 

Audit, To examine an ac- 
count. 



Auditor. A hearer, an ex- 
aminer. 

Obedient. Listening to, and 
obeying. 



24. Ar'dency. 25. Arenaceous, arena'tion. 26. Ina'rable. 27. Ar'tist, 
art'ful, artless. 28. Artic'ular, articulation. 30. Au'ditory, disobe'v, 
inau'dible, obey 7 . 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



105 



81. Aug'eo, (auc'tus). To increase. 



Authority. Power, permis- 
sion. 
Augment. An increase. 



Help. 



Auc tion. A sale by increase 

in bidding. 
Author. The beginner, or 

former of any thing. 

3*2. Aux 1 ilium. 
Auxiliary. Assisting. 

33. Bar'ba. A beard. 
Bar'ber. One who shaves or I Barb'ed. Bearded. 
dresses hair. | Barbaros'sa. Red Beard 

3-1. Bar'barus. Foreign. 
Barbaric. Foreign. Bar'barous. 

Barbarity. Savageness, era 
elty. 

35. Beat'us. 



A stranger to 
civility of manners. 



Blessed. 



to 



Beatify. (1.13). 
happy, to bless. 



To make 



Beatific. Having power 
bless, or make happy. 

Beatitude. Blessedness. 

36. Bel'lum. War. 

Belligerent. (157). "Waginar I Rebel. One who revolts, 
war. 

37. Ben'e. Well. 

Benedic'tion. (86). A bless- 
ing. 

Benefac'tor. One who con- 
fers a benefit. 

Ben'efit. (113). Advantage. 

38. Bis. Twice. 



Bonus. Good 
Beneficence. (113). Active 

goodness. 
Benev'olence. (520). The 

disposition to do good. 



(45). Having two 
An animal 



Big'amy. 

wives. 
Bi'ped. (324). 

with two feet. 
Bissex'tile. Pertaining to 

leap year. 



Bi'ni. Two by two. 
Biliary. Composed of two. 
Bi'valve. (Valvse, folding 

doors). A shell with two 

parts. 
Combi'ne. To join two parts 

together. 



31. Authentic, authenticate, authorize. 32. Aux^liar. 33. Barb. 
34. Barbadian, barbarism, barbarize. 35. Beatification. 36. Rebel'- 
lion, rebellious, Bello'na, (proper name). 37. Boun'ty, benign, benig / - 
ily. ben'efice, beneficial. 38. Bicipital, (44), bicor'poral (67), bi fold. 



106 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Cascade. 



39. Cado, (casum). To fall. 
A. fall of the voice. Ac eident. A fortuitous event. 
Dec a dence. A falling away. 
In ciclent. Casual, an event. 
Occa sion. An occurrence. 
Oc cident. The west, or where 
the sun falls in setting. 



Ca dence. 

Case. State to which a thing- 
has fallen. 

Cas ual. Falling out by 
chance. 

A falling of water. 



40. Cced'Oj (cces'iim). To cut or kill. 



Short, brief. 
To determine. 

Conclusive. 

A cutting out or 

(1-45). Killing a 



172). Manslaugh- 

(117). Killing 
(309). Killing a 
Exact limitation, 



Concise 
Deci de. 
Deci sive. 
Exci sion. 

off. 
Prat ricide. 

brother. 
Incis ion. A cutting into a 

substance, a gash. 
Inci sor. A cutter, 

tooth, which cuts. 

41. Calculus. A pebble. Calx, Caleis. Chalk. 
Calculate. To compute, reck- Calculous. Stony* gritty, 
on, from the old method of Calculus. A disease, a branch 
using pebbles in reckoning. of mathematics. 

42. Can d eo. To burn or become bright. 
Cand id. Open clear. j Chandelier. A branch for 

Cand or. Sincerity. candles. 

Can didate. One proposed for ; Incandescent. Glowing with 



Horn icicle ( 

ter. 
Infan ticide. 

an infant 
Par ricide. 

parent. 
Precis ion. 

accuracy. 
I Keg icide. (383). King killer 
fore Su icide. (Sui, of one's self), 

Self destruction. 



office, so termed because in 
Rome such persons appear 
ed in white robes. 



Can die. 
light. 

Cap tive. 
in war, 
Accep t. 



A tallow or waxen 

43. Cap io, (cap tus 
Taken bv force 



heat. 
Incendiary. One who sets 

houses etc. on fire. 
In cense. Burnt perfume, to 

enrage. 
. To take or hold. 
or Except . To leave out, to re- 
j ject. 
To take or admit. | Percep tion. An idea. 



39. Cas'ualty, cas'uist, coincide, deciduous. 40 Caesu'ra, circum- 
cision, decide indecision, undecided. 41. Calculable, incalculable. 



42. Candor, excande^ cent, incentive. 



Accep Lable, capable. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



107 



Capac'ity. Room, space for 

holding, &c. 
Anticipate. To take before. 
Conception. Taken up, as a 

thought by the mind. 



Recep'tacle. 

tains. 
Recep'tion. 
Suscep'tible. 

niitting. 



That which con- 
Admission. 
Capable of ad- 



44. Cap'ut, (cap'itis). The head. 



Cap. A covering for the head. 
Cape. A headland. 
Cap'ital. Chief, involving the 
loss of the head or life. 

Counting by 



Capita'tion. 
heads. 

Capit'ulate. 
(heads or 
conditions. 



To surrender 
persons) under 



Cap'tain. A commander of 
persons. 

Chap'ter. A division or head. 

Decapitate. To deprive of 
the head. 

Precipitate. To cast head- 
long. 

Precipice. A headlong steep. 



45. Car'bo 

Carbonaceous. Containing 
carbon. 

Carbonic. Relating to car- 
bon. 



A coal. 

Car'bon. Pure charcoal. 
Carbonific. (113). Causing 
carbon. 



46. Car'o, (car'nis). Flesh. 



Car'nage. Slaughter. 
Carnal. Fleshly, lustful. 
Carna'tion. Flesh-color, 

flower. 
Car'nival. A feast. 



Cornelian. A flesh-colored 

precious stone. 
Carniv'orous. (522). Flesh 

eating. 
Incar'nate. Embodied in flesh. 



47. Cav'us. Hollow. 

Cave or Cav'ern. Den or cell, j Concav'e. Hollow. 
Cavity. Hollowness. | Ex'cavate. To hollow out. 



cap'tious, cap'tive, conceit', conceivable, deceiv'e, deception, emanci- 
pate, (226), incapac / ity, inceptive, inconceivable, intercept, misconceive, 
misconeep'tion, oe'eupy, participate, participle, perceiVe, precept, pre- 
occupy, receiv'e, rec'ipe, recipient. 44. Cap'itol, occipital, recapitu- 
late. 45. Carbuncle 46. Car'rion, car'case, char'nel house. 47. Ex- 
cavation. 



108 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



48. Ce'do. To give up or go. 



Cede and Couced'e. To yield, 

grant or resign. 
Ces'sion. A surrender. 
Acce'de. To assent or agree. 
Antecedent. Going before. 
Intercede. To go between. 

49. Cens'eo. 
Cen'sor. An inspector 
morals. 



.To go forward. 

To advance. 
To go back again. 
To retire. 

To follow in order, 



Censo'rious. 
finding. 



Prece'de. 
Proceed'. 
Reced'e. 
Seced'e. 
Succeed', 
to prosper. 

To judge or blame, 
of I C en 'sure. To blame or con- 
demn. 
Severe, fault- j Cen'sus. A numbering of the 
population. 

50. Cen 1 turn. A hundred. 
The hundredth of a I Cen'tuple. (338). A hundred 
fold. 
Centu'rion. A commander of 
a hundred men. 



Cent. 

dollar. 
Cen'tury. A hundred years. 
Centen'nial. Occurring once 

in a century. 

51. Cen'irum. A centre. 
Centrifugal. (149). Flying | Cen'tre. The exact middle. 

from the centre. | Concen'tric. "With a common 

Centrip'etal. (326). Seeking ! centre. 

the centre. ) 

52. Cer'nO) (cretus). To distinguish, judge. 
Concern'. Business, anxiety, j Decree'. An edict, a law. 
Discern'. To distinguish, to j Discrimination. To distin- 

see. guish. 

Discre'tion. Prudence, juclg- ; Secret'e. Hidden, private. 

ment. | Sec'retary. A writer or scribe. 

53. Cer'tus. Sure. 
Cer'tain. Sure, undoubted. I Cer'titude. Certainty. 
Certificate. A written testi- Ascertain. To make certain, 
monial. [Incer'titude. Uncertainty. 



48. AbScess. ac'ce^s, cease, concede, oonees'sion, decease, exceed, 
excesS, incessant, precedence, predecessor, procession, reces's, seces'- 
sion, succession. 40. CenSurable. 50. Centipede, (3 - 24). 51. concen- 
trate, ecceivtric. 52. Di^cree/t, discrete, indiscriminate. 53. Certainty, 
certificate, (113), imcer'tain. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



109 



54. C/iarta. Paper. 



Char'ter. Something written. 
Chart. A map. 
Cartoon'. A drawing on large 
paper. 



Cartridge. A paper filled with 

powder. 
Magna Char'ta. The great 

charter of English liberty. 



Cir'cuit. 

about. 
Cir'cular. 

cle. 



55. 
Extent, 



Cir'cus. A circle. 



round 
Round, like a cir- 



Cir'culate. To spread around. 
Cir'cus. A circular area for 

sports. 
Semicircle. Half a circle. 



56. Cit'o. To call or rouse. 



Incit/e. To stir up, urge on. 
Recife. To rehearse, to re- 
peat. 



Cite. To summon or quote. 
Cita'ticm. A summoning, a 

quotation. 
Excit e. To rouse, encourage. 

57. Ci'vis. A citizen. 
Civic. Pertaining to civil I Civility* Refinement, polite- 



affairs, 

Civ'il. Pertaining to the com- 
munity, well bred. 

Civilian. One versed in civil 
law. 



ness. 
Civ'iiize. To 

savageness. 
Cit'y. (Civity). 

incorporated. 



reclaim from 
A large town 



58. Cla'mo. 
Clam'or. Outcry, noise. 
Claim. A demand. 
Acclamation. Shout of ap- 
plause. 
Declaim. To harangue. 



To cry or shout. 

Exclaim. To cry out. 

Proclamation. A public no- 
tice. 

Reclaim. To reform, to re- 
cover. 



59. Clin'o. To bend. Clivus. A hill. 



Acclivity. Ascent, inclina- 
tion upwards. 

Jlinlcal. Confined to the bed. 

Declivity. Descent, inclined 
downwards. 



Declin'e. To fail, to refuse, to 

vary. 
Inclin'e. 
Reclin'e. 



To bend, to lean. 
To lean back. 



55. CiVclet, circuitous, encircle. 56. Concita'tion recuscita'lion. 
?7. Civ'ic, incivility, uncivilized. 5S. Disclaim', irreclaimable, pro- 
claim'. 59. Cliff, declen/sion, proclivity. 

10 



110 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



60. Cognos'co. 

Cogni'tion. Knowledge. 
Cog'nizant. Knowing. 



To know or learn. 

I Kec'ognize. To know again, 
acknowledge. 



61. Co'lo, (cul'tus). To till. 



Col'ony. A settlement planted 
abroad. 

Colo'gne. A perfume made 
at the city of the same 
name, from Colonia, a 



colony. 
CuTture. 



Tillage. 



To till, to labor 
Cultivation of 



Cultivate 

on. 
Agriculture, 

the ground. 
Horticulture. Cultivation of 

a garden. 



62. Comes. A companion. 



Com'ity. Kindness of man- 
ner. 

Count. A title of nobility. 

Concom'itant. Going with, 
attendant. 



Con'stable, (stabulum, a sta- 
ble). An officer, one who 
first had charge of the 
horses and afterwards the 
cavalry. 



63. Com modus. 

Commo'dious. Convenient, 

suitable. 
Commodity. Interest, profit, 

merchandise. 



Convenient 

Incommo'de. To be inconve- 
nient to, to molest, to be 
troublesome. 



64. Commu'nis. Common. 



Communion. Intercourse. 

Commu'nicate. To impart, to 
partake of the Lord's Sup- 
per. 



Commu'nity. The public, com- 
mon possession. 

Excommu'nicate. To deprive 
of communion. 



65. Co'pia. Plenty. 



Co'pious. 
dant. 



Plenteous, abun- 



Cor'nu co'pia. (Cor'nuahorn). 
A horn of plenty. 



60. Cognizance, cognize'e, cognizo-r'. 61. Counter, uncultivated 
62, Coun/ty. 63. Commo'de. 64. Commu'nicable, communica'tion 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



Ill 



66. Cor, (cor'dis). The heart. 



Core. The heart, the inner 

part. 
Cor dial. Sincere, hearty. 
Accord'. To agree. 
Con'cord. Agreement. 



Concord'ance. An index to 

the Bible. 
Cour'age. Bravery, valor. 
Dis'cord. Disagreement. 



Rec'ord. 



A register. 



67. Cor' pus, [cor' ports), A body. 



Corps. A body of soldiers. 
Corpse. A dead body. 
Cor'poral. Relating to the 
body. 

68. Cre'do, (cred'itus), 
Creed. Articles of faith. 
Cre'dence. Belief. 
Cred'it. Belief, reputation, 

sum due. 
Credential. Giving a title to 

credit. 



Corpora' tion. A body politic. 
Cor'pulent. Having a bulky 

body. 
Incorporate. To embody. 

To believe or trust. 
Cred'ulous. Easy of belief. 
Creditor. One to whom a 

debt is owed. 
Accredit. To give credit. 
Discredit. To disbelieve. 



69. Cre'o, (crea'tus). To make. 



Crea te. To cause to exist, to 

form. 
Crea'tor. 
Cre'ature. 



One who creates. 
The one created. 



Procreation. Generation, pro- 
duction. 

Recreation. Amusement, di- 
version. 



70. Cres'co, (cre'tus). To grow. 



Con'crete. A mass formed 
by growing, not abstract. 

Excres'cence. A protuber- 
ance, a tumor. 

Increase. To grow larger. 



Cres'cent. The moon when 
growing larger. 

Accre'tion. The act of grow- 
ing to. 

Decreas'e. To grow less. 

71. C?i'men, (crim'inis). A crime. 
Crime. An offence, a great I Crimina'tion. Act of charg- 

fault. ing crime. 

Crim inal. Partaking or guilty Recrimina'tion. Accusing in 

of a crime. return. 



66. Discourage, encour'ag-e. 67. Corpulent, corpuscle. 68. Credi- 
ble, credulity, incredible, uncred'ited. 69. Creation, increa'te, recre- 
ant. 70. Increment, recruit. 71. Crimination, criminality. 



112 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



72. Crux, {cru'cis). A cross. 



Cru'ciform. (142). Having 
the form of a cross, 

Cru'cible. A chemist's melt- 
ing pot. 

Crucifix. An image of Christ 
on a cross. 

73. Ciib'o or Cum'bo. 
Cu'bit. The forearm, to the 

bend of the elbow. 
Cum'ber. To embarrass. 
Encum'brance. A clog, a 

burden. 
Incuba'tion. Sitting upon 

e<rgs. 



Crusad'e. An expedition 
under the banner of the 
cross. 

Excru'ciate. To torture as 
if on a cross. 



To bend or lie down 

In'cubus. The night-mare. 

Incum'bent. Lying upon. 

Recum'bent. Lying, leaning, 
reposing. 

Succum'b. To yield, to sub- 
mit. 



74. Cul'pa. A fault. 



Exculpate. To clear from 

fault. 
Culprit. A criminal. 



Cul'pable. 
IncuTnate. 



Guilty, blamable. 
To censure. 



75. Cv'ra. Care. 

Cure. A remedy, act of heal- 
ing. 

Cu'rate. A parish priest. 

Cu'rious. Inquisitive, rare. 

Procu're. To manage, to ob' 
tain. 



Ac'curate. Done with care. 

Prox'y, (procuracy). A sub- 
stitute. 

Si'necure. An office affording 
income without employment. 



76. Cur'ro. To run. 



Cur'rent. Common, now pass- 
ing. 

Cur'ricle. An open chaise 
with two wheels. 

Cur'sory. Hasty, quick. 



Discourse. Conversation, a 
speech. 

Excursion. A ramble, jour- 
ney. 

Incur 7 . To become liable to. 



72. Crucify. (126), cru'cial, ero'sier. 73. Cub, accum / bent, procum / - 
bent, superincum / bent. 74. Culpability. 75. Uurios'ity, ineu'rious. in<e- 
eu'rity, proc'tor, security. 76. Currency, courier, concur, concourse, 
discursive, intercourse, occurrence, recourse, recur'. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



113 



race, progress, 



Course. A 
direction. 

Career'. A course, race, pro- 
cedure. 



Occur'. To happen. 
Prccur'sor. A forerunner. 
Sue 'cor. Aid, relief, help. 



77. Cur'vus. Crooked. 
Cur'vature. Crookedness. I Curvilin'ear. Composed of 
Curve. A bent line. curved lines. 

78. Dam'no. 
Condem'n. To find guilty. 
IndenVnify. (113). To exempt 
from loss. 

79. De'beo, (de'bitus). To owe. 
Debt'or. One who owes a 1 Debt. A sum due. 

debt. I Indebt'. To put into debt. 

80. Dec'em. Ten. 



To condemn. 
Dam'age. Loss, injury. 
Indem'nify. Security. 



Dec'agon. A figure having 
ten sides. 

Dec'alogue. The ten com- 
mandments. 

Decem'ber. Formerly the 
tenth month in the calender. 



Dec'ade. The sum of ten. 
Decem'virate. The govern- 
ment of ten men. 
Decimal. Numbered by ten. 
Dec'imate. To take the tenth. 



81. Dec' ens. Becoming. 

De'cent. Becoming, fit. j Inde'cent. Unbecoming. 

82. Deco'rus, Becoming. 



Pec'orous. Proper, becoming. 
Decora'tion. Ornament. 



Indec'orous. Improper. 



83. Dens, (den'tis). A tooth. 



Dent'ist. A surgeon for the 

teeth. 
Denticulate. Set with small 

teeth. 
Den'tifrice. (Frico, to rub). 

Tooth, powder. 



Inden't. To notch, to bind by 
contract. 

Inden'ture. A written agree- 
ment, formerly notched. 

Tri'dent. (478). A spear or 
sceptre with three prongs. 



77. Incur'vatc. 78. Condemnatory. 79. Deiyit. 80. Dean, decu'rion 
SI. De'cencv, indecency. 82. Decorum, dec'orate. 83. Biden'tal (3S). 

10* 



114 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



84. Den'sus. Thick. 



Dense. Close, compact. 
Density. Closeness, compact- 
ness. 



Condense. 

press. 



To thicken, com- 



85. De'us. A god. 
De'ist. A believer in God, 

but not in revelation. 
De'ify. (113). To make a God, 

to adore. 
De'odand. (93). *A thing 

given, or forfeited to God. 

86. Di'co, (d' 

Dictate. To tell what to write, 
to order. 

Dic'tion. Style, language. 

Dictionary. A book which 
explains the words of a lan- 
guage. 

Addic't. To apply one's self to. 

Benedic'tion. (Bene, well). 
A blessing. 

Contradict'. To oppose ver- 
bally. 



Divi'nus. Divine. 

De'ity. The Divine Being. 

Divinity. The Deity, the- 
ology. 

Dire. (Dei ira, 186). Dread- 
ful, horrible. 



ic'tus). To speak. 

E'dict. A proclamation, a 
decree. 

Indi'ct. To impeach, to ac- 
cuse. 

Inter die' t. To prohibit, to 
forbid. 

Juris dic'tion. Authority, ex- 
tent of power. 

Maledic'tion. (222). A curse. 

Predic't. To foretell. 



87. Dies. A day. 



Di'ary. A daily account. 
Diur'nal. Daily. 
Dial. A plate marked with 
the hours of the day. 



Merid'ian. (230). Mid-day. 
Quotidian. (Quot i as many 
as). Daily. 



88. Dig'itus. A linger. 



Dig'it. A figure, the twelfth 

part of a diameter. 
Digital. Pertaining to a 

finger. 



Digitated, 
fingers. 



Branched like 



84. Condensation. 85. Divi'ne, divina-tion. 86. Dedicate, (85), ab- 
dicate, adjudicate, predicate, indicative. 87. Dialling-. 88. Indigitate, 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



115 



89. Dig'nus 
Dig'nify. (113). To advance, 

to honor. 
Dig'nity. Honor, high rank. 
Deign. To think worthy, to 

condescend. 



Worthy. 
Condign'. Merited, fit. 
Disda'in. To scorn, to 

tenm. 
Indig'nant. Angry. 



con- 



90. Dis'co. To learn. 



Disci' pic. A learner, a fol- 
lower. 

Discipline. Instruction, cor- 
rection. 

91. Di'vido 
Dividend. That can be divi- 
ded. 
Divi'sor. The number to di- 
vide by. 



Disciplinarian. One strict in 
discipline. 



To divide. 
Divi'sion. Act of dividing. 
Individ'ual. A single person 
or thing. 



92. Doc'eo, (doc'tus). To teach 



Docil'ity. Aptness to be 

taught. 
Doc'tor. A title in divinity, 

law, or medicine. 



Doc'ile. Teachable. 
Doc'trine. Principle, precept. 
Doc'ument. Written evi- 
dence, record. 



93. Do, (da'tus). To give. 



Date. The time of an event. 
Do'nor. A giver. 
Dona'tion. A gift. 
Addi'tion. The act of adding. 
Condi' tion. Quality, state. 
Da'tive. Relating to giving. 
Dedi'tion. A surrender. 



Ed'it. To superintend a pub- 
lication. 

A command. 
Destruction, ruin. 
A restitution. 
To add over and 



Man'date. 
Perdition. 
Reddi'tion. 
Superadd', 
above. 



94. Dog'ma. An opinion. 
Dog'ma. An opinion, a prin- I Dogmatic. Arrogant, posi- 
ciple. tive. 



89. Dig'nitary, indignity, indignation. 90. Undisciplined. 91. Divisi- 
ble, (513). 92. Indoctrinate, indocil'ity. 93. Abandon, abdo'men, ab- 
scond', command', par'don, subdu'e. 94. Dog'matism. 



116 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 



95. Dol'eo. 
Doleful. Sorrowful, dismal. 
Condole. To grieve with, to 
lament. 



To grieve. 
Ind'olence. Idleness, listless- 

ness. 
Dolor. Grief, sorrow. 



96. Dom'inus. A master. 



Domineer'. To rule insolently. 
Dominion. Power, territory. 
Don. A Spanish title. 



Predominate, 
abound. 



To prevail, to 



97. Dom'us. A house. 



Dome. An arched roof. 
Domeslic. Belonging to 
a house, private. 



Domicile, 
dence. 



A house, a resi- 



Dor'mant. 
cealed. 



98. Dor'mio. To sleep. 
Sleeping, con- Dor'niitory. A place to sleep 



Dor 'sal. Relating to or grow' 
ing on the back. 



99. Dor'sum. The back. 

Bndor'se or Indors'e. To write 
on the back. 



100. Du'co, (duc'tum). To lead. 
Duke, A leader, a prince. | Induc't or Introduce. 



To 



Duct. A canal, a passage. bring in. 

Abduc'e. To bring forward. Produ'ce. 
Aq'ueduct. (21). Channel for , Redu'ce 



water. 
Conduc't. 
Conduc'e. 
Ed'ucate. 

out. 



Dulcimer, 
ment. 



To lead. 
To tend. 
To instruct, 



lead 



Sedu'ce. 

away. 
Tradu'ce. 

vilify. 



To bring forth. 
To bring back. 
To entice, to lead 

To censure, to 



101. Dul'cis. Sweet. 
A musical instru- I Dul'cet. Sweet, harmonious. 



95. Condolence. 96. Domain', domination. 97. Domiciliary, 
98. Dor'mitive. 99. Endorser. 100. Ductile, abduction, conduc't, de- 
duction, indu'ce. 101. Dul'cify. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



117 



102. Du'o. Two. 



Du al. Expressing the num- 
ber two. 

Duel. Combat between two. 

Duet'. A song by two per- 
formers. 

Double. Twofold. 



Duplicity. Deception, dou- 

bleness. 
Duodecimo. (80). A sheet 

folded into twelve leaves. 
Du'bious. Doubtful, not clear. 



103 Du'rus. Hard, lasting. 



Du'rable. Lasting. 
Du'rance. Imprisonment, en- 
durance. 
Duration. Continuance. 



Endu're. To last, to bear. 
Inclura'tion. Act of harden- 



ing. 
Ob'durate. 



104. E'do. To eat. 
Ed'ible. Eatable. I Es'culent. 

Edac'ity. Voracity. 



Hard of heart. 



Good, for food. 



105. Eg'o. I. 
E'gotist. One who talks of E'gotism. Self-commendation, 
himself. 

106. Em'o, (emp'tus). To buy, to take 



Exempt, 
bla 

Peremptory 

cisive. 
Prompt. Quick, ready, 



Free from, not lia- 
Absolute, de- 



Ran'som. Redemption or 
price paid for it. 

Redeem'. To release by pay- 
ing a penalty. 



107. E'o, (i'tum). To go. Iter. A journey. 



Ambi'tion. Desire of honor, 
(by going about to solicit 
votes). 

Cir'cuit. Extent, round about. 

Ini'tiate. To begin. 

Itin'erate. To go from place 
to place. 



Am'bient. Surrounding. 
Obi'tuary. Relating to death. 
Per'ish. To die, to decay. 
Sedi'tion. A factious com- 
motion. 
Transient. Passing, fleeting. 
Tran'sit. Act of passing. 



102. Duplicate, reduplicate. 103. Ob'duraey. 104. Eda'eious. 
105. Egoism, e'goist. 106. Preemption, redemption. 107. Exit', pret- 
erit, pre'lor. 



118 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



108. Er'ro. 
Err. To stray, to mistake. 
Er'ror. A mistake. 
Erra'tic. Wandering. 



To wander. 
Erralum. 

printing. 
Aberration. A deviation. 



A mistake in 



109. Exper'ior. To try. 
Expedience. Wisdom gained I Experiment. A trial, 
by practice, trial. | Expert'. Skillful, ready. 

110. Ex'tra. Beyond or without. 
Extraordinary. (294). More I Extravagant. (496). Irregu- 
than common. lar, wasteful. 

111. Fac'ies. The face. 



Face. The visage, the front. 
Fashion. Form, custom. 
Fea'ture. A lineament of the 
face. 



Defac'e, or Effac'e. To de- 
stroy, to erase. 
Superficial. Shallow, slight. 
Sur'face. The outside. 



112. Fac'ilis. Easy. 
Facility. Ease, readiness. I Dif ficulty. Obstacle. 
Fac'ulty. Ability, dexterity. | 

113. Fac'io and Fi'o, (fac'tus). To make or do. 
Fact. A thing done, a reality. Infect . To taint, to corrupt. 



Fac'tious. Turbulent, 

Fac'tory. A building where 
articles are made. 

Affec't. To act upon, aim at. 

Affection. Desire, love. 

Benefac'tion, (37). Confer- 
ring a benefit. 

Ben'efit. Advantage, use. 

Certify. (53). To assure. 

Deficient. Failing, wanting. 

Defeat'. An overthrow. 

For y tify. To make strong. 

Gratify. To please, to de- 
light. 

Imper'fect. Defective. 



To make liquid. 
To make great, to 



Liq'uefy. 

Magnify, 
extol. 

Manufacture. (226). To make 
by hand. 

Modify. To shape, to qualify. 

Os'sify. To change into bone. 

Per 'feet. Finished, faultless. 

Pet'rify. To change into stone. 

Profi'cience. Advancement, 
progress. 

Profi't. Advantage, gain. 

Ratify. To confirm, to es- 
tablish. 

Refi't. To repair. 



108. Errand, ar'rant. 109. Experimental, inexperienced. 110. Ex- 
tradition, (93). extraneous, (467). 111. Faca'de, fac'ial. 112. Facilitate, 
fa'cile. 113. Faction, artifice, clar'ifw confectionery, defec't. effect, 
feasible, forfeit, prefect, refec'tion, refectory, suffie'e. surfeit. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



110 



Spec'ify. To mention par- 1 Vilify. To debase, to de- 
ticularly.. | fame. 

114. Fal'lo. To deceive. 
Falla'cious. False, producing I Fallible. Liable to error, 
error, not true. I 

115. Fa'ma. A report. 
Fame. Renown, celebrity. I Defa'me. To slander. 
Fa'mous. Renowned. | In'famy. Disgrace. 

116. Fa'num. A temple. 
Fanatic. An enthusiast in j Fane. A shrine or temple, 
religious rites. | Profan'e. Irreverent, impious. 

117. Fa'ri, (fans). To speak. 
Affable. Easy to be spoken 

to. 
Confer'. To speak together, 

to converse. 
Ineffable. Unspeakable. 



Fate. Destiny, by God's ap- 
pointment. 

In'fant. A babe, one unable 
to speak. 

Preface. An introduction. 



118. Fe'lis. A cat. 
Feline. Like a cat. 

119. Fe'lix. Happy. 

Felicity. Happiness. j Infelicitous. Unhappy. 

120. Fer'rum. Iron. 



Fer'rule. A metal band at 
the end of a stick. 



Ferru'ginous. 
iron. 



Partaking of 



121. Fer'o, (la'tus, 198). To carry, to bear. 



Ferry. A passage over a 

river in a boat. 
Fertile. Productive, fruitful. 
Circum'ference. (55). The 

measure around. 
Defer'. To put off. 
Differ. To be unlike. 



Infer'. To deduce. 

Offer. To present, to sacri- 
fice. 

Prefer'. To choose. 

Refer'. To direct to another. 

Transfer'. To convey, to re- 
move. 



114. Fallacy, falsity. 115. Defamation, in'famous. 116. Fanaticism, 
profanation. 117. FVtal, prefatory. 119. Felic'itate. 120. Far'rier, 
fer'reous. 121. Coffer, interfere, proffer, suffer. 



120 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



122. Ferv'eo. To boil. 
Fer'vor. Heat, zeal. I Effervescent. Gently boiling 

Fer'vid. Fervent, hot, eager. | or bubbling. 

123. Fes'tus. Joyful. 
Feast. A sumptuous meal. I Festivity. Social joy, gayety. 
Fes'tal. Respecting feasts. 

124. Fib'ra. A thread. 
Fi'brous. Composed of nu- I Fi'bre. A small thread. 



merous threads. 

125. Fi'do. 



To trust. Fi'des. Faith. 



Affi'ance. Trust, marriage 

contract. 
Affida'vit. A declaration on 

oath. 
Confid'e. To trust in. 



Defy'. To challenge, to dare. 
Diffident. Distrustful. 
In'fidel. A disbeliever. 
Per'fidy. Breach of faith. 



126. Fi'go, (fix'us). To fix. 



Fix'ture. Anything fixed to 

a place. 
Transfix'. To pierce through. 



Affix'. To unite to. 
Cru'cify. (72). To put to 

death on a cross. 
Prefix'. To put before. 

127. Fi'lius. A son. 
Affiliate. To adopt, to asso- I Filial. Relating to a son 
ciate with. dutiful. 

128. Fin'do. To strike. 
Fen'der. A guard before the Defend'. To protect. 

fire. Offend'. To displease. 

Fence. A guard, enclosure. 

129. Fi'nis. An end. 



Fine. The end, a penalty. 
Fi'nal. Last. 

Finish. To complete, to end. 
Fi'nite. Limited. 
Confi'ne. To limit, to re- 
strain. 



Defi'ne. To explain. 
Indefinite. Unlimited. 
Infinitive. (Grram). Without 
limit of number or person. 
Refi'ne. To purify. 
Superfi'ne. "Very fine. 



122. Ferment, fer'vent. 123. Festival, mfes't. 124. Ffbrine. 125. Fi- 
delity, fidu'cial, conscience. 126. Infix 7 , suffix. 127. Filiation, 
128. "Defendant, offen'ce, inoffensive. 129. Affinity, definite, defini'tion. 



DERIVATIVES PROM LATIN. 



121 



Firm. Strong. 
Fir'mament. The sky. 
Affir'm. To declare positively, 



130. Fir'mus. Strong. 

ConfiYm. To strengthen, to 



establish. 
Infir'm. Weak, not firm. 



131. Fin' go. To form, to pretend. 
Feign, (n. feint). To invent, 

to pretend. 
Fiction. An invented story. 



Fig'ure. An image. 
Effigy. A likeness, a repre- 
sentation. 



132. Fis'cus. 
Fis'cal. Belonging to the] 
treasury. 

133. Fla'gro. To blaze. 
Fla'grant. Ardent, glowing. 



Conflagration, 
general fire. 



Treasury. 
Confiscate. To transfer 
the public treasury. 

Flam'ma. A blaze. 
Infla'me. To set on fire. 



to 



A great or Inflammation. A .swelling 
attended by heat. 

134. Flo, (fla'tus). To blow. 
Effla'te, and Infla'te. To puff 1 Flat'ulent. Windy, vain, 
up. I 

135. Flec'to, (flex'us). To bend. 



Cir'cumflex. A bent accent. 
Deflec tion. A deviation. 
Genuflexion. (Genu, the 
knee). Bending the knee. 



Flex'ible. That may be bent. 
Inflect. To bend. 
Reflect. To throw back, to 
ponder. 



136. Fli'go, (flictus). To beat or dash. 
Afflict. To grieve. Profligate. Abandoned to 

Con'flict. A contest, strife. vice. 

Inflict. To lay on. 

137. Flos, (flo'ris). A flower. 



Floricul'tural. 

of flowers. 
Florist. One 

flowers. 



(61). Culture 
who raises 



Flo'ral. Relating to flowers. 
Flor'id. Covered with flowers, 
flushed. 



130. Infirmary. 131. Fictitious, transfiguration. 132. Confiscation. 
133. Flambeau ," deflagrate. 134. Affla'tus. 135. Flex'ion, flex'ure, in- 
"flex'ible, reflex'. 136. Affliction. 137. Flo'ra, efflorescent, flourish, 
inflorescence, multiflorous, (260). 



li 



122 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



138. Fluo, (flux' us 

Fluid. Running, as water. 
Flu'ency. Flowing. 
Affluence. Riches, abund- 
ance. 
Afflux . Act of flowing to. 



To flow. 

Confluence. Together. 
In'fluence. To act upon, to 

bias. 
Re'flux. Backward course. 
Superfluous. Unnecessary. 



Fosse. 



139. Fod'io, {fosisum). To dig. 
A ditch. | Fos'sil. Dug out of the earth. 



140. Fcem'ma. A woman. 

Feminine. Relating to fe- j Effeminate. Womanish, 
males. 



Folio. A sheet once folded. 
Foil. A leaf of metal. 
Portfolio (349).- A case for 
loose papers. 



141. Fol'ium. A leaf. 

Foliage. Growth of leaves. 
Trefoil. (478). A three- 
leaved plant. 



For'mal. 

For'mula. 
Confor'm. 
Deform'. 
Mul'tiform 



various forms. 



142. For'z 

Ceremonious. 

A model. 

To make like. 
To disfigure. 
(260). Having 



a. Shape. 

Inform'. To instruct. 
Perform'. To execute, to do. 
Reform'. To correct. 
Transform'. To change. 
U'niform. (489). Unvaried* 



143. For' Us. Strong. 



Force. To compel. 

Fort, For'tress. A castle, a 
defence. 

For'titude. Strength to en- 
dure pain. 

For'tify. (113). To strengthen. 



Com'fort. Support, consola- 
tion. 

Effort. Endeavor. 

Enfor'ce. To strengthen, to 
urge. 



138. Flux, flu'ent, fluctuate, ef'flux, in'ilux, superfluity. 139. Fos- 
silif'erous, (121), fossilize. 140. Female. 141. Foliate, info'liate. 
142. Formality, confor'mity, informality. 143. Discomfort. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



123 



144. Fran' go, ( frac'tus). To break. 



Frac'tion. A broken part. 
Fragile. Brittle. 
Frail. Weak, infirm. 
Infrac tion. Act of breaking. 



Infrin'ge. To break or violate. 
Rcfrac't. To break the course. 
Refrac'tory. Obstinate. 



145. Fra'ter. A brother. 



Frater'nal. Brotherly. 
Frater'nize. To associate as 
brothers, to agree. 



Frater'nity. A brotherhood, 
society. 



146. Fri'gus. Cold. 
Frigid. Cold, dull. j Refrigerate. To make cool. 



147. From, (fron'tis). The forehead 

Front. The face or fore part. 
Affront'. Insult, outrage. 
Confront'. To oppose. 



Frontlet. A bandage for the 

forehead. 
Frontispiece. An ornamental 

page. 



148. Fruc'tus. Fruit. 

Fruit. Product of the earth, I Fructify. To make fruitful, 
trees, &c. | Frui'tion. Enjoyment. 

149. Fu'gio. To flee. 

Fu'gitive. A deserter. I Sub'terfuge. An evasion, a 

Refuge. Shelter from danger. I shift. 

150. Fun 1 do, (fu'sus). To pour. 



Fuse. To melt. 

Confound'. To mingle, to 

perplex. 
Confu se. To mix. 
Diffu'se. Widely spread. 
Fun'nel. An instrument to 

pour liquids through. 



Fund. Stock contributed. 
Refuse. Worthless remains, 

dregs. 
Suffu'se. To spread over. 
Transfu'se. To pour from one 

into another. 



144. Refraction. 145. Confraternity. 146. Frigidity, frigorific, (113), 
refresh, (Fr. and Ital.) 147. Fron/tal. 148. Fruitful, fruitless. 149. Fu- 
g-ac'ity, refugee. 150. Fu'sible, afiu'sion, effusion, profusion. 



124 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



151. Fun'dus. A foundation. 
Fundamental. Serving for a I Profound 7 . Deep, thorough. 
basis. 

152. Fun' gov, (func'tus). To discharge. 
Function. Employment, of- 1 Defun'ct. Dead. 



nee. 



153. Gel'u. Frost. 



Gelid. Extremely cold. 
Gelatinous. An animal sub- 
stance. 



Conge'al. To freeze. 
Gel'ly, or Jelly. A viscous 
substance. 



154. Gens, (geritis). A nation. 
Gente'el. Well-bred, grace- I Gen'tle. Mild, well-born, 
ful. I Gen'tile. Pagan. 

155. Gen'us, (gen'eris). A kind, race. 



Gen'eral. Belonging ■ to a 

whole class. 
Gen'erous. Liberal, strong. 
Not spurious. 
Of similar na- 



Gen'uine. 

Conge'nial 

ture. 



Gen'der. Sex. 
Degenerate. To decay in 

kind. 
Inge'nious. Skillful. 
Prog'eny. Offspring. 



156. Ger'men. A shoot. 
Germ. A sprout, origin. [ Ger'man. A kin ; as cousin 
Ger'minate. To shoot or bud. | german, a first cousin. 

157. Ger'o, (ges'tus). To bear. 
Movement of the 



Ges'ture 

body. 
Gesta'tion. Bearing of young. 
Congestion. A collection of 

matter. 



Belligerent. Waging war. 
Diges't. To arrange in order. 
Sugges't. To hint, to intimate. 
Yice-ge'rent. With delegated 
power. 

158. Gig' no, (gen'itus). To beget. 



Ge'nius. Peculiar cast of 

mind. 
Indig'enous. Native. 



Primogeniture. (357). State 

of being first-born. 
Progenitor. An ancestor. 



151. Found, foundry, difPuse. 153. Congelation, incongea'iable. 
155. Disingen'uous, generosity, genial, ingenious, 156. Ger'minant 
157. Ali'gerous, congeries, congestive, gesticulate. 158. Gen'itive, re- 
generation. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



125 



159. Glo'bus. A round body. 
Globe, (dim. glob'ule). A I Glob'ular. Spherical, 
sphere, a ball. 

160. Grad'ior, (gres'sus). To step. 



Grade. Rank, rise and de- 
scent. 
Grada'tion. Regular progress. 
Grad'ual. Step by step. 
Congress. A meeting. 
Degra'de. To place lower. 
E'gress. Departure. 



In'gress. Entrance. 

Prog'ress. Advancement. 

Retrograde. Going back- 
ward. 

Transgres's. To pass beyond, 
to violate. 



161. Gran'dis. Great. 



Ag'grandize. To make great. 
Grandiloquent. (216). Lofty 
speaking. 



Grand. Illustrious, chief. 
Gran'deur. Splendor. 



162. Gra'tia. Favor. 



Congratulate. To wish joy 

to. 
Disgra'ce. Dishonor. 
Grace. Favor, pardon, mercy. 



Gratuitous. Gratis, bestowed 

freely. 
Ingra'tiate. To put in favor. 



163.. Gra'tus. Thankful. 
Gra'teful. Thankful, pleasing. I Ingrat'itude. 
Grat'itude. Sense of benefits. tude. 



Want of grati- 



Grave. 
Grav'id. 



164. Grav'is. Heavy. 
Solemn, serious. I Gravity. Weight. 
Heavy. 



165. Grex, (gre'gis). A flock. 



Aggregate. Formed of parts, 
collected. 

Egre'gious. Eminent, remark- 
able. 



Con'gregate. 

Grega'rious. 

or herds. 



To assemble. 
Going in flocks 



159. Conglo'bate. 160. Aggres'sion, digres's. 161. Grande'e, grand- 
si're. 162. Gratis, gratuity. 163. Gratify, (113), agreement. 164. Griev'- 
ous, grief, aggravate, aggrieve. 165. Gre'gal, congregation. 
11* 



126 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



166. Hab'eo,(hab'itum). To have or hold. 



Habit. Custom, dress, state 

of any thing. 
Able, {hab'ilis). Having 

strong faculties. 
Ability, (habil'ity, Spenser). 

Power to do any thing. 

167. Hab'ito 
Habita'tion. A dwelling. 
Cohabit. To live together. | 



Disable. 
Ena'ble. 
Exhibit. 
Inhibit, 
press. 
Prohibit, 



To deprive of force. 
To empower. 
To offer to view. 
To hinder, to re- 



To forbid. 

To dwell. 
Inhabit. To dwell in. 
Inhabitant. A resident. 



168. Hce'reo, (h&'sus). To stick. 
Hesitate. To be in doubt, to i Cohe're. To stick together. 

pause. Inhe're. To exist in some- 

Adhe're. To stick to. I thing else. 

169. Hce'res, (here'dis). An heir. 
Disinherit. To deprive of an j Heritage. An inheritance. 

inheritance. I Inherit. To receive by in- 

Heir. One who inherits. heritance. 

170. Ha'lo. To breathe. 
Exhale. To emit, breathe out. j Inhale. To draw in, as air. 

171. Hau'rio, (haus'tus). To draw. 
Exhaus't. To drain. | Exhaustion. Emptying. 

172. Ho'mo. A man. Humanus. Human. 
Humanity. Nature of man, I Huma'ne. Kind, civil, 
benevolence. | 

173. Hor'reo. To dread. 
Hor'rible. Dreadful. I Abhor'. To detest, to loathe. 

Hor'rid. Hideous, shocking. | 

174. Hos'pes, (hos'pitis). A guest. 



Hos'pital. A receptacle for 
the infirm. 

Hos'pitable, Kind to stran- 
gers. 



Hospitality. Attention to 

strangers. 
Host. A landlord. 
Hotel (hos'tel). An inn. 



166. Habiliment. 108. Adhesion, cohesion. 109, Hered itary. 
170. Anhela'tion. 171. Inexhaustible. 172. Hu'manize. inhu'man. 
173. Horrific, horris'onous, (436). 174. Hostler, inhospital'ity. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 127 

175. Hos'tis. An enemy. 
Host. An army, a great Hos'tile. Adverse. 

number. 

176. Hu'meo. To be wet. 
Hu'mor. Moisture, nierri- 1 Hu'mid. Damp. 

ment. | Hu'morist. A jester, a wag. 

177. Hu'mus. The ground. Hu'milis. Low. 

Inhum'e. To bury in the earth. 
Post'humous. Done, had, &c, 
after one's death. 



Hum'ble. Submissive, low. 
Humil'ity. Lowliness. 
Exhu'ine. To disinter. 



178. Ig'nis. Fire, 
Ig'neous. Containing fire. I Ig'nis-fat'uus. A fiery me- 
Igni'te. To take fire. | teor. 

179. Ima'go. An image. 
Imag'ine. To fancy. j Im'agery. Pictures, show. 

180. Im'pero. To command. 



Impe'rious. Authoritative, 

arrogant. 
Imper'ative. Commanding. 



Em'peror. A monarch supe- 
rior to a king. 
Em'pire. The dominions of 
i an emperor. 

181. In'dico, (indica'tus). To point out. 
Indicative. Showing, point- I In'dex. A directing point, 
ing out. I In'dicate. To show, point out. 

182. In'ferus. Low. 
Infe'rior. Lower in place or j Infer'nal. Hellish, 
value. 

183. Ini'tium. A beginning. 
Ini'tial. Beginning. j Initiate. To begin. 

184. In'sula. An island. 

Isle. An island. 
Penin'sular. (320). Almost 



In sular. Relating to an 

island. 
In'sulate. To detach. 



an island. 



175. Hostility. 176. Humec'tate. 177. Humiliation. 178. Ignip'o- 
tent, (350). 179. Imagination. 180. Imperial. 181. In'dex, in'dices. 
182. Inferiority. 183. Ini'tiative, ini'tiatory. 184. Insulation. 



128 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



185. In'teger. Whole. 
Integral. A whole number. I Integrate. To make entire, 
Integ rity. Honesty. to renew. 

186. I'ra. Anger. 
Ire. Anger, rage. [Tr'ritate. 

Iras'cible. Prone to anger. | 



To provoke, to fret. 



Adja'eent. 
Subja'cent. 



187. Jac'eo. 
Lying near. 
Lying under. 



To lie down. 

I Circumja'cent. 
about. 



188. Jac'io, ( j actum ) . 

Ab'ject. Mean, vile. 

Ad'jective. Added to. 

Conjee 'ture. A guess, an 
idea. 

Dejec'tion. Lowness of spirits. 

Ejec't. To throw out, expel. 

Interjec'tion. An exclama- 
tion. 



Lying round 



To lay down, to throw. 
Inject. To throw in. 

To oppose. 

To scheme, to con- 



Objec't 
Projec't. 

trive. 
Rejec't. 
Subject. 

enslave 



To cast off, to refuse. 
To put under, to 



189. Judic'ium 
Judi'cious. Prudent, wise. 
Judicial. Relating to public 
justice. 



A judgment. 

Judicature. Power that dis- 
penses justice. 

Prej'udice. Bias of judgment. 



190. Ju'gum. A yoke. 
Conjugate. To decline as a I Con'jugal. Matrimonial 
verb. I Sub 'jugate. To conquer. 

191. Jun'go, (jun'dus). To join. 
Join. To combine, to unite. | Injunction. A command, an 
Junc'ture. A joint, point of I order. 

time. I Eejoin'der, (in law). An an- 



Ad'junct. Added to. 



swer to a reply. 



Conjunction. A connecting. ! Subjunctive . Subjoined to. 



185. Integrant, redintegration. 
188. Ejaculate, projectile, rejection, 
dici'ous, judiciary. 190. Subdu'e. 
disjoi'n, disjunctive, enjoi'n, subjoin', 



186. Ireful. 187. Interjacent, 

189. Adjudge, adjudicate, inju- 

191. Adjoin, conjoin, conjunct 7 , 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



129 



192. Jus 9 (ju'ris). Law. Jur'o. To swear. 
Ju'rist. One versed in law. j Justice. Equity, law. 
Jurisdiction. Authority. In 'jure. To hurt or wrong. 
Jurisprudence. Science of I Per'jury. Crime of swearing 
law. •■ falsely. 

193. Juv'enis. Young. 
Ju'venile. Young. j Jun'ior. (Juvenior). Younger. 

194. La'bor. Work. 



Exertion of strength, 



Elaborate, 
labor. 



La'bor 

toil. 
Laboratory. A chemist's work 

room. 

195. La'bor, (lap'sus). To slip or fall. 



To produce with 



Lapse. To glide, or slip. 
Collap'se. To fall together. 
Elap'se. To pass away. 



Belap'se. To fall back, to re- 
turn. 



196. Lac, (lac'tis). Milky. 



Lac'tary. A dairy house. 
Lac' teal or Lac'tary. (Adj). 

Milk. 
Lactes'cent. Producing milk. 



Lactiferous. (121). Bearing 

milk. 
Ablac'tate. To wean from the 

breast. 



197. Lap'is, (lap'idis). A stone. 
Lapidif ic. Forming stones. I Lapides'cent. Turning to 
Lapida'ry, and Lap'idist. A stone. 

dealer in precious stones. I Dilapidation. Decay, ruin. 

198. La'tus. Broad. 
Latitude. Breadth, extent. | Latitudina'rian. A free- 
Dila'te. To spread out. | thinker. 

La'tus, Carried. (Part, from Fero), 

Dil'atory. Tardy, loitering. 



Abla'tion. Act of removal. 
Coll'ate. To compare. 
Correl'ative. Having recipro- 
cal relations. 



Ela'te. To exalt, to puff up. 
Prel'ate. One chosen to a 
high station, a bishop 



102. Juridical, ju'ry, judiciary, adjudicate. 193. Juvenility. 194. La- 
bo'rious. 195. Collap'sion. 196. Lacte'an, lac'tic. 197. Lapidate, lap- 
idify. 198. Obla'te, prc-lale, prelacy, relative. 



130 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Obla'tion. An offering. 
Superlative. Of the highest 
degree. 

199. Lat'us, (lat'eris 



Lat'eral. Belonging to the 

side. 
Collateral. Side by side. 
Trilateral. Of three sides. 



Rela'te. To tell. 
Translate, To remove to in- 
terpret. 

A side. 

(4). Of equal 



Equilateral. 

sides. 
Quadrilat'eral 



Of four sides. 



200. Laus, (laud'is). Praise. 
Laud. Praise. I Laud'atory. Bestowing praise. 

Laud'able. Praiseworthy. | Allow'. To admit, to grant. 

201. Lax'o, (laxa'tus). Loose. 
Lax. Loose. I Prolixity. Tediousness. 

Lax'ative. Purgative. j Relaxation. K emission. 



202. Le'go, (hga'tus). 
Leg'ate. An Ambassador. 
Legacy. A bequest. 
Alleg'e. To affirm. 
Alle'giance. The duty of a 
subject. 



To send, to bequeath. 



College. 

learning. 
Colleague. 
Del'egate. 



A seminary of 

A partner. 
A representative. 



Leg'o, (lec'tus). To read, choose, gather. 



Legible. 

read. 
Lee lure. 
Coiled. 
Di'alect. 

idiom. 



Capable of being 



A discourse read. 
To gather together. 
A language, an j Predilec tion. 
_ ing. 
Diligent. Attention, not idle. 
Elec'tion. Choice, the act of 
choosing. 



Le'gend. A story, a narrative. 
In' telle ct. Understanding, 

mind. 
Neglec't. Inattention. 

Previous like- 



Recoiled. To call to mind. 
Selec't. To choose, to cull. 



203. Le'nis. Gentle, soft. 
Le'nient. Softening, mild. 1 Lenlfy. To assuage. 
Lenity. Mildness, tenderness. | Lenitive. A palliative. 



199. Multilateral, (260). 201. Laxity 202. Allegation, legatee 7 , le'- 
gion, el'egatice, intelligence, Sfilec't.ion. 203. Lenience. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



131 



204. Le'vo, (leva' t us). To lift. 



Levity. Lightness, incon- 
stancy. 

Lev'y. To raise or collect. 

Le'ver. A mechanical power. 

Leav'en. A fermenting mix- 
ture. 

Keliev'e. To ease, to succor. 



Le'vis. Light. 
An assembly, a bank 



Levee. 

of earth. 
Lift. To raise. 
Alle'viate. To lighten, to 

ease. 
El'evate. To raise up. 
Irrelevant. Not applicable. 



205. LeXy (le'gis). A law. 



Le'gal. Lawful. 

Legislate. (198). To make 

laws. 
Legitimate. Lawful. 



Privilege. A peculiar benefit, 

a right. 
Sac 'rilege . Violation of things 

sacred. 



206. Li'ber. Free. 



Libe'ria. The free colony. 

Lib'eral. Generous, candid. 
Lib'erate. To set free. 

Lib'erty. Freedom, privilege. 



Lib'ertine. Dissolute, licen- 
tious. 
Deliv'er. To release, to speak. 



Lib'ev, (lib'ri). A book 
Li'brary. A collection of I Li'bel. A malicious writing. 



books. 



207. Lic'eo, (lic'itus). To be lawful. 



Li'cense. Permission, excess. 
Licen'tious. Unrestrained. 



Licentiate. One who holds 

a license. 
Illicit. Unlawful. 



208. Lig'o, (liga'tus). To bind. 



Lig'ament. A cord, a mem- 
brane. 
Liege. Subject. 
League. An alliance, a union. 
Li' able. Not exempt. 



Alle'giance. Obedience of a 

subject. 
Obli'ge. To bind, to gratify. 
Obligation. That which 

binds, a contract. 
Religion. Duty to God. 



204. Lev'igate, relevant, Leva nt. (proper name). 205 Tlle'gal, legal- 
ize. 206. Liberal'ity, librarian. '207. Li'censable. 208. AJljga'tion, 
irreli'gion, ligature, obligate. 



132 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



209. Li'mes, (lim'itus). A limit. 
Illim itable. That cannot be I Limit. A boundary, 
limited. j 

210. Lingua. A tongue. 
Lin'gual. Pertaining to the Lan'guage. Human speech. 

tongue. Lin'go. Vulgar language. 

Ling'uist. One versed in Ian- Bilin'guous. Having or speak- 

guages. ing two tongues. 

211. Lin'quo, (lic'tus). To leave. 

Relict. A widow. 
Relinquish. To forsake, to 
leave. 



Delinquent. Failing in duty. 
Obli'que. Not direct. 
Relic. Something left. 



212. Liq'ueo. To melt/ 
Liquidate. To clear, settle Liq'uor. Any liquid. 

an account. | Colliquefac'tion. A melting 

Liq'uid. Fluid, flowing. together. 

Liq'uefy. (113). To melt. ' 

213. Li'tera. A letter. 



Letter. An alphabetical cha- 
racter. 

Lit'eral. According to the 
letter. 

Literary. Relating to letters. 



Litera'ti. Learned men. 
Literature. Learning. 
Alliteration. Repetition of 

any letter. 
Obliterate. To efface. 



214. Locus. 
Lo'cal. Limited to a place. 
Lo'cate. To place or fix. 
Locomotion. (259). Power 
of changing place. 



A place. 
Locomo'tive. Amoving engine 
Collocate. To place together. 
Dislocate. To put out of 

place. 



215. Lorigus. Long. 



Longevity. (6). Long life. 
Longitude. Length, distance 
east or west. 



Elon'gate. 
Prolon'g. 



To lengthen. 
To continue. 



209. Limitation. 210. Sublingual. 211. Dereliction. 212. Col'ii- 
quate. 213. Illit'erate. 214. Locality, location. 215. Oblong. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



133 



216. Loq'uor, (locu'tus). To speak. 



Loquacity. Too much talk. 
Collo'quial. Conversational. 
Circumlocution. Circuit of 

words. 
Elocu'tion. Art of speaking 

well. 
Grrandil 'oquence. High, lofty, 

speaking. 



Obloquy. Censorious speech, 

reproach. 
Solil'oquy. (433). Discourse 

to one's self. 
Ventril'oquist, (venter, the 

belly). Act of speaking 

from the stomach. 



217. Lu'do, (lu'sum). To play. 
Merry, sportive. Illusion. False show. 



Lu'dicrous, 

Allu'de. To refer, to hint at. 
Elu'de. To evade. 
Collu'sive. Fraudulently con- 
trived. 
Delu'de. To deceive. 



Interlude. A piece played 
at intervals. 

Prelude. Something intro- 
ductory. 



Lu'nar. Relating to the moon. 
Lu'natic. A madman, one 
affected by the moon. 



218. Lu'na. The moon. 
Sublunary, 
moon. 



Beneath the 



219. Lu'o. To wash. 

Lustra'tion. Purification by 
water. 

Lus'tre. Brightness, clean- 
ness, a lustrum. 

Ablu'tion. Act of washing. 

Allu'vial. Carried by water. 



A purifying. 
Existing be- 



Lus'trum. 

Antedilu'vian. 

fore the flood. 
Dilu'te. To make thin. 
Illustrate. To brighten, to 

explain. 



220. Lux, (lu'cis t 
Lu'cid. Shining, clear. 
Lu'minous. Shining. 
Lumina'ry. A body which 

gives light. 
Elu'cidate. To explain, to 

make clear. 



and lu'men. Light. 

Illu'me or illu'mine. To en- 
lighten, adorn. 

Lu'cifer. (113). The morning 
star. 

Relu'me. To light anew. 



216. Eloquent. 217. Allusion, collu'de, elu'de, elu'sory. 218. Lu'- 
nacy, interlu'nar, lunation. 219. Dilu'te, dilu'ent, pollute. 220. Dilu'- 
cid, lucubration, peuVcid, Lu'cy, Lucin'da. 



12 



134 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



221. Mag'nus. Great. Ma'jor. Greater. Magis'ter. 
A master. 



Mag'nitude. Greatness, size. 
Magnificent. (113). Grand, 

pompous. 
Magnanimous. (15). Ofgreat 

mind, brave. 
Mag'nify. (113). To enlarge, 

exalt. 
Maj'esty. Dignity, grandeur. 

222. Mal'us. Bad. 
Mal'ady. A disease. 
Mal'econtent. Dissatisfied. 
Malice. Badness of design. 
Malig'nant. Malicious. 
Maledic'tion. (86). A curse. 

223. Mam 1 ma 

Mamma'. A fond word for 
mother. 

Mammalia. A class of ani- 
mals with breasts. 

224. Man' do, (manda'tus). To bid or give in charge. 
Manda'mus. A kind of writ. Countermand. To revoke a 
Man'date. A command. command. 

Comman'd. To govern, to lead. Deman'cl. To ask, to claim. 
Commen'd. To praise. | Beman'd. To send back. 

225. Man'eo, (man' sum), To stay. 



Majority. The greater num- 
ber, full age. 

May'or. The chief officer of 
a city. 

Magistrate. A public civil 
officer. 

Magiste'rial. Imperious, ar- 
rogant. 

Mal'e. Ill, evil. 

Malefactor. (113). An of- 
fender. 

Malevolence. (520). Ill will. 

Dis'mal. Sorrowful, gloomy. 

A breast. 

Mammiferous. (121). Having 
breasts. 

Mam'mal. One of the mam- 
malia. 



Permanent. Durable. 
Remain'. To continue to be 
left. 



Man'sion. A large house. 
Rem'nant. The residue. 



226. Man'us. The hand. 



Maintain. (462). To keep, 

to support. 
Man'uscript. (411). Written 

by hand. 



Manumit'. (250). To release 

from slavery. 
Man'ual. Performed by hand, 

a hand book. 



221. Ma'jor, magistracy. 222. Malversation. 223. Mam'milary. 
224. Recommen'd. 225. Manse, permanence. 226. Manumis'siou, 
manipulation. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



135 



Manufacture. (113). To 

make by art. 
Man'acle. To chain the hands. 
Man'age. (8). To conduct, to Portman'teau. 

govern. clothes. 

227. Mar'e. The sea. 
Mari'ne or Mar'itime. Belong- 1 Transmari'ne. 
ing to the sea. Urtramari'ne. 

Mariner. A seaman. sea. 

Submarine. Under the sea. ' 



Amanuen'sis. A person wri- 
ting what is dictated. 
Emancipate. To set free. 

A bag for 



Across the sea. 
Beyond the 



228. Ma'ter, (ma'tris). A mother. 



Ma'tron. An elderly married 
woman. 

Matricide. (40). The mur- 
der of a mother. 



229. 
Mature. Ripe. 
Matu'rity. Ripeness. 



Mater'nal. Motherly. 
Matric'ulate. To admit 

membership. 
Matrimo'ny. Marriage. 

Matu'rus. Ripe. 

Immatu're. Unripe. 
Prematu're. Ripe too soon 



to 



230. Med'ius. Middle. 



Me'dium. The middle state 
or degree. 

Medioc'rity. Moderate de- 
gree. 

Mediterranean. (467). En- 
circled by land. 

231. Med'eor. To heal. 
Med'ical. Relating to medi- 
cine. 
Medicine. The art of healing. 



Me'diator. An intercessor. 
Meridian. (87). Mid-day. 
Imme'diate. Direct, without 

a medium. 
Intermediate. Intervening. 

Med'icus. A physician. 
Irreme'diable. Incurable. 
Rem'edy. A cure. 
Reme'dial. Relieving. 



232. Mel. Honey. 



Mellifluous. 

flowing. 
Hy'dromel. (G. 69). 

and water mixed. 



(138). Sweetly 
Honey 



Ox'ymel. (G. 109). Vinegar 
and honey. 



227. Rosemary. 228. Maternity. 229. Matura'tion. 230. Dimidia'- 
tion, mediation. 231. Immedicable, medicament. 232. Mellifluent, 
mellifica'tion. 



136 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 



233. Me'lior. Better. 
Meliorate and Ameliorate. To make better. 



234. Mem'c 

Memen'to. A Memorial. 

Meni'orable. Worthy of mem- 
ory. # 

Memorial. Preserving mem- 
ory. 

Mem'ory. Faculty of remem- 
bering. 



\ Mindful. 

Me moir ' . A biographical no- 
tice. 

Memorandum. To be remem- 
bered. 

Commem'orate. To celebrate 
with honor. 

Remenx ber. To call to mind. 



235. Men'dicus. A beggar. 
Mendicity. The life or state I Men'dicant. A beggar, 
of a beggar. 

236. Mens, (men'tis). The mind. 
Men'tal. Kelating to the Demen'tate. To make insane. 



mind. 

Commen't. To explain. 
Commentary. An exposition. 



Ye'hement. (501). Violent, 
fervent. 



237. Mer'eo, (mer'itus). To deserve. 
Merit. Desert, claim. | Demerit. Ill desert. 

238. Mer'go, (mer'sus). To plunge. 



Emer'ge. To rise out of wa- 
ter. 

Emergency. A sudden occa- 
sion. 



Merge. To plunge. 
Immer'se. To put under wa- 
ter. 
Submer'ge. To drown. 



239. Merx 9 (mer'cis). Merchandise. 



Mercantile. Trading. 
Mercenary. Sold for money , 

hired. 
Mar'ket. A place or time of 

sale. 



Mer'chant. One who sells. 

Mer'cury. The god of elo- 
quence, commerce. &c. 

Com'merce. Trade, inter- 
course. 



234. Men'tion, commem / orable, Reminiscence. 235. Men'dicancy. 
237. Meritorious, unmerited. 238. Submersion. 239. Mer'cer, com- 
mercial. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



137 



Measured. 

Mete. To measure. 
Dimension. Space, extent. 
Lmnen'se. Unlimited. 



240. Me'tior, (men'sus). 
Mensura'tion. The act or art 

of measuring. 
Commen'suratCc Of equal 

measure. 

241. Mi'gro, (migra'ius). To change one's abode. 
Mi'grate. To remove to an- Im'migrate. To move into a 

other country. place. 

Emigrate. To move from a Transmigrate. To pass to 

place. I another place. 

242. Mi'les, (mil'itis). A soldier. 
Militia. Enrolled soldiers. I Militate. To oppose. 
Militant. Fighting. 

243. Mil'le. 
Mile. A measure of length, 

originally 1000 paces. 
Millenium. (16). A thousand 

years . 
Milliner. A seller of ribbons, 

bonnets, &c. 

244. Min'eo. 
Eminent. High, exalted. 
Im'minent. Hanging over. 

245. Min'ister. A servant. 
Office of a minis- 1 Administer. To act as agent 



A thousand. 

Milleped. (324). An animal 
of many feet. 

Mill. The thousandth of a 
dollar. 

Million. A thousand thou- 
sand. 

To hang over. 
I Prominent. Standing out. 



Ministry, 
ter. 

246. Min'uo, (minu'tus). To lessen. Mi' nor. Less. 
Miniature. A small portrait, i Min'uend. The number to be 
Minion. A servile favorite. 
Minim. A dwarf, a short 

musical note. 
Minimum. The smallest 

quantity. 
Minu'te. Very small. 



diminished. 
Min'ute. The 60th of an 

hour. 
Minority. The less number. 
Com'minute. To grind small. 
Diminish. To make less. 



240. Immensity. 241. Immigration. 242. Military. 243. Millena'- 
rian, mil'foil. 244. Preeminent, supereminent. 245. Administrator. 
246. Mi'nus, diminutive. 

12* 



138 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



247. Mi'rus or Mirab'ilis. Wonderful. 



Mir'acle. 
event. 
Mar'vellous. 



A supernatural 
Wonderful. 



Mir'ror. A looking glass. 
Admire. To regard with 
wonder. 



248. Mis' ceo, (mix'tus). To mix. 



Mix'ture. A mixed mass. 
Mis'cellany. A collection of 

things. 
Min'gle, and Commin'gle. To 

join, to mix. 

249. Mis'er. 
Mi'ser. One excessively ava- ! 
ricious. 



Immis'cible. 

mixed. 
Promiscuous. 

fused. 



That cannot be 



Mixed, con- 



Wretched. 
Mis'ery. Wretchedness, 
j Comnris'erate. To pity. 

250. Mit'to, (mis'sus). To send. 



Mis'sile. That may be thrown. 
Mis'sion. Act of sending or 

being sent. 
Mis'sive. A letter sent. 
Admit'. To receive. 
Commit'. To intrust, to do. 
Com'missary. A delegate, an 

army officer. 
Compromise. An adjustment 

by concessions. 
Demi'se. To grant at death, 

to will. 
Emissary. One sent on a 

mission. 



Emit'. To send forth. 

Intermit'. To cease for a 
time. 

Omit. To leave out, to ne- 
glect. 

Permit'. To allow. 

Premi'se. To explain pre- 
viously. 

Promise. To make a decla- 
ration 

Remis'sion. Abatement. 

Submis'sion. Compliance. 

Surmi'se. To suspect, to fancy. 

Transmit'. To send. 



251. Modus. A measure or manner. 



Mode or Mood. Variation of 

a verb, manner. 
Mod'el. A copy, a pattern. 
Mod'ify. (113). To qualify, to 

soften. 
Mod'esty. Propriety. 



Mod'erate. 
restrain. 

Accom'modate 
fit. 

Commodity. Profit, merchan- 
dise. 



To regulate, to 
To adapt, to 



247. Admiration, ad'mirable. 248. Admixture. 249. Miserable. 
250. Missionary, mittimus, commission, intermittent, permission, re- 
mittent. 251. Mo'dish, mod'ule, mod'ulate 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



139 



Itlod'ulate. To inflect. I Incommo'dc. To trouble, to 

Commodious. Convenient, fit. | disturb. 



252. Mol'a. A millstone, meal used in sacrifices. 

Emolument. Profit, formerly 

a miller's toll. 
Im'molate. to sacrifice. 



Mo'lar. Grinding. 
Mol'ecule. A minute par- 
ticle. 



253. Mon'eo, (mon'itus). To warn. 



Monitor. An adrnonisher, an 
inspector of students. 

Mon'ument. A tomb, a pillar. 

Adinon'ish. To warn, to re- 
prove. 



Money. Coin. 

Premonitory. Previously 

warning. 

Sum'mon. To call with au- 
thority. 



254. Mom, (mon'tis). A mountain. 



Mound. A bank of earth. 

Moun'tebank. A quack. 

Dismoun't. To alight from a 
horse. 

Prom'ontory. High land jut- 
ting into the sea. 



Remoun't. To mount again. 
Surmoun't. To conquer. 
Tan'tamount. Equivalent, 

equal. 
Iirtramon'tane. Beyond the 

mountains. 



255. Mon'stro, (monstra'tus). To show. 



Mon'ster. Something unna- 
tural. 

Demonstrate . To prove cer- 
tainly. 



Remon'strate. 
sons against. 



To show rea- 



256. Mor'deo, (mor'sus). To bite. 



Mor'dant. A substance that 

fixes colors. 
Mor'sel. A piece, a bite. 



Remor'se. 
science. 



Reproach of con- 



257. Mors, (mor'tis). Death. 



Mor'tal. Deadly. 
Mort'gage. A pledge, secu- 
rity for debt. 



Mor'tify. (113). To subdue, 

to lose vitality. 
Mur'der. To kill. 



253. Monitory. 254. Amount, paramount. 255. Muster. 256. Mor- 
da'cious. 257. "Mortuary, immortalize, immortality. 



140 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 



258. Jifos, (wo'm). A manner. 
Morality. Doctrine of human I Demoralize. To destroy the 
duty. morals. 

259. Mov'eo, (mo'tus). To move. 



Move'ment. Act of moving. 
Mo'tion. Change of place. 
Mo'tive. Reason for acting. 
Mob. A tumultuous crowd. 
Emo'tion. Moving of the 
mind. 



Tumult. 
(214). Chang- 



Commo'tion. 
Locomo'tion. 

ing place. 
Promo'te. To forward, to 

advance. 
Eemo'te. Distant. 



Mul'tiform. (142). Of various 

shapes. 
Multiple. (338). A factor of 

a number. 



260. Mul'tus. Many. 



Multiplicand. (338). The 

number to be multiplied. 
Multitu'de. Many, a crowd". 



261. Mu'nio^muni'tus). To fortify. 
Muni'tion. A fortification, j Ammunition. Military stores. 

262. Mu'nus, {mu'neris). A gift, an office. 



Municipal. (43). Belonging 

to a corporation. 
Munificent. (113). Liberal. 
Common. Public, general. 
Immu'nity. Privilege. 
Remunerate. To reward. 



Commu'nion. Intercourse, 
celebration of the Lord's 
supper. 

Excommu'nicate. To expel 
from communion. 



263. Mu'sa. A song. 



Mu'sic. Science of harmony 

and melody. 
Amu'se. To divert. 



Muse'um. A 
curiosities. 



collection of 



Mu'table. 
Muta'tion. 
Mu'tiny. 
thority. 



264. Mu'to, (muta'tus). To change. 
Changeable. 
Change. 
To rise against au- 



Commu'te. To exchange. 
Permuta'tion. Exchange. 
Transmu'te. To alter the na- 
ture of. 



258. Immor'al. 259. Mobility, momentum, immovable. 260. Mul- 
tangular, (14), multiply. 261. Premuni'tion. 262. Commu'ne, commu- 
nity. 263. Musician. '264. Mutual, immutable, 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



141 



265. Na'tus. Born. 
Na'tal. Relating to birth. 
Na'tive. Produced by nature. 
Na'tion. A distinct people. 
Cog'nate. Allied by birth, 
akin. 



Natu'ra. Nature. 
Inna'te. Inborn. 
Nat'ural. Not acquired. 
Nat'uralist. One versed in 

natural science. 



266. Na'to. To swim. 
Na'tant. Floating. I Supernatant. Floating upon. 

Nata'tion. Act of swimming. | 

Nau'ta. A sailor. 



267. Na'vis. A ship. 
Na'vy. An assemblage of ships. 
Nau'tical. Relating to ships. 
Nau'sea. Sea-sickness. 



Naviga'tion. The art of sail- 
A shell-fish. 



mg. 
Nau'tilus 



268. Ne. Not. 
Nec'essary. (48). Needful, es- I Nefa'rious. Wicked. 

sential. | Nes'cience. (410). Ignorance. 

269. Nec'to, (nex'us). To tie. 



Annex'. To write to, to join. 
Connec't. To link to, to 



fasten. 



Nega'tion. 
Neg'ative. 

tion. 
Nay. A 

refusal. 



Connec'tion. Union, a rela- 
tion. 
Reannex'. To unite again. 



270. Neg'o, (nega'tus). To deny. 



A denial. 
Implying nega- 

word of denial or 



Deny'. 

fuse. 
Ren'egade. 

deserter. 



To contradict, to re- 
An apostate, a 



271. Neu'ter. Neither. 
Neu'tral. On neither side. | Neutrality. Indifference. 

272. Niger. Black. 
Ni'ger. A river in the coun- 1 Negro. One of the black 
try of the blacks. race. 



265. Nas'cent, preternatural, supernatural. 266. Natation. 267. Cir- 
cumnavigate. 268. Nefan'dous, (117). 269. Annexa'tion. 270. Abne- 
gation 271. Neutralize. 272. Nigrescent. 



142 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



N 



0X10US. 



273. Noc'eo. To injure. 
Hurtful. Obnox'ious. Subject, liable 



In'nocent. Pure, harmless. 
Innocuous. Xot hurtful, safe. 



to punishment. 



274. A^o' men. A name. 



Xoin'inai. Only in name. 
Xora inative. That which 

names, the first case of 

nouns. 
Xo'nienclature. The terms of 

a science or art. 
Noun. That which has a name. 



Denomination. Act of nam- 
ing, a sect. 

Ignominy. Disgrace, re- 
proach. 

Pro'noun. Instead of a noun 
or name. 



275. Non. Xot. 
Xon'age. Xot of age. I Xonen'tity. Xot existing. 

Xonconfor'mist. One who does ; Xon sense. Unmeaning lan- 

not conform. g ua ge. 

Xon'descript. (411). Xot de- 1 Xon'suit. Stoppage of a suit. 

scribed. 

276. jYor'ma. A rule. 
Xor'rnal. Teaching rules. I Enor'mous. Excessive, be- 
yond rule. 

277. Nos'co, (JWtus). To know. Jfo'ta. A mark. 

Xote. A mark, a written pa- Xoto'rious. Publicly known. 

per. Cognizance. Judicial notice. 

Xo tice. A remark, an ob- Deno te. To betoken. 

serration. Xo'tary. An officer who at- 
Xo'tify. (113). To make tests contracts. 

known, to inform. Prothon'otary. A clerk of a 
Acknowledge. To avow, to court. 

confess. Bee ognize. To know again. 



Xovem'ber. 



278. Nov'em. Xine. 
The ninth month from March. 



273. Nuisance. 274. Bino'mial, trinomial. 275. Nonconformist, 
uoii / tion J (520). 277. Notion, annotation, reconnoi'ter. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



143 



Nov'el. New. 

Nov'ice. One unskilled. 

Novi'tiate. State of a novice. 



279. JYov'us. New. 
In'novate. 



To introduce no- 
velties 
Renew'. To make new. 



280. JSTox, (noc'tis). Night. 



Noctur'nal. Relating tonight. 



E'quinox. (4). The season of 
equal day and night. 



Nup'tial. 
riage. 



281. JYu'bo, (nup'tus). To marry. 
Pertaining to mar- 1 Connu'bial. Matrimonial. 



282. Num'erus. A number. 



Nu'merate and Enu'merate. 

To reckon. 
Nu'meral. Relating to num- 



ber. 



Announ'ce. 
Benoun'ce. 

accuse. 
Enun'ciate. 

utter. 



Supernu'merary, 
stated number. 



Above a 



283. Nun'tio. To tell. 



To publish. 
To threaten, to 

To declare, to 



Pronoun'ce. 
Renoun'ce. 
give up. 



To speak. 

To disown, to 



284. JVutrio, (nutritus). To nourish. 
Nu'triment. Nourishment. 1 Nurse. One who attends sick 
Nur'ture. Food, education. | persons. 



Obliv'ion. 



Oc'tave. 
terval. 
Octa'vo. 



285. Obliv'io. Forge tfulness 
Forgetfulness. 

286. Oc'to. Eight. 



A harmonious in- 
A sheet folded into 



eight leaves. 



Octo'ber. The tenth month, 
formerly the eighth. 



279. Novelty, renovation. 280. N ootid 'ial, noctiv'agant, (496). 
281. Nu'bilc. 282. Numeration, innumerable. 283. Annunciation, 
nun'cio, (Ital.) 284. Innutri'tious, nutrition. 285. Oblivious. 286. Oc- 
tennial, (17). 



144 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



287. Oc'ulus. The eye. 



in 



Oculist. One skilled 

diseases of the eye. 
Oc ular. Relating to or known 

by sight. 



Inoc'ulate. To insert a bud 
or matter. 



Odoriferous. 



288. O'dor. Scent. 
(121). Fragrant, 

289. Offi'cium. Duty. 



Office. Business, a place for 
business. 



Omnip'otent. 

powerful. 
Omnipres'ent. 

present. 



Officer. One invested with 

a public charge. 
Offi'cious. Busy, forward. 

290. Om'nis. All. 
(350). All- Omniscience. All-knowing. 
Omnibus. A carriage for all. 
Everywhere Omniv'orous. (522). Eating 
everything. 



291. Op'to, (opta'tus). To wish. 



Op'tion. Choice. 
Op'tative. Expression of de- 
sire. 



Adop't. 
own. 



To receive as one's 



292. Op'us, (op'eris). A work. 
Op'era. A dramatic work. J Operation. Agency, influ- 
Op'erative. Active, a work- ence. 
man. 

293. Or'bis. A circle. 
Orb. A round body. 
Or 'bit. A circular path, of 
revolution. 



Exorbitant. Exceeding due 
bounds. 



294. Or' do, (or'dinis). Order, a rank. 
Orda'in. To appoint, to in- 1 Ordina'ry. Common, usual. 

Unusual, 



stitute. 
Ordinance. 



A law. 



Extraordinary, 
eminent. 



'287. Binoc'ular. 288. Ino'dorous. 289. Officiate, officinal. 290. Om- 
nific. 292. Cooperate. 293. Orbicular. 294. Coordinate, exor'dium, 
primor'dial. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 145 



Disor'der. Confusion. 
Foreordain'. To appoint be- 
forehand. 



Subordinate. Inferior in au- 
thority or rank. 



295. Ori'gOy (orig'inis). A beginning. 
Or'igin. The beginning. I Originate. To bring into ex- 

I istence. 

296. Or'ior (or'tus). To rise. 
Orient. The east, or where I Abor tive. Immature, 
the sun rises. * 

297. Oro, (ora'tum). To speak. 

O'ral. Spoken. Ado're. To reverence, to ho- 
Or'ator. An eloquent or pub- nor. 

lie speaker. Inex'orable. Not to be moved 
Gr'ifice. (113). An opening. by entreaty. 

Or'acle. A supernatural re- Peroration. The end of a 

sponse. discourse. 

298. O'vum. An egg. 
O'val. Egg-shaped, oblong. I Ovip'arous. (305). Laying 
O'vary. The seat of eggs. | eggs. 

299. Pa'gus. A village. 

Pa'gan. A heathen, formerly I Peas'ant. A rural laborer, 
a villager. 

300. PaVlium. A cloak. 
Pall. A covering for the 

dead. 



Palliative. Extenuating, eas- 
ing. 

301. Pal'po. To touch. 
Pal'pable. That may be felt, j Palpita'te. To beat, to flutter. 

302. Pan'do, (pas'sus). To spread. 
Pace. A step (the foot being I Encom'pass. To enclose, to 

stretched out). surround. 

DLspan'd or Expan'd. To j Expan'sion. Enlargement. 

spread out, to open. I 

295. Original. 207. Or'ison, oratory. 300. Palliate. 301. Impal- 
pable. 302. Expanse. 

13 



146 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



303. Par, (Par'ts). Equal. 



Pair. Two things suited to 
each other. 

Peerless. Unequalled. 

Parity. Equality. 

Compare. To examine to- 
gether. 

304. Pa'reo, (pa'ritu?n) 



Dispar'age. To vilify. 

In com 'par able. Beyond com- 
parison. 

Nonpareir. (Fr) Unequalled, 
a kind of type. 



To appear. 



Appear. To be in sight. 
Apparition. An appearance, 

a spectre. 
Disappear. To go from sight. 



Semblance, 



Appear'ance. 
show. 

Transparent. Clear, admit- 
ting light to pass through. 



305. Par'io, (par' turn). 

Pa'rent. A father or mother, 

a producer. 
Parturiate. To bring forth. 

306. Par'o, (para' turn). To prepare. 



To beget, to lay eggs. 

Overt'. Open, public. 
Vivip'arous. (518). Bringing 
forth young alive. 



Para'de. Show. 
Apparatus. Instruments for 

a trade or art. 
Em'peror. A monarch. 
Impair. To diminish, to make 

worse. 



Impe'rious. ' Haughty. 
Imperative. Commanding. 
Repair. To restore. 
Sep'arate. To divide, to part. 
Sev'er. To force asunder. 
Sev'eral. Many, distinct. 



307. Pars, (par'tis). A part. 
To resolve by rules Part'ner. An associate. 



Parse. 

of Grammar 

Par'ty. A number of per- 
sons. 

Par'ticle. A minute part, a 
word unvaried. 

Par'ticiple. One of the parts 
of speech. 

Par'tisan. An adherent to a 
party. 



into 



Parti'tion. A division. 

Apart. Separately. 

Apportion. To divide 
proper parts. 

Departure. A going away. 

Imparl. To grant, to confer 

Proportion. Ratio, equal de- 
gree. 

Reparte'e. A witty reply. 



303. Peer, peerage, compar alive, disparity. 306. Preparatory, dis« 
sev er. 307. Par eel, par'tial, partiality. 



DIJIIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



147 



308. Pasco, (pas'tus). To feed. 



Pastor. A shepherd, a cler- 
gyman. 

Pas'ture. Laud on which 
cattle feed. 



An'tepast. A foretaste. 
Repas't. A meal, a feast. 



309. Pat'er, (pat'ris). A father. 



Patrician. A nobleman. 
Pa'tron. A supporter, a guar- 
dian. 



Pater nal. Fatherly. 
Pa'triarch. The head of a 

family or church.- 
Pat'rimony. Inherited estate. 

310. Pat'ria. One's father-land. 
Pa'triot. A lover of his coun- I Expatriate. To banish from 
try. one's country. 

311. Pat'ior, (pas'sus). To suffer. 



Pa'tient. A sufferer, a sick per- 
son, calm. 

Pas'sion, the last suffering of 
Christ, anger, love. 



Pas'sive. Unresisting, suffer- 
ing. 

Compas'sion. Grief for the 
suffering of others. 

Impa'tience. Uneasiness. 

312. Pau'per. Poor. 
Pau'perism. Beggary. I Impoverish. To make poor. 

Pov'erty. Want, indigence. | 

313. Pax, (pa' cis). Peace. 
Pac'ify. (113). To quiet. I Peac'eable. Undisturbed, 
Appe'ase. To still. gentle. 

314. Pec 1 co, (pecca'tum). To sin. 
Pec'cant. Guilty, sinning. 
Peccadillo. (Ital). A slight 
fault. 



Impec'cable. Exempt from 
liability to sin. 



315. Pec'tus, (pec'toris). The breast. 



Pec'toral. Belonging to the 

breast. 
Expec'torate. To eject from 

the breast. 



Par'apet 

wall. 
Expec'torant. 

for the lungs 



A breast work, a 
A medicine 



308. Pas'toral. 300. Paternity, patris'tic, Ju'piter (the father of the 
gods). 311. Impassible. 313. Pacific. 315. Expectoration. 



148 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



316. Pecu'nia. Money. Pecu'lium. Private property. 



Pecuniary. E elating to mo- 



ney. 
Peculiar, 
perty. 



Exclusive 



pro- 



Pecula'tion. The appropria- 
tion of public money. 



317. Pel so, (pulsus). To drive. 



Pulse. The throbbing of an 

artery. 
Compel'. To force, to oblige. 
Dispel. To drive away. 
Expel. To drive out. 



Impel'. To urge or drive on. 

Propel. To urge forwards. 

Repel. To drive back. 

Reneal. To recall. 



318. Pen'deo, (pen'sus). To hang. 



Independent. Not relying 
upon. 

Perpendicular. A plumb line. 

Propensity. Tendency, bias. 

Suspense. Indecision, uncer- 
tainty. 



Pen'dant. An ear-ring, a 
streamer or flag. 

Pen'ding. Depending, during. 

Pen'dulum. A hanging, vi- 
brating body. 

Appen'd. To hang or join to. 

Depend. To hang from, to 
rely. 

319. Pen' do, (pen'sus). To weigh, or pay. 
Pen'sion. A payment. j Dispen'sary. To deal out. 

Pen'sive. Sorrowfully thought- ! Expen'd. To lay out, to waste. 

ful. Indispensable. Necessary. 

Compendium. An abridg- ; Recompense. To repay. 

ment. Stipend. Wages, salary. 



320. Pe'ne 
Pe'nult. The last but one. 
Penumbra. (187). The edge 
of a shadow. 



Almost. 

An'tepenult. 

but two. 



(486). The last 



321. Pen'etro, (penetra'tus). To pierce. 
Pen'etrate. To pierce, to dis- j Impenetrable. That cannot 



cern. 



be penetrated. 



317. Impulse, compulsion, repul'sive. 318. Pension, de pen Vie nee. 
319. Pen/siveness, compensate, expen/se. stipend. 321. Penetra'tion. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



149 



322. Penu'ria. Want. 
Pen'ury. Extreme poverty, j Pcnu'rious. Covetous. 

323. Perso'na, A person, a mask. 
Per'sonatc. To represent. [Personify. (113). To change 

to a person. i 

324. Pes, (ped'is). The foot. 



Pe'dal. Belonging to the foot. 

Ped'estal. The basis of a 
statue. 

Pedes'trian. A footman. 

Pcd'dler or Pedlar. A travel- 
ins; trader. 



Aliped. (./7/a, awing). Wing- 
footed. 

Biped. With two feet. 

Ex'pedite. To hasten. 

Quad'ruped. (374). Four 
footed. 



325. Pes'tis. A plague. 



Pest. A plague. 
Pes'ter. To disturb. 
Pes'tilence. A contagious 
disease. 



Pestiferous. 

tive. 
Pest'house. 



(121). Destruc- 
An hospital. 



Petition, 
treaty. 
Ap'petite. 
Compe'te. 



326. Pe'toj (peti'tvs). To seek, 
A request, an en- 



to ask. 
(51). 



Seeking 



Centripetal, 
the centre. 

Desire. Im'petus. Impulse, effort. 

To contend. j Incompetent. Not suitable, 

m Repeat'. To do again. 

327. Pin'go, (pic'tus). To paint. 



Pig'ment. Paint. 
Depic't. To portray. 



Picts. A people who painted 

themselves. 
Pic'ture. A representation. 

328. Pi'lo, (pila'tus). To steal. 
Pilfer. To steal things of I Pillage. Plunder, 
small value. | Compile. To collect. 

329. Pis'cis. A fish. 
Pis'catory. Relating to fish. I Pisciv'orous. 

on fish. 



(522). Feeding 



323. Impersonal. 324. Pedigree, expedient, impede. 325. An'ti- 
pestilen-'tial. 326. Compatible, competitor. 327. Picturesque. 328. Com- 
pilation. 329. Piscary. 

13* 



150 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

330. Pi'us. Religious. 

Pi'ety. Duty to God. I Im'pious. Irreligious, profane. 

Pit'y. Compassion. j 

331. Plac'eo, (placi'tus). To please. 
Placid. Gentle, nrilcL I Pleas'ant. Delightful. 

Pleas'ure. Delight. | Com'plaisant. Civil, polite. 



Planta'tion. A large farm. 
Displan't. To pluck up. 



332. Plan'ta. A plant. 

Supplan't. To displace by 

stratagem. 
Transplant. To remove. 



333. Plau'do, (plav/sus). To make a noise by clapping. 

Plau'dit. Applause. I Explo'de. To burst. 

Applaud. To praise highly. | 

334. Plebs, (ple'bis). The common people. 
Plebeian. Common, vulgar. 

335. Ple'nus. Full. 



Plen'ary. Full, complete. 
Plen'ty and Plenitude. Full- 
ness, abundance. 



Plenipotentiary. (350). An 

envoy with full power. 
Replenish. To fill, to supply. 



336. Ple'o, (ple'tus). To fill. 

Accomplish. To complete, to 

fulfill. 
Complement. A full quantity . 
Comple'te. Full, perfect. 
Depletion. An emptying. 



Implement. A tool, an in- 
strument. 

Reple'te. Quite full. 

Supplement. Addition to 
supply defects. 

Supply'. Relief of want. 



337. Plec'to, (plexus). To twist. 



Com'plex. Intricate. 
Du'plex or Double. Two-fold. 
Perplex'. To embarrass. 



Sim'ple. (Semel, once, plex). 
Unmingled, plain. 



330 Pi'etist. 331. Pleasantry, displease. 332. Implan't. 333. Plau'- 
sible. 335. Pleonasm, plenteous. 336. Ex'pletive. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



151 



338. Plic'o, (plica'tus). To fold, to bend. 



Impli'cit. Inferred. 
Multiply. To increase in 

number. 
Iledu'plicate. To double 

again. 
Reply'. To answer. 
Sup'plicate. To entreat in a 

bent posture. 
Triple. Three-fold. 



Pli'ablc or Pli'ant. Easy to 
be bent. 

Accomplice. A bad associate. 

Apply'. To send to. 

Cam'plicate. To entangle. 

Display' To spread wide. 

Duplic'ity. Doubleness, de- 
ceit. 

Explicit. Plain, unfolded. 

Imply'. To involve, to signify. 

339. Plo'ro. To cry out, to wail 
Deplo're. To lament. I Implore. To entreat. 

Explo're. To search out. 

340. Plu'ma. A feather. 
Plume. A feather. I Plu'mage. The feathers of a 

bird. 
341. Plum'bum. Lead. 
Plumb. Perpendicular. I Plum'met. A lead weight. 

Plumba'go. Black lead. 

342. Plus, (plu'ris). More. 



Plu'ral. More than one 
Pluper'fect. A tense of verbs. 

343. Poi'na, 
Pe'nal. That punishes. 
Pen'ance. An infliction for 

sin. 
Penitent 



Non'plus. A puzzle. 
Sur'plus. A remainder. 

Punishment, remorse. 

Peniten'tiary. A prison. 
Repen't. To be sorry. 
Subpoe'na. A writ or legal 
process. 



Contrite for sin. 
344. Pol'io, (poli'tus). To polish. 
Polish. To smooth, to brighten, j Poli'te. Well-bred, civil. 

345. Pon'dus, (pon'deris). A weight. 
Pon'der. To weigh in the I Coun'terpoise. An equal 

mind. I weight. 

Poise. To balance. , Preponderate. To exceed in 

Pound. A weight. weight. 

338. Double, inapplicable, misapply, perplex 7 . 339. Undeplo'red. 
341. Plum/ber. 342. Overplus. 343. Pen/ilenee, impunity. 344. Un- 
pol'ished. 345. Equipoise, imponderable, avoirdupois 7 . 



152 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



846. Po'no, (pos'itus). To place. 



Position. Situation, 

Positive. Real, certain. 

Post. A station, an office, 
(verb) to affix. 

Pos'ture. Situation, a ges- 
ture, 

Ap'posite. Proper, adapted. 

Coinpo'se. To put together. 

Coinpoun'd. To combine. 

Depo't, (deposit). A place of 
deposit. 

Expo'se. To lay open. 

Iinpo'se. To put upon. 

347. Pop'ulus. 



Pop 'ul ace. 
Pop'ular. 
people. 
Pub 'lie. Common 



The multitude. 
Relating to the 



open. 

348. Por'ta. A door. 
Port. A harbor, an opening. 



Port'al. A gate, a door. 
Por'ter. A door-keeper. 

349. Por'to, (porta'tus). To carry. 



Oppo'se. To place against, to 
hinder. 

Postpone. (351). To put off. 

Preposition. Placed before, 
a part of speech. 

Propo'se. To offer for con- 
sideration, to bid. 

Provost. The chief of a 
college. 

Repo'se. To lay, to rest. 

Sup'pose. To imagine. 

Transpose. To change place. 

A people. 
Publish. To make known. 
Depopulate. To dispeople 
Republic. A popular govern- 
ment. 

Por'tus. A harbor. 

Por'tico. A covered walk be- 
fore a door. 

Port'hole. A hole for cannon. 



Por'table. That may be car- 
ried. 

Por'ter. A carrier. 

Port-folio. (141). A case for 
papers. 

Compo'rt and Depo'rt. To 
bear, to behave. 

Export. To carry away. 



Expositor. An explainer. 
Import. To bring into. 
Importune. To solicit ear- 
nestly. 
Opportunity. Seasonable. 
Repor't. To give account of 
Suppo'rt. To sustain. 
Transport. To carry across. 



850. Pos'sum, (pot'ens). To be able. 
Pos'se. An armed power. I Puis'sant. (Fr). Forcible, po- 
Pos'sible. That may be done. tent. 
Po'tent. Powerful. I 



346. Apropos, composure, exponent, imposition, interpose, oppo'- 
iient. 317. Dispeople. 349. Insupportable. 350. Impotent, potential. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



153 



351 

Poste'rior. Later. 
Posterity. Succeeding gene 
rations. 



Post. After. 

Postclilu'vian, (diluvium, a 
flood). Since the deluge. 

Postmeridian, or P. M. (men- 
dies, noon). After noon. 



remon- 



352. Pos'tulo, (postula'tus). To demand. 
Postulate. To beg, an as- 1 Expostulate. To 
sumption. strate. 

353. Prce'da. Booty, prey. 
Pred'atory. Rapacious. j Dep'redate. To rob. 

354. Prec'or,(preca'tus). To pray. 
Preca'rious. Uncertain, de- I Dep'recate. To pray against, 
pending on others. | Im'precate. To invoke evil. 

355. Prehen'do, (prehen'sus). To take hold. 



Pris'on. A place of confine- 
ment. 

Prize. A reward. 

Pry. A lever. 

Apprehen'd. To lay hold of, 
to seize. 

Apprentice, 
tradesman. 

Comprehen'd. 



One bound to a 

To include. 
356. Prem'o, (pres'sus). 



Enterprise. An undertak- 
ing. 

Impreg'nable. Not to be 
taken. 

Reprehen'd. To reprove. 

Repri'sal. Seizure, to retali- 
ate. 

Surprise. To take unawares. 



Pres'sure. Weight, urgency. 
Print. To impress words. 
Compres's. To press together. 
Depres's. To cast down, to 
humble. 



To press. 
Expres's. To press out, to 

utter. 
Impre'ss. To stamp. 
Oppress. To overburden. 
Repress and Suppres's. To 

crush, to subdue. 



357. Pri'mus. First. Prin'ceps. Chief. 
Pri'mary, First, original. 'Prime. Early, principal. 



Pri'mate. 

siastic. 



The chief, eccle- 



Prim'itive and Prime 'val. (6). 
Original, first. 



351. Pos'tern, preposterous. 354. Preach. 355. Appri se, mis'appre- 
hen'd. 357. Prim, primogeniture. 



154 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Primor'dial, (ordior, to begin), l Prince. A king's son 



First in order 
Primer. A child's first book. 
Prim'rose, (rosa, a rose). An 

early flower. 



Principal. Chief. 

Prior. Former, the chief of 

an order of monks. 
Pris'tine. First, ancient. 



358. Pri'vOy (priva'tus). To take away. 



Pri'vate. Secret, alone. 
Privatee'r. A private armed 

ship. 
Depriv'e. To take from. 



Privilege. A peculiar bene- 
fit, a right. 
Priv'y. Secret, retired. 



359. Pro'bo, (proba'tus). To prove, to try. 

Prob'able. Likely. j Disprov'e. To prove false 

Probation. Trial. Improv'e 

Probe. To search. 
Proof. Evidence, test. 
Approv'e and xip'probate. To 
like, to commend. 

360. Prob'rum. Disgrace 
Expro'bate. To upbraid, to I Qppro'brious. Reproachful 
censure. 



To make better. 
Rep'robate. To reject, aban- 
doned. 
Reprove. To blame. 



361. Prop'e. Near. 
Propi'tiate. To conciliate. 
Propin'quity and Proximity. 
Nearness. 



Proxi'mus. Nearest. 
Approximate and Approac'h. 

To come near. 
Reproac'h. To censure. 



One's own, fit. 

Propriety. Suitableness, fit- 
ness. 

Appropriate. To set apart. 



362. Pro'prius 
Prop'er. Peculiar, fit. 
Prop'erty. One's own estate 
or goods. 

363. Pu'er. A boy. 
Pu'erile. Boyish, trifling. j Puerility. Childishness, 

364. Pug'il. A boxer. 
Pu'gilism. The practice of fighting with the fist. 



35S. Privation deprivation. 359. Pror/ity. 361. Approximation. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



155 



365. Pug'na. A battle, a fight. 
Pugnacious. Contentious. I Impugn' and Oppugn'. 
Repugnance. Aversion. | attack, to oppose. 

366. Pun go, (punc'tus). To point or prick. 



To 



A dagger. 



Pon'iard 

Punch. To perforate 

Punc'tual. Done at the point 
of time. 

Punc'tuate. To point in writ- 
ing. 



367. Pur'gOy (purga'tus) 



Punctilio. A point of exact- 
ness. 

Pun'gent. Sharp, piercing. 

Compunc'tion. Act of prick- 
ing, remorse. 

Expung'e. To blot out. 

To cleanse. 



Purge. To cleanse. 
Pur'gatory. A place of purify- 
ing. 



Pur'gative. Cleansing me- 
dium. 

Expurgation. Act of cleans- 
ing. 



368. Pu'to, (puta'tus). To think, to prune. 



Pu'tative. Supposed. 
Am'putate. To cut off, to 

prune. 
Compu'te and Count. To 

reckon, to number. 



the 



Depu'te. To send from 
main body. 

Dispu'te. To argue, to con- 
tend. 

Repu'te. To think, to hold. 



369. Pu'tris. Rotten. 



Pu'trefy. (113). To make or 
become rotten. 



Pu'trid. Corrupt. 



370. Quce'ro, (qucesi'tus). To ask. 



Inquisi'tion. Search, a tribu- 
nal. 
Per'quisite. A gift of office. 
Reques't. A petition. 
Requisi'tion. A demand. 



Que'ry and Question. That 

which is asked. 
Ac qui "re. To gain. 
Conquer. To overcome. 
Ex'quisite. Excellent. 
Inquire. To ask about. 

371. Qua' Us. Such as. 
Qual ify. (113). To make fit. j Quality. Peculiar nature. 

365. Expugna'tion, impu'gner. 366. Pounce. 367. Compnr.o-.Vtor. 
368. Imputation, accou'nt, (Fr)., dep'uty, discount, impure. 369. Impu- 
tres'cible. 370. Acquisition, con/quest, disquisition. 371. Disquai'ify,(113). 



156 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



372. Quas sus or Cus'sus. Shaken. 
Quash. To crush, to annul. | Discussion. Examination. 
Concus'sion. Agitation. | Percussion. Act of striking. 

373. Qtd'es, (quie'tis). Rest. 

Quiet. Rest. I Acquies'ce. To rest satisfied 

Re'quiem. A suppliant hymn. | with. 

374. Quat'uor. Four. 



Quart. The fourth of a gal- 
lon. 

Quar'ter. The fourth part. 

Quarantine . A detention of 
forty days. 

Quad'rant. A quarter of a 
circle. 



Quad'rangle. (14). A square. 
Quadratic. Including a 

square. 
Quadruple. (338). Four-fold. 
Squad'ron. A body of horse, 

formerly a square. 



375. Quin'que. Five. 



Quintuple. (338). Five-fold. 
Quinquen'nial. 16). Happen- 
ing every five years. 

Radius 



Quintessence, 
an extract. 



A fifth being, 



376. 

Ra'diate and Ir 'radiate, 
shine. 



A ray, a spoke of a wheel. 



To 



Ra'diance. Sparkling lustre. 



Rad ish. 
Radical. 

root. 



377. Ra'dix, (radi'cis). A root. 

An eatable root. I Eradicate. To pull up by 
Pertaining to the I the roots. 

378. Ra'do, (ra'sus). To scrape. 



Rase and Raze. To over- 
throw. 
Ra'sure. An erasing. 
Rash'er. A thin slice. 



Ra'zor. A knife for shaving. 
Abra'de. To rub off. 
Eras'e. To rub out, to efface. 



379. Rap'io, (rap'tus). To seize or snatch. 

Rap. A quick, smart blow. I Ra/pier. A thrusting sword. 
Rapacity. Addicted to plun- | Rapid. Quick, 
der. | Rapt. Transported. 

372. Qnassa'tion, squash. 373. Disqui'et. cov. 374. Quaternion, 
quar'to. 377. Radical. 378. Abrasion, raze'e. 379. Rapine, rav'enous. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



157 



Rap'ture. Ecstacy. 
Rav'age. To lay waste. 
Ra'ven. A bird of prey. 



Rar'efy. (113) 
to expand. 



380. Rarus. 
To make thin, 



Rav'en. Plunder. 
Ravish. To delight. 
Enrap'ture. To enchant. 

Thin, rare. 
Rarity. Thinness. 



381. Rat'io, (ratio'nis). Reason. 



Ra'tio. Proportion. 
Ra'tional. Endowed with rea- 
son. 



A detail of rea- 



The act of 



Ratify. 
Ra'tion. 



Rationale. 

sons. 
Ratiocination. 

reasoning. 

382. Ra'tus., Fixed. 
To confirm. | Rate. A price, portion. 



(113). 
A fixed allowance 



Ra'table. Taxable. 



383. Reg'o, (rec'tus). 



Re'gal. Relating to a king. 
Re'gent. A governor. 

Regulation of 



Reg imen 

diet. 
Re'gion. 
Reg'ular. 
Rec'tify 



To rule. 
To govern, to control. 



Rule. 

Correc't. To amend. 

Direc't. Straight, right. 

Erec't. Upright. 

Interregnum. (40). An in- 
terval between two succes- 
sive kings. 

Rec 'tangle. A right-angled 
four-sided figure. 



A country. 
Agreeable to rule. 
(113). To make 
right or straight. 
Reign. To rule as a king. 
Right. Just, proper. 

384. Re'po. To creep. 
Rep'tile. A creeping animal. 

385. Re'te. A net. 
Reticule. A work bag. I Retina. The back part of 

Retic'ulate. Like net work. | the eye, (like net work). 

386. Ri'deo, (ri'sus). To laugh. 



Ridicule. To expose to laugh- 
ter. 
Risible. Laughable. 



Derid'e. 
scoff. 



To laugh at, to 



381. Rationalist. 382. Racing. 383. Arrest, incorrigible, sovereign. 
384. Irrepti'tion, surreptitious. 385. Re'tiform. 386. Deri'sion. 

14 



158 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



387. Rig eo. 
Rig'id. Stiff, strict. 

388. Rig'o, (riga'tus). 
Ri'val. A competitor. 
Riv'ulet. A small river. 
Irrigate. To water. 

389. Ro'bur. 
Strong. 



To be cold or stiff. 
| Rig' or. Severity. 

To water. Riv'us. A river. 

Deri've. To deduce, to draw, 
(as from a river). 



Robust'. 



An oak, strength. 
I Corroborate. To strengthen. 

390. Ro'do, (ro'sus). To gnaw. 
Ro'dent, pi. Rodentia. A I Corro'de. To eat away. 

gnawing animal. | Ero'sion. Act of eating away. 

391. Rog'o, (roga'tus). To ask. 



Ab'rogate. To repeal. 
Ar'rogate. To claim vainly. 
Der'ogate. To detract. 
Prerogative. An exclusive 
right. 

392. Ros, (ro'ris). 
Ro'raL Dewy. 

393. Ro'ta, A wheel. 
Rote. A repetition of words. 
Rota'tion. A turning, suc- 
cession. 
Roast. To cook, as on a spit. 



Interrogate. To question. 
Proro'gue. To put off, to 

adjourn. 
Sur'rogate. A deputy, a judge. 

Dew. 

Roriferous. (121). Bearing 
dew. 

Rotun'dus. Round. 

Rotun'd. Round. 

Routine. The course of busi- 
ness. 

Ro'tatory. Turning round. 



394. Ru'ber. Red. 



Ru'bric. Directions formerly 

printed in red. 
Ru'by. A red precious stone. 



Ru'bicund. 

ness. 



Inclining to red- 



Rup'ture. 

Abrup't. 
nected. 



395. Rum'po, (rup'tm). To break. 



A breach. 
Broken, uncon- 



Bank'rupt. Unable to pay. 
Corrup't. To infect, to bribe. 
Interrupt. To stop, to hinder. 



388. Derivative. 391. Ar'rbgant, supererogation. 392. Rosifluent. 
393. Rotim'do, ro'tary. 394. Erubes'cence. 395. Disruption. 



DERIVATIVES PROM LATIN. 



159 



396. Rus, (ru'ris). The country. Ru'dis. Rude. 



Ru'ral and Rus'tic. Relating 

to the country, plain. 
Kude. Rough, ignorant. 

397. Sac'er 
Sac'rament. The Lord's Sup- 
per. 
Sacrifice. (113). To offer to 

heaven. 
Sac'rilege. (205). Violation 
of sacred things. 



Ru'diments. First principles. 
Er'udite. Learned, not rude. 

. Sacred. 

Sacerdo'tal. Belonging to the 

priesthood. 
Con'secrate. 
Des'ecrate. 

sacred use. 
Ex'ecrate. To abhor. 
Sex'ton. An officer of a church. 



To make sacred. 
To divert from a 



398. Sag'ax, (saga'cis). Wise. 
Sagac'ity. Quick discernment. I Pres'age. A foreboding. 
Sage. Wise. | 

399. Sal. Salt. 



Salin'e. Saltish. 

Sal Volatile. Smelling salts. 



Salary. Originally money for 
salt, now a compensation for 
services. 



Salient. 
Sally. 

flight. 
Salm'on. 
Assa'il. 

upon. 

Salu'te. 
Salu'brity 



400. Sal' io, (sal'tus). To leap. 



Leaping, bounding. 
A quick egress, a 

A leaping fish. 
To attack, to fall 



Des'ultory. Unsettled cur- 
sory. 

Exult. To rejoice, to triumph. 

Insul't. To treat with abuse. 

Result. To arise or proceed 
from. 

401. Sal'us, (salu'tis). Safety. 
To greet. 1 Consult. To ask advice of. 

Healthfulness. | Coun'sel. Advice, direction. 

402. Sal'vus. Safe. 

To preserve, to spare 



Salve. An ointment, a remedy. 
Salva'tion. Act of saving. 
Salvage. Recompense for 
saving. 



Save. 

Sav'ior. One who saves, the 
Redeemer. 



396. Erudition. 397. Sac'ristv, observation. 399. Sal'ad, sauce, 
sau'cy, sausage. 400. Resultant," saltation. 401. Consul, procon'sul, 
salutary, insalu'brious. 402. Sal'vo. 



160 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Saint. A 
pious. 

Sanc'tify. 
holy. 



403. Sanc'tus. Holy. 

Sanc'tuary. A holy place. 
Sanction. Authority. 



person eminently 
(113). To make 



Sanguine. 

fident. 
San guinary. 



404. San'guis, (san'guinis). Blood. 



lied, warm, con- 



Consanguin'ity. Blood rela- 
tionship. 
Cousin. A near relative. 



Cruel, bloody 
405. Sa'nus. 
Sane. Sound in mind. 
San'ative. Tending to cure. 

406. Sap'io. To taste, to know 



Sound. 
Sanatory. Belating to health. 
Insa'ne. Unsound in mind. 



Sa'vor. Scent, taste. 
Insipid. Tasteless. 

Enough. 
Sat'urate, To fill full. 
Insati'ety. Want of satiety. 



To ascend, to climb. 



Sapid. Tasteful, palatable. 

Sa'pience. Wisdom, know- 
ledge. 

407. Sat'is. 

Sate and Sa'tiate. To glut, 
to pall. 

Satisfy. (113). To content, 
to appease. 

408. Scan' do, (scan'sus) 

Scan. To examine nicely. 

Ascen'd. To go up. 

Conclescen'd. To yield, to sub- 
mit. 

409. S tin 1 do, (scissus). To cut. 

Scis'sors. A cutting instru- I Exscin'd and Kescm'd. To cut 
ment. off, to reject. 

Abscis'sion. Act of cutting! 
off. ! 

410. Sci'o, (scvtus). To know. 

Sci'ence. Knowledge sys- ] Conscience. Knowledge of 
tematized. right and wrong. 

Sci'olist. One of superficial 
knowledge. 



Descen'd 
down. 
Transcen'dent. 



To come or go 
Preeminent. 



Pres'cience. Foreknowledge. 



403. Sanctimony. 404. Ensanguined. 406. Sa'vory. 407. Dissat'ipfy, 
insat/urable. 408. Descend, reascen/sion. 410. Scientific, tmconscion able. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



161 



411. Scri'boy (scrip'tus). To write. 



Scribe. A writer. 

Scrib'ble. To write carelessly. 

Scrip. Small writing, a certi- 
ficate of stock. 

Scrip'ture. Writing, the Bi- 
ble. 

Ascrib'e. To attribute. 

Circumscrib'e. (55). To en- 
close. 

Describ'e. To mark out, to 
define. 



Inscrib'e. To write upon, to 

address. 
Man'uscript. Hand writing. 
Prescrib'e. To order, to ap- 



point. 
Proscribe. 

outlaw. 
Rescrip't. 
Subscrib'e. 

to. 
Transcribe. 



To condemn, to 

An edict. 
To sign the name 



To copy. 

412. Scru'tor, (semta'tus). To search. 
Scru'tiny. Strict search. j Inscru'table. Unsearchable. 

413. Sec'o, (seca'tus). To cut. 

To cut equally in 



Sect. A denomination. 
Sec'tion. The act of cutting 

apart. 
Sec'tor and Seg'ment. Parts 

of a circle. 
Saw. A cutting instrument 

with teeth. 



Bisec't. 

two. 
Dissec't. To cut in pieces. 
Insec't. A small animal. 
Trisect. To divide into three 

equal parts. 
Venesec'tion. (Vena, a vein). 

Blood-letting. 



414. Seq'uor, (secu'tus). To follow. 



Se'quence. Order of succes- 
sion. 
Se'quel. Conclusion. 
Sue. To prosecute, to beg. 
Suit. A petition. 
Con'scquent. Following. 
Ex'ecute. To perform. 
Ob'sequies. Funeral rites. 

415. Sed'eo, (ses'sus 



Obse'quious 

vile. 
Persecute. 

penalties. 
Pros'ecute. 
Pursuit. A following 

ployment. 



Obedient, ser- 
To harass with 
To pursue. 



em- 



To sit. 



Sedan'. A portable chair for 

carriage. 
Seda'te. Quiet, undisturbed. 



Sedentary, 
tins. 



Occupied in sit- 



411. Anliscrip'tural, ascription, conscription, proscription. 412. Scru/- 
linize. 413. Intersection. 414. Consec/utive, ensile, exe'eutor, exe'eu- 
.rix, executive, sub'sequent. 415. Sed'ulous, assid'uons. possession. 

14* 



162 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Sediment. That which settles 

at bottom. 
Ses'sion. A sitting of court, 

school, &c. 
Siege. Act of besetting a town. 
Asses's. To charge with any 



sum. 
Besieg'e. 
Consid'er. 

reflect. 



To lay siege to. 
To think upon, to 



416. 



Dispossess. To put out of 

possession. 
Insidious. Treacherous. 
Presi'de. To direct. 
President. One who presides. 
Resi'de. To live in a place. 
Residue. Remainder. 
Subsi'de. To sink. 
Subsidiary. Aiding. 
Superse'de. To make void. 

Sem'i. Half. 



Seniibre've. A musical note, 

half a breve. 
Semicir'cle. A half circle. 



Semi-diam'eter. Half a diam- 
eter. 
Seni'i-ho'ral. Half-hourly. 

417. Senex'. Old. 
Senate. The upper or elder I Se'nile. Relating to old age. 
branch of a legislature. | Se'nior. Older. 

418. Sen'tio, (sen'sus). To feel, to think. 
Scent. Smell, odor. | Sen'tinel. A soldier on guard. 

Sen'tence. As many words j Assen't and Consen't. To 

as convey a thought. agree, to yield. 

Sense. Understanding, in- I Dissen't. Disagreement. 

tellect. i Presen't. To exhibit, to offer. 

Sen'timent. Thought, opinion. | Resen't. To take as an affront. 

419. Sep'tem. Seven. 



Septennial. (17) 
seven years 



Lasting 



September. The seventh 
month, reckoning from 
March. 



420. SepuPtus. Buried. 
Sep'ulture. Burial. j Sepiilchre. A place of burial. 

421. Ser'o, (ser'tus). To knit, to set. Se'men. Seed. 
Se'ries. Order, succession. 
Ser'mon. A religious dis- 



course. 



Asser't. 

tain. 

Deser't. 



To affirm, to main- 
To abandon. 



416. Semiannual, (17), semicolon. 417. Seignior, sire, sir. 418. Sen'- 
sual, sensitive, presentiment. 419. Septenary. 421. Dissertation, 
exer'tion. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



103 



Exer't. To put forth. 
Insert. To place among. 
Scm'inal. Belonging to seed. 

422. Ser'vio. 
Ser'vitude. The state of 

slave. 
Subser've. To promote. 



Seminary. A school. 
Disscmi'natc. To scatter as 
seed. 

To serve, to obey. 
Ser'vile. Slavish, dependent 
Ser'geant. A petty officer in 
the army. 



423. Ser'vo, (serva'tus). To keep. 



Servant. 

Conser've. 

Qbser've. 



Sex'tant. 
circle. 



One who serves. Preser've. 

To candy fruit. Rescr've. 

To watch, to note. Res'ervoir. 

424. Sex. Six. 
The sixth part of a I Sex' tuple. 



To save, to keep. 
To retain. 
(Fr.) A cistern. 

Six-fold. 



425. Si'dus, (si'deris). A star. 
Side'real. Starry. I Desi're. A request, a wish. 

Consid'er. To deliberate. | 

426. Sig'num. A sign. 



Sig'nal. A sign that gives 

notice. 
Sig'nature. A person's name 

signed. 
Sig'nify. (113). To declare, 

to mean. 
Assi'gn. To mark out, to 

convey to another. 

427. Sim'ul. At the same time. 



To give in trust. 
To purpose, to pro- 



Consi'gn 
Desi'gn. 

ject. 
En'sign. A standard or signal 
Insig'nia. Badges of honor. 
Resi'gn. To give up. 



Sim'ilis. Like. 



Simulta'neous. Existing to- 
gether. 
Sim'ilar. Having resemblance. 
Sim'nlatc. To feign. 
Assimilate. To make like. 
Assem'ble. To meet together. 



Dissem'ble. 
Fac Simile. 



To disguise. 
(113). An exact 



Verisimilitude, 
bability. 



(509). Pro- 



422. Unserviceable. 423. Observation. 424. Sexennial, (17). 425. De- 
sideratum. 42G. Sig'net, designate, insignificant. 427. Dissimulation, 
resemble, resemblance, similitude. 



164 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

428. Sis'to. To stand, to stop. 



Assis't. To help. 

Consis't. To subsist, to be 

composed. 
Desis't. To cease from. 
Exis't. To be, to live. 
Insis't. To persist in, to urge. 



Irresistible. Superior to op- 
position. 
Persis't. To persevere. 
Eesis't. To oppose. 
Subsis't. To continue, to be. 



429. Soc'ius. A companion. 

So'cial. Companionable. . Associate. To join in coin- 
Society. A community. P an J- 

I Dissociate. To separate. 

430. Sol The sun. 



Solar. Pertaining to the sun. 

Solstice. Where the sun stops 

in its course North or South. 



Par'asol. A shelter from the 
sun. 



431. Sol'idus. Firm, solid. 

Solidify. (113). To render I Consolidate. To grow firm 

or become solid. or solid. 

Solder. A metallic cement. | 

432. So'lor, (sola'tus). To comfort. 

Solace. To comfort in grief. I Inconsolable. Not to be 
Console. To cheer. comforted. 

Disconsolate. Hopeless, sad. J 

433. So'lus. Alone. 



Sole. Only. 

Solitude. Lonely life or place. 
Soliloquy. (206). A dis- 
course to one's self. 



Solo. (It.) A tune played by 

one person. 
Desolate. Laid waste. 



434. Solum. The ground. 
Soil. Earth j Soiled. Stained. 



428. Coh'sistory 3 consistency. 429. Sociable, consoc'iate. 430. In 'so- 
late. 431. Sol'dier, solidity. 433. Solitary. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



165 



435. Sol'vo, (solu'tus). To loose. 



Solve. To clear, to explain. 
Solu'tion. Act of solving. 
Absol've. To clear, to acquit. 
Dissol've. To melt, to dis- 
unite. 
Insolvent. Unable to pay. 



Insol'ublc. That cannot be 
dissolved. 

Irres'olute. Not firm. 

Resol've. To melt, to deter- 
mine. 



436. Son'us. A sound. 



Sonorous. Loud sounding. 
Son 'net. A poem of fourteen 

lines. 
Con'sonant. Agreement, a 

letter. 



Dis'sonant and Inconsonant, 
Discordant. 

Resoun'd. To echo sound. 

U'nison. (489). Concord, har- 
mony. 



437. Spar' go, (spar'sus). To scatter. 



Sparse. Thinly scattered. 
Asper'se. To vilify. 
Disperse. To scatter. 

438. Spec'io, (spec'tus). 

Special. Particular. 

Specimen. A sample. 

Spectre. An apparition. 

Spectacle. A show, an ex- 
hibition. 

Spectator. A looker on. 

Speculate. To meditate. 

As'pect. Look, countenance. 

Auspi'cious. Favorable. 

Conspicuous. Obvious to 
sight. 

Despi'te. Malice, anger. 

Disrespec't. Incivility. 



Intersper'se. 
among. 



To scatter 



To look, species, a sort. 

Espe'cial. Principal. 

Espy'. To discover. 

Expec't. To look for. 

Inspec't. To look into. 

Perspective. Relating" to 
vision. 

Pros'pect. A view, a sight. 

Respec't. Attention, regard. 

Retrospect. A view of things 
past. 

Suspicion. Want of confi- 
dence, jealousy. 



439. Spe'ro, (spera'tus). To hope. 



Despair. Hopeless state. 
Prosperity. Success. 



Despcra'do. 
perate. 



One who is des- 



435. Solvency, absolution, absolute, resolute. 436. Res'onant. 
43S. Cir'cumspect, despite, perspicuous. 439. Prosperous. 



166 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



440. Spi'ro, (spira'tus). To breathe. 



Spirit. The soul, life, a ghost. 
Aspi're. To aim at, to desire 

eagerly. 
Conspi're. To plot a crime. 
To discourage. 
To breathe out, to 



Dispir'it. 

Expi're. 

die. 



Xnspi're. To breathe in. 
Perspi're. To emit through 

the pores. 
Suspira'tion. A sigh. 
Transpi're. To escape from 

secrecy, to happen. 



441. Spon'deo, (spon'sus). To promise. 



Spon'sor. A surety. ] Correspond. To agree, to 

Spouse. A husband or wife. suit. 

Despon'd. To lose hope. Respon'd. To reply. 

442. Sterno. To lay flat. 
Stra'tum. A layer, a bed. Consternation. Astonish- 

Strat'ify. (113). To range ment. 

in beds. Pros'trate. Lying down, hum- 

ble. 

443. Stil'la. A drop. 
Still. A vessel for distillation. 1 Distil'. To drop, to fall in 
Instil'. To infuse by drops. | drops. 

444. Stim'ulus. A spur. 
Stim'ulus and Stimulant. That I Stim'ulate. To urge, to exe- 
which excites. | cute. 

445. Stin'guo,(stinc'tus). To mark, to thrust. 



Distinguish. 

Extin'guish. 

put out. 

Bxtir'pate. 



To discern. 
To quench, to 



Extinc't. Put out, deaa. 
In'stinct. A natural aptitude 
or faculty. 



446. Stirps. A root. 
To root out. 



447. Sto, (sta'tus). To stand. 
Sta'men. Foundation, the or- 1 Stan'darcl. A rule, a ori- 
gan of a flower. terion. 

440. Aspiration, conspiracy, inspiration. 441. Espouse, respon'se, 
responsible. 442. Prostration, substratum. 443. Distillery. 445. Dis« 
tinc'tion, inextinguishable. 446. Extirpation. 447. Slat'ue, stat'ure, 
Bla'ble, stall, constant, constitution, distant, ex'tant, instate, stationery. 



DERIVATIVES PROM LATIN. 



167 



State. Condition. 

Stationer. A dealer in books, 
paper, &c. 

Stat utc. A positive law. 

Ar'niistice, (arma, arms). Ces- 
sation of hostilities. 

Arres't. To seize. 

Circumstance. An incident, 
an event. 

Con'stable. Formerly keeper 
of the stable ; now an officer. 

Con'stitute. To make, to 
form. 

Contras't, [contra^ against). 
To exhibit differences. 

Destitute. Forsaken. 

Establish. To settle firmly. 



In'stancc. Example, time. 

Institute. To establish. 

In'terstice. The space be- 
tween things. 

Ob'stacle. Hinderancc. 

Pros' titute. To sell to vile 
purposes. 

Rest. Repose, quiet. 

Sub'stance. Something real, 
body. 

Sub'stantive. A part of 
speech. 

Substitute . To put in an- 
other's place. 

Superstition. False religion. 

Transubstantiate. To change 
to another substance. 



448. Strin'go, (stric'tus). To draw tight. 



Strin'gent and Astrin'gent. 
Binding, contracting. 

Stric'ture. Contraction, cen- 
sure. 



Strain. To force. 
Constrain. To compel. 
Restrain. To withhold, to 
confine. 



449. Stru'o, (struc'tus). To build. 



Structure. Form, an edifice. 
Con'strue. To interpret, to 

explain. 
Destroy'. To lay waste. 



Instruc't. To teach, to direct. 
In'strument. A tool, writing. 
Obstruc't. To hinder to bar. 



450 
Sua'sion. The 

suading. 
Assua'ge. To soften 



Sua'deo, (sua'sus). To advise, 
act of per- Dissua'de To advise against. 
Persua'de. To influence by 
to ease. reasons. 



451. Su'do. To sweat. 
Sudorific. Causing sweat. I Transu'de. To pass through 

in vapor. 



Exu de. To force out. 



448. Strict, astric'tion, distrain. 449. Construc/tion, superstructure. 
450. Assua'sion, dissuasion. 451. Suda'tion. 



168 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



452. Sum, es'se. To be. Ens, en'tis. Being. Futwrus. 
About to be. 



Es'sence. Nature or being 

of a thing. 
En'tity. A real being. 
Ab'sent. Not present. 
Fu'ture. That will be. 



Interest. Concern, advan- 
tage. 

Pres'ent. Now existing. 

Represent. To exhibit, to 
describe. 



453. Sum'mus. Highest. 
Sum. The whole amount. I Sum'mary. A compendium. 
Sum'mit. The highest point. | Consum'mate. Complete. 

454. Su'mo, (sum'ptus). To take. 



Sump'tuous. Costly, splendid. 
Consu'me. To waste, to de- 
stroy. 



Assu'me. To take, to claim. 
Presu'me. To suppose. 
Resu'ine. To begin again. 



455. Sur'go, (surrec'tus). To rise. 



Surge. To swell, to rise high. 
Source. A spring, the first 
cause. 



Insurrection. A rebellion. 
Resurrec'tion. A rising again 
after death. 



Tac'it. 



Tact. Skill, expertness. 
Tan'gent. A line touching a 

circle. &c. 
Attain. To gain, to come to. 



456. Tac'itus. Silent. 
Silent. j Tacitur'nity. Habitual silence. 

457. Tan'go, (tac'tus). To touch. 

Con'tact. Touch, close, union. 
Contiguity. Actual contact. 
In'teger. The whole. 
Redintegrate. To restore. 

458. Teg'o, (tec'tus). To cover. 
Detec't. To discover. I Protec't. To defend. 

Integ'ument. A covering. [ 

459. Tern' no. To despise. 
Contem'n. To slight, to des- I Contemptuous. Apt to des- 
pise, pise. 

452. Essential, nonen'tity. 454. Sumptuary, consumption, presump'- 
tion. 455. Insurgent. 457. Tangible, contagion, contingent. 458. De- 
tection, protec'tor. 459. Contemp/tible. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



169 



4C0. Tem'pus, (tern 1 ports). Time. 



Tein'pest. A violent wind. 
Temporal. Measured by time. 
Tense. Distinction of time in 
verbs. 

461. Ten' do, (ten'tus) 

Ten'don. A sinew. 

Tent. A movable shelter. 

Tense. Tight. 

Tend and Atten'd. To watch Preten'd 

or wait upon. ance of. 

Conten'd. To strive. Subten'd, 

Exten'd. To stretch out. under. 

462. Ten'eo 

Tena'cious. Holding fast, co- 
hesive. 

Ten'ant. An occupant. 

Ten'ement. A habitation. 

Ten'or. Purport, drift. 

Abstain. To keep from. 

Appertain. To belong to. 

Contain. To hold. 

Coun'tenance. Form of the 
face, look. 

Detain. To withhold, to keep. 

Entertain. To talk with, to 
amuse. 



Contem'porary. Living at the 
same time. 

Extem'pore. Without pre- 
meditation. 

To stretch, to bend. 

Inten'd. To mean, to design. 
Ostensible. Apparent. 
Portend. To foreshow. 

To make appear- 
To be extended 



To hold. 
Discontinue. To leave off. 
Imper'tinence. Intrusion, 

rudeness. 
Lieuten'ant. (Lieu, a place, 
Fr). An officer's substitute. 
Maintain'. To preserve, to 

support. 
Obtain'. To gain, to acquire. 
To belong. 
To keep, to continue. 
A train of atten- 



Pertain'. 
Retain'. 
Eetlnue, 
dants. 
Sustain'. 



To bear. 



463. Ten'to. To try. 
Tempt. To prove, to try. | Attem'pt. To endeavor. 

464. Tep'idus. Warm. 
Tepid. Warm. J Tep'efy. To make warm 



460. Contemporaneous, intempes'tive. 461. Ten'sion, ten'sor, atten- 
tion, extensive, intension, intensity, superintend. 462. Tcn'et. ten'ure, 
abstemious, abstinence, appurtenance, contend, continence, continent, 
continual, continuity, detention, malcontent, pertina'ceous, retentive, 
sustenance. 463. Tentative, tempting. 464. Tep'efy, (113). 

15 



170 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



465. Ter 'minus. A boundary. 



Term. A limit, a particular 

time. 
Terminate. To put an end to. 



Deter'mine. To decide. 
Exterminate. To root out. 



466. Ter'o, (tri'tus). To rub. 



Trite. Worn out, stale. 
Triturate. To pound 
powder. 



to 



Attrition. Act of wearing. 
Contri'tion. Penitence. 
Detriment. Loss, damage. 



Terrestrial. Belonging to the 

earth. 
Ter'race A small grassy bank. 
Ter'rier. A dog that hunts 

in the ground. 
Disinter'. To exhume. 

468. Ter'reo. 
Ter'ror. Fright. 
Ter'rify. (113). To make 
afraid. 

469. Tes'tis, 

Test. Examination, proof. 

Testament. A will, a divi- 
sion of the Bible. 

Tes'tify. (113). To bear wit- 
ness. 

Testimony. Evidence. 

Attes't. To certify. 



467. Ter'ra. The earth. 

Frontiers. (147). The bor- 



ders of a country. 
Territory. A tract of land. 
Terraqueous. Composed of 

land and water. 
Inter 7 . To bury. 

To frighten. 

Deter'. To discourage by 
fright, to hinder. 

A witness. 

Contes't. To dispute, 

Detes't, To hate. 

Obtes't. To beseech. 

Protes't. To affirm. 

Protestant. iSaine given to 
the Reformers in 1528, now 
an opposer of Bomanism. 



470. Tex'o, (tex'tus). To weave. 



Tex'ture. A web, thing wo- 
ven. 

Text. An original writing, a 
sentence of scripture. 



Con'text. The connection. 
Pretext. A pretence. 
Text-han'd. Large hand wri- 
ting. 



465. Conterminous, indeterminate, interminable. 466. Det'ritus, 
detrimental. 467. Mediterranean, (*230), Terrene. 468. Terrible, ter- 
rific. 469. Attestation, detestation. 470. Textile, tex'tuary. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



171 



471. Tim' co. To fear. 
Tim'id. Fearful. I Intimidate 

Timorous. Full of fear. 



Tor'pid. 



472. Tor'peo. To be benumbed. 
Numbed. I Torpe'do. A fish that be- 

numbs by a shock. 

473. Tor'reo, (tos'tus). To roast. 
Tor'refy and Toast. (113). To I Tor'rid. Parched, burning, 
dry by the fire. 



474. Torq'ueo, (tor'tus). To twist. 



Tor'ment. Pain, anguish. 
Tor'tuous. Twisted, winding. 
Tor'ture. To inflict pain. 



Conto'rt and Disto'rt. 

twist, to writhe. 
Exto'rt. To force away. 
Reto'rt. To throw back. 



To 



475. Tra'do, (trad'itus). To deliver up. 
Tradition. An oral account I Tra'itor. A betrayer, 
passed from age to age. 



Treacherous. Faithless 



476. Tra'hoy (trac'tus). To draw. 



Trace. A mark. 

Track. A footstep, a path. 

Tract. A region. 

Trail. To draw along the 

ground. 
Train. Something drawn 

along, 
Trait. A feature. 
Trea'tise. A discourse. 
Trea'ty. An agreement. 
Drag. To trail upon the 

ground. 
Draw. To pull. 
Dray. A low cart. 
Abstrac't. To separate. 



Attrac't. To draw towards. 
Betra'y. To give up, to dis- 
close a secret. 
Contract. To draw together, 

to bargain. 
Detrac't. To slander. 

To divide, to vex. 
To draw or take 



Distrac't. 
Extrac't. 

from. 
Por'trait. 
Protrac't. 

off. 
Retrac't. 

back. 
Subtrac't. 



A picture from life. 
To prolong, to put 

To recall, to take 

To deduct. 



472. Tor'pitude, torpor. 473. Tor'rent. 474. Tor'sel, contortion. 
475. Traitorous. 476. Treat, tractile, abstraction, attractive, con- dis- 
ex- pro- re- and sub-traction 



172 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 



477. Trem'o. To shake. 
Trem'or. A quivering. Tremen'dous. 

Treni'ble. To shudder. rible. 

Treni'ulous. Trembling. 

478. Tres, (tri'a). Three. 

Treble. Triple, sharp of 
sound. 

Trefoil. (141). A three- 
leaved plant. 

Tri'ad. The union of three. 

Tri'angle. A figure -with three 
angles. 

Tri'dent. (83). A three-forked 
sceptre. 

Triennial. (17). Happening 
every third year. 



Tri'fle. 

value. 
Trinity. 



A thing of small 



Dreadful, ter- 



Having three 



Three united in one. [ 
479. Trib'uo, (tribu'tus) 



Trilateral . 
sides. 

Tri'o. An air for three per- 
formers. 

Trip'hthong. Three vowels 
in one sound. 

Tris'yllable. A word of three 
syllables. 

Trium'vir. One of three men 
in an office. 

Triune. Being at once three 
and one. 

Trivial. Worthless; light. 



Tribute. A tax. 
Trib'utary. Contributing. 
Attribute. To ascribe. 



To give. 
Contribute. To give to. 
Distribute. To divide among 
several. 



Trib'une. 



Abstru'se 
Intru'de. 

Tui'tion. 
Tu'tor. 

Tu'mid. 

Tu'mor. 

Tu'niult. 

Tum'ble. 



480. Tri'bus. A tribe of people. 
A Roman officer, j Tribunal. A court of justice. 

481. Tru'do 9 (tru'svs). To thrust. 
Obscure, difficult. I Obtru'de. To urge upon. 

To enter unasked. | Protru'de. To thrust forward. 

482. Tu'eor, 
Teaching. 

A teacher. 

483. Tu'meo. To swell. 
Swollen. Tomb. A monument. 

A swelling. Con'tumely. Rudeness, inso- 

A stir, a bustle. lence. 

To fall suddenly. [ Con'tumacy. Stubbornness. 



(tu'tus). To protect. 

I Tu'telar. Protecting. 



479. Con- dis- and re-tributiou. 481. Detru'de, extru'de, intrn'sion. 
482. Intuitive. 483. Entom'b, intumescence 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



173 



484. Tu'ber. A swelling. 
Tu'ber. A swollen root, as a I Tubercle. A small swelling, 
potato. I Protu'berant. Swelling. 

485. Turba. A bustle. 
Tur'bid. Not clear. I Distur'b and Pertur'b. To 

Tur'bulent. Disorderly. disquiet. 

486. Ultra. Beyond. Ulte'rior. Farther. Ulti'mus. Last. 
Ul'timate. The last. | Penul't. Last but one. 

487. Um'bra. A shade. 
Umbrella. A screen from I Um'brage. Resentment, 
the sun. 

488. Un'gfio, (unc'tus). To anoint. 
Un'guent. An ointment. I Unc'tion. Warmth of devo- 
Unc'tuous. Oily, greasy. | tion. 

489. U'nus. One. 

Uni'que. (Fr). Unequalled. 
Unicorn. (65). Fabled beast 
Of one with one horn. 



U'nion. Concord. 
U'nity. Oneness. 
Unanimous. (17) 
mind. 



490. Urbs. A city. 
Urbane. Polite, city bred. I Sub'urbs. The outer parts of 

a city. 

491. U'ro, (us'tus). To burn. 
Combus'tion. A burning. I Incoinbus'tible. That cannot 

be burned. 

492. U'tor, (u'sus). To use. 



Us'ual. Customary. 
Us'age. Common practice. 
Usurpation . Illegal seizure. 
Us'ury. Illegal interest. 
Utility. Usefulness. 



Uten'sil. A vessel, a tool. 

Abus'e. Ill usage. 

Disus'e. Cessation of use. 

Perus'e. To read. 



485. Trouble, tur'moil, perturbation. 486. Ultimatum. 487. Ura- 
bra'geous. 488. Anoint. 489. Disunion, re-uni'te. 490. Urban/ity. 
492. Inutility, misuse, peru'sal. 

15* 



174 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



493. Vac'ca. A cow. 
Yac cine. Belonging to a cow. I Vaccina'te. To innoculate 

with yac cine matter. 



Va'cate. 
Vaca'tion. 



494. Vac'o, (vaca'tus). To be empty. 

To quit. | Ya'cancy. Empty space. 

Evac'uate. To make empty, 



A recess. 



Vacu'ity. Emptiness. 



to leave. 



495. Va'do, (va'sus). To go. 



Eva'de, To avoid. 
Inva'de. To attack. 
Perva'de. To pass through. 



Va'de Me' cum. A common- 
place book. 
Wade. To walk through water. 



496. Va'gor. To TOinder. 



Vagabond and Va'grant. 

wanderer, a stroller. 
Vaga'ry. A wild fancy. 



Yague. Unfixed. 
Extrav'agant. (110). Irregu- 
lar, wild. 



497. Val'eo. To be well or strong. 



Valedic'tion. (86). A fare- 
well. 

Validity. Force to convince, 
strength. 

Yaletudina'rian. An invalid. 

Yal 7 or. Bravery, courage. 



Yal'ue. Worth, price. 
Ava'il. Profit, advantage. 
Countervail. To be equal to. 
Invalid. Disabled, weak. 
Prevalence. Superiority, 

force. 



Evap'orate. 
steam. 



498. Va'por. Steam. 
To escape in I Va'poring. Boasting. 



Yase. 



499. Vas. 
An ornamental vessel. 



500. Vas'tus. 
Yast. Large. 
Waste. To squander. 



A vessel. 
I Vascular. Composed of ves- 
sels. 

Waste, desert. 
I Vas'titude. Yastness. 
I Devastate. To lay waste. 



494. Vac'uum. 495. Eva'sive, eva'sion, invasion. 497. Val'iant. con- 
valescent, in'valid, invalidate. 498. Vaporiza'tion. 499. Extrav'asated. 

500. Devastation, vasty. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



175 



501. Ve'ho, (vec'tus). To carry. 



Ye hide. A carriage. 
Ve'hemence. Violence, force. 
Vex. To harass, to plague. 
Weigh. To examine by a 
balance. 



Convex. Spherical. 
Convey'. To carry. 
Invei'gh. To utter censure. 
Invec'tive. Angry abuse. 



Devel'op. 
Envel'op. 



502. Ve'lum. 

To unfold. 
To inwrap. 

503. Ven'do. 



Ve'nal. Hireling, base. 
Vendu'e. A public sale % 



A covering, a veil. 

I Envelope. A wrapper. 
I Keve'al. To disclose. 

To sell, to vend. 

I Vent. Sale. 
Vendible. Saleable. 



504. Venio, (ven'tus). To come. 



Vent. An aperture 

Ven'turous. Daring, bold. 

Ad'vent. A coming. 

Adven'ture. A hazard, an 
enterprise. 

Circumven't. To deceive. 

Con' vent. A monastery or 
nunnery. 

Cov'ent Grar'den. (i. e.) Con- 
vent Garden. 

Cov'enant. A contract. 



Conven'ticle. An assembly 
for worship. 

Even'tual. Ultimate, final. 

Interve'ne. To come between. 

Inven't. To discover. 

Peradven'ture. Perhaps. 

Preven't. To come before, to 
hinder. 

Rev'enue. Income, taxes. 

Superve'ne. To come in un- 
expectedly. 



505. Ver'bum. A word, 



Verb. A part of speech. 
Verbosity. Exuberance of 
words. 



Ver'biage. Empty discourse. 
Ad'verb. A part of speech. 
Prov'erb. A common saying. 



506. Ver'go. To bend. 

Conver'ge. To tend to one I Verge. To incline, 
object. I Diver'ge. To separate. 



501. Conveyance. -502. Development, revelation. 503. Vender 
504. Adventitious, av'enue, contravene, convenient, conventional, 
even / t, inventory. 505. Verbal, verbatim. 



176 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Ver'roin. 
mals. 
Vermic'ular 

worm. 

Vermil'ion. 

color. 



507. Vermis 
Small offensive ani- 



Acting like a 
A bright red 



508. Ver'to, (yer 
A line or short pas- 



Verse, 
sage. 

Ver'sion. 

Ver'tex. 

Ver'tieal. 

Ver'tigo. 

Adver't. 

Adverti'se 
publish. 

Anniversary. (17). An an- 
nual celebration. 

Aver't. To turn aside. 

Controvert. To debate. 

Convert. To change. 



A translation. 
The top or crown. 

Directly overhead. 

Headache. 
To turn to. 

To inform, to 



A worm. 

Yer'mifuge. Medicine to ex- 
pel worms. 

Vermicelli. (Ital). Paste in 
form of worms. 

Worm. A small creeping 
animal. 

'sus). To turn. 

Diver' t. To turn from, to 
amuse. 

Diversify. (113). To make 
different. 

Inver't. To turn upside down. 

Pervcr't. To turn from right. 

Retrover't. To turn back. 

Rever't. To change. 

Subvert. To overthrow. 

Transver'se. Lying across. 

Trav'erse. To cross, to op- 
pose. 

U'niverse. (489). The whole 
creation. 



509. Ve'rus. True. 



Ver'dict. (86). The decision 

of a jury. 
Verily. In truth. 
Verity. Truth, reality. 
Ver'y. True, real. 



Verify. (113). To prove 

true. 
Veracity. Observance of 

truth. 
Verisim'ilar. (427). Probable. 
Aver. To declare positively. 



Vest. A waistcoat. 
Ves'ture. A robe or dress 
Ves'try. A robing room. 



510. Ves'tis. A garment. 

Dives't. To unclothe. 
Inves't. 
upon. 



To dress, to confer 



507. Ver'miform. 508 VerSify, (113), animadversion, (15), diversity, 
ad- con- di- in- per- re- tra-verse, irreversible, con- di- in- per- re- sub- 
version, malversation, university, universalis m. 509. Veritable. 
510. Ves'tment, investiture. 



DERIVATIVES FROM LATIN. 



177 



511. Via. A 



Vi'aduct. A bridge for a rail- 
road. 

Con voy. An attendance for 
defence. 

Pe'viate. To wander, to err. 

En'voy. A public messenger. 

In'voice. A catalogue of 
goods with prices. 

512. Vi'cis. 

Vicis'situde. Regular change. 
Vic'ar. A substitute. 
Vica'rious. Delegated. 



way. 



Ob'viate. 
Pcr'vious. 



To remove. 
Admitting 



pas- 
sage. 

Pre'vious. Being before. 

Trivial. (478). Formerly a 
resort where three roads 
met; worthless. 



A change. 

Vi'ceroy. One who acts 

place of a king. 
Yice-Pres'ident. (415). 

subordinate President. 



m 



513. Vid'eo, (vi'sus). To see. 



Vi'de or V. See, look at. 
Vis'age. The face, look. 
Vision. The act of seeing. 
To go to see. 
A view, a prospect. 

Counsel. 
Vexation at others' 



Visit. 

Vista. 

Advi'ce 

En'vy. 
welfare. 

Evident. Plain, apparent. 

Impru'dent. Wanting pru- 
dence. 

Invidious. Exciting envy. 



Provi'de. To prepare before- 
hand. 

Providence. Divine superin- 
tendence. 

Pru'dence. Applied wisdom. 

Purve'y. To provide, to pro- 
cure. 

Review'. A critical examina- 
tion. 

Survey'. To view, to over- 
look. 

Videlicet, contracted to, Viz. 
namely. 



514. Vin'co, (vic'tus). To conquer. 



Vic'tim. A sacrifice. 
Vic'tor. A conqueror. 
Van'quish. (Fr). To over- 
come. 
Victory. Conquest. 



Convin'ce. To persuade, to 

satisfy. 
Evin'ce. To prove, to show. 
Invin'cible. Unconquerable. 
Province. A subject country. 



511. Impervious, ob'vious. 512. Wscount. 513. View, visible, 
xns'or, improvident, prov'ender, revise, supervise. 514. Con'viet, evic'- 
lion, pervica'city. 



178 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



515. Vir. A man. 



Vir'tue. Manliness, moral 

goodness. 
Virile. Belonging to a man. 



Vira'go. A turbulent woman. 
Decem'vir. (80). One of ten 
men united in office. 



516. Vi'ta. Life. 



Vi'tal. Relating to life, es- 
sential. 
Aq'ua vi'tse. (21). Brandy. 



Ar'bor vi'tae. (23). An orna- 
mental tree. 

Lig'num vi'tae. A very hard 
wood. 



Vit'reous. Glassy. 
Yit'rify. (113). To become 
glass. 



517. Vit'rum. Glass. 

Vit'ridl. Copperas, from a 
resemblance to glass. 



518. Vi'vo, (vic'tus). To live. 



Viv'id. Lively, quick. 
Viv'ify. (113). To make 

alive. 
Vivacity. Liveliness. 
Vict'uals. Food, provision. 



Vi'and. (Fr). Dressed meat. 
Conviv'ial. Festive, social. 
Bevi've. To bring to life, to 

rouse. 
Survi've. To outlive. 



519. Vo'co, (voca'tus). 

Vo'cal. Uttered by the voice. 

Vocation. A calling, a trade. 

Voc'ative. A case in gram- 
mar. 

Vociferate. To clamor. 

Voice. Sound made by the 
mouth. 

Vouch. To bear witness. 

Vow'el. A letter. 

Ad'vocate. A defender. 



To call. Vox. Voice. 

Convocation. A church as- 
sembly. 

Equiv'ocate. (4). To evade, 
to quibble. 

Invocation. Calling upon by 
prayer. 

Provo'ke. To rouse, to offend. 

Bevo'ke. To recall. 

Vi'va Vo'ce. (518). Byword 
of mouth. 



515. Trium'virate. 517. Vit/riform. 518. Revivi'fy. 519. Avoca'tion, 

con-e-in-vo'ke. 



DERIVATIVES tfROM LATIN. 



179 



520. Vo'lo. To wish. 

Vol'untary. Acting by choice. 1 Benev'olence. (37). Wishing 
Voluntee'r. A soldier serv-J well. 

ing willingly. ! Malcv'olence. (222). Wishing 

Voli'tion. Act or power of , ill. 



willing. 



Vol'uble. 

words. 
Vol'ume. 

a roll. 
Wallow. 



I 



521. Vol'vo, (volu'tus). To roll. 

Rolling, fluent of j Convolution. A rolling to- 
gether. 
A book, formerly ; Evolu'tion. Unfolding. 

I Involution. Complication. 
To roll in mire. I Revolution. Circular motion. 



522. Vo'ro. To devour. 



Vora'cious. Greedy. 
Carnivorous. (46). Eating 

flesh. 
Graniv'orous. Feeding on 

grain. 



Devour'. To consume. 
Herbiv'orous. Feeding on 

herbs. 
Insectiv'orous. Feeding on 

insects. 



523. Vo'veo, (vo'tus). To vow. 
A ballot. Avow'. To declare openly. 



Vote. 

Yo'tive. Given by vow. 
Vo'tary. One devoted to any 
pursuit. 



Devo'te. To consecrate, to 

give up. 
Devout'. Pious, earnest. 



524. Vul'gus. The common people. 



Vul'gar. Common, unrefined. 
VuTgate. The common Latin 

version of the Bible. 
Vogue. Fashion, repute. 



Divul'ge. To publish, to pro- 
claim. 
Promul'gate. To make known. 



525. Vel'lo, (vul'sus). To pull. 



Avul'sion. Act of tearing 

away. 
Convul'sion. Tumult. 



Rev'el. To feast with merri- 
ment. 
Revul'sion. Turning back. 



520. Involuntary. 521. E- con- de- in- re-vol've, revolt. 522. Voracity. 
523. Devotee'. 524. Vulgarism, vulgarity. 



180 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

GREEK PREFIXES. 

217. An or a, not; as, an-archy (13). 

Amphi, both, two ; as, amphi-bious (21). 

Ana, up ; as, ana-tomy (168). 

Anti, against; as, anti-pat hy (113). 

Apo, from; as, apo-logy (79). 

Cat a , down ; as, catastrophe (157). 

Dia, through; as, dia-meter (86). 

En (em), in, on; as, em-phasis (120). 

Epi, upon; as, epi-taph (159). 

Ex, out; as, Ex-odus (66), ec-stacy (152). 

Hyper, over ; as, hyper-critical (30). 

Hypo, under ; as, hypo-thesis (167). 

Met a, over, after ; as, meta-morphosis (93). 

Para, beyond; as, para-phrase (125). 

Peri, round; as, peri-phery (121). 

Syn (sym, syl), with ; as, syn-tax (158). 

218. DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 

1. Ac'ros. End or top. 
Acrop'olis. (134). A height I Acrostic. (156). A kind of 
or citadel. poem. 

2. Adel'phos. A brother. 
Adel'phi. A fraternal associa- I Philadelphia. (122). Bro- 
tion. therly love. 

3. A e?\ The air. 
A'erolite. A meteoric stone. 
Aerology. (79). The science 



of the air. 



Aeroni'eter. (86). A mea- 
surer of the air. 

A'eronaut. (95). One who 
sails in the air. 



4. Ago'gos. A leader. 
Dem'agogue. (34). A leader j Ped'agogue. (110). A teacher, 
of a faction. | 

5. Ago'ge. Leading. 
Syn'agogue. A Jewish house of worship. 

Show the force of the Roots in the signification of the following- words : 
3. Aerial, aerostation, (152). 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 



181 



6. Jlkou'o. To hear. 
The science of sounds. 



Acous'tics 

7. Ag'on 
Ag'ony. Violent pain. 
Ag'onize. To be in pain. 

8. A. B. Al'pha, Be'ta. 
Al'phabet. The letters of a language. 

9. An'er, (an'dros). A man 



A contest. 
I Antagonist. An opponent. 
I Antag'onism. Opposition. 



Androp'hagus. (117). 
Monan'dria. (91). With one 
stamen. 

10. Ang'elos. 
An'gel. A celestial spirit. 
Archan'gel. (13). A chief 
angel. 



Android'. An automaton. 
Pentan'dria. (114). With 
five stamens. 

A messenger. 

Evan'gelist. A biographer of 
Christ. 



11. An'thos. A flower. 



Helian'thus. (58). The sun- 
flower. 

Polyan'thus. (136). A plant 
with clusters of flowers. 



Anthol'ogy. (79). A collec- 
tion of flowers or poems. 

Chrysanthemum. A genus of 
plants. 

Dian'thus. The pink. 

12. An'thropos. A man. 
Mis'anthrope. (90). A hater I Philanthropist. (122). 
of mankind. lover of mankind. 

13. Ar'che. The beginning, government. 



An'archy. Want of govern- 
ment. 

Ar'chaism. An ancient phrase. 

Archseol'ogy. (79). The 
science of antiquities. 

Architect. A builder. 

Mon'arch. (91). A king. 



Oligarch. (101). One of a 
few magistrates. 

Pa'triarch. The head of a 
family. 

Te'trarch. (162). A gover- 
nor of the fourth of a pro- 
vince. 



10. Angel'ic, evangelize, Evangeline. 12. Philanthropy. 13. Arch, 
archetype, archives, hi'erarch. 

16 



182 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



14. Jlrk'tos. A bear. 
Arc tic. Northern. I Antarctic. Southern. 

15. Arith'mos. A number. 
Arithmetic. The science of I Logarithms. (79). Rational 
numbers . numbers . 

16. As'tron. A star. 
Astronomy. (99). The sci- j As'terisk. A mark in print- 
once of the stars. ing. 

J Disaster. A misfortune. 

17. Athle'tes. A wrestler. 
Athle'te. A wrestler. | Athletic. Strong of body. 

18. Au'tos. Self, same. 
Autom'aton. A self-moving Au'tograph. (54). A person's 



machine. 
Autop'sy. A personal view. 



handwriting. 
Autobiography. (21, 54). A 
biography written by one's 
self. 



19. Bal'lo. To throw or cast. 



Em'blem. A picture. 
Hyper'bole. An exaggeration. 
Par'able. A similitude. 



Problem. A question pro- 
posed. 

Sym'bol. A typical figure, a 
sign. 



20. Bib'lion. A book. 



Bi'ble. The Scriptures. 
Bibliography. (54). The sci- 
ence of books. 



Bibliop'olist. (133). A book- 
seller. 

Bibliothe'cal. Belonging to 3 
library. 



21. Bios. Life. 



Biog'raphy. (54). A history 

of a person's life. 
Amphibious. That lives on 

land and in water. 



Biology. The science of life. 
Cen'obite. One of a religious 
community. 



15. Arithmetical, 16. As'tral, astrol'ogy, (79). 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 



183 



22. Cal'los. Beautiful. 
Calligraphy. (54). Beautiful I Calisthenics. Exercise for 
writing. health. 

23. Calup'to. To cover. 
Apoc alypse. The book of Revelations. 

24. Cer'as. A horn. 
Monoc'erous. (91). With one I Rhinoc'erous. An animal with 
horn. a horned nose. 



Chol'er. Anger. 

Choric or Coric. 

the bowels. 



25. Cho'le. Bile. 
Chol'era. 



A pain in 



A malignant dis- 
ease. 
Melancholy. (Melan, black) 
Sadness. 



26. Chris tos. Anointed. 
Christ. The Savior. | An'tichrist. The great enemy 



Chris'tendom. 
world. 



The Christian I of Christianity. 



27. Chron'os. Time. 
Chron'icle. A register. Chron'ic. Of long duration. 



Chronom'eter. (86). A time 

measurer. 
Chronol'ogy. (79). The science 

of adjusting dates. 

28. Cos'mos. 
Cosmog'ony. (49). An ac- 
count of the origin of the 
world. 

Macrocosm. The world. 

29. Cm' tos. 
Au'tocrat. A despotic ruler. 
Dem'ocrat. (34). An advo- 
cate of popular rights. 



Anachronism. An error in 
time. 

Synchronism. Happening to- 
gether. 

The world. 

Cosmopolite. (134). A citi- 
zen of the world. 

Microcosm. (87). A little 
world, man. 

Rule, power. 

Theoc'racy, (165). The di- 
vine government. 
Aristocrat. One of the nobility 



25. Choleric. 20. Christmas, christen, Christian. 27. Synchronous. 
28. Cos'mical, cosmography, (54). 29. Aristocracy, theocrat/ical. 



E84 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



30. Cri'no. To judge. 



Cri'sis. A decisive time. 
Criterion. A standard of 
judgment. 



Critic. A literary judge. 
Hyp'ocrite. A dissembler in 
religion. 



31. Cuc'los. A circle. 
Cy'cle. A period of time. i Cy'clo and Ency'clo-pe'dia. 
Cycloid. (72). A sort of | (111). The circle of know- 
curve. | ledge. 

32. Dec'a. Ten. 
Deca'de. The sum of ten. Dec'alogue. (79). The ten 



Dec'agon. 

sides. 



A figure with ten 



commandments. 



33. Dai'mon. Spirit. 



De'mon. An evil spirit. 
Demonol'ogy. (79). A treatise 
on demons. 



Pandemo'nium. (112). The 
great council of fallen spirits. 



34. De'mos. The people. 



Demos'thenes. Popular 

strength. 
Endem'ic. Peculiar to a place. 



Epidem'ic. 
vailing. 



Generally pre- 



Dendrol'ogy 

science of trees 



35. Den'dron. A tree. 
(79). The | Khocloden'dron. 



shrub. 



A flowering 



36. Dox'a. An opinion, glory. 
Doxol'ogy. A form of praise Qr'thodox. Sound in doctrine. 



to God. 
Het'erodox. Unsound 
oninions and doctrine. 



Par'adox. Apparently but 
not really absurd. 



37. Dog'ma. An opinion. 
Dogmatical, positive. I Dog'matist. 

teacher. 



A dogmatic 



30. Critique, critical, criticise, hypoc'risy. 31. Encyclical. 33. De- 
mo'iiiac. 37. Dog'matize. 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 



185 



38. Drom'os. A race. 



Dromedary. A species of 
camel. 



Palindrome. A word or sen- 
tence, which read forward 
or backward is the same. 



39. Bun'amis. Power. 
Dynamics. The science of I Dy'nasty. A race of sove- 



moving powers, 



41. Oi'cos. A house. 



Econ'omy. (99). Thrifty man- 
agement. 
Ecumenical. General. 
Di'ocese. A bishop's see. 



Par'ish. 

district. 
Paro'chial. 

parish. 



An ecclesiastical 
Belonging to a 



42. Er'gon. A work 
En'ergy. Power, activity. 
Leth'argy. Sleepiness. 
Lit'urgy. A form of prayer 



Qr'gan. An instrument. 
Sur'gery. (Chirur'gery). A 
cure by a manual operation. 



Ethics. 



43. Ettios. Custom. 
The science of morals. 



44. Eu. Well. 
Eulogy. (79). Praise. I Eu'phony. (123). Agreeable 

Eu'pepsy. Good digestion. sound. 

45. Gam'os. Marriage. 



Amal'gam. A combination of 
mercury with other metals. 

Big'amy. Having two wives 
or husbands. 

Cryptog'amy. Concealed fruc- 
tification. 



Misog'amist. A hater of mar- 
riage. 

Polyg'amy. (136). Having 
many wives. 



46. Gas'ter. The stomach. 

Gas'tric. Pertaining to the I Gastron'omy. (99). Delight 
stomach. in eating. 



42. Organize. 43. Ethical. 44. Eulogize. 45. Big'amist. 



16* 



186 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



47. Gea. The earth. 



Geography. (54). A descrip- 
sion of the earth's surface. 

Geol'ogy. (79). The science 
of the earth's structure. 

Geoin'etry. The science of 
magnitude. 



Apogee. Said of the sun 
when farthest from the earth. 

Per'igee. Sun's orbit nearest 
the earth. 



48. Gen'ea, Gen'esis. A generation. 
Gen'esis. A book of the Bible, [ Genealogy. (79). Pedigree. 
a creation. 

49. Gen'os. A kind, a sort. 
Ge'nus. A class. j Generic. Belonging to a class. 

50. Glot'ta or Glos'sa. A tongue. 



Glos'sary. A dictionary, 
Epiglot'tis. A cartilage of the 
throat. 



Gloss. A comment. 
Pol'yglot. (136). 
many languages. 



Having 



51. Glu'pho. To carve. 
An'aglyph. A sculptured I Tri'glyph. A Doric orna- 

ornament. ment. 

52. Gigno'sko. To know. 



Gnos'tics. 

sect. 
Gno'mon. 



An early Christian 
An index. 



Diagnosis. Judgment of the 

character of a disease. 
Prognostic. Foretokening. 



53. Go'nia. A corner. 
Hex' agon. A figure with six I Tri'gon. A figure with three 
angles. I angles. 

54. Gra'pho. To write. 
Graphic. Descriptive. i Paragraph. A distinct part 

Hagiog'raphy. The sacred of a discourse. 

writings. Stenography. Short-hand wri- 

I ting. 



47. Geocentric. 
54. Graphite. 



51. Glyph. 52. Gnosticism, prognosticate. 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 187 

55. Gram'ma. A letter. 



An'agram. The change of 
one word into another by 
transposing its letters. 

Ep'igram. A short pithy poem. 



Di'agram. A geometrical fig- 
ure. 

Gram'mar. The science of 
language. 

56. Gum'nos. Naked. 



G}^mnas'tic. Athletic. 
G-ynma'sium. A place for 
athletic exercises. 



Gymnos'ophist. (149). An 
Indian philosopher. 



57. Hed'ra. A seat. 
Cathe'dral. The principal I Octohe'dral. Having eight 
church in a diocese. sides. 

58. He'lios. The sun. 



Heli'acal Pertaining to the 

sun. 
Heliotrope. A flower which 

turns towards the sun. 



Aphelion. The earth's orbit 
farthest from the sun. 

Parhelion. A mock sun. 

Perihelion. The earth's or- 
bit nearest the sun. 



59. Hem'i. Half. 
Hemisphere. (151). Half a I Hemlstick. Half a verse, 
sphere. 

60. Hem'era. A day. 
Ephem'eral. Lasting for a I Ephem'eris. A calendar, 
day. I 

61. Hep'ta. Seven. 
Hep'tagon. (53). A figure 1 Hep'tarchy. Government by 
of seven sides. seven. 

62. Het'eros. Other, different 
Heteroge'neous. (49). Of j Het'erodox. Heretical, 
different sorts. 

63. Hex. Six. 
Hex'agon. (53). A figure of I Hexam'eter. (86). A line or 
six sides. verse of six feet. 

56. Grammatical, grammarian. 58. Heliocentric, Heliom'eter. 



±05 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

64. Hi'eros. Sacred. 
Hierarchy. (13). Ecclesias- ] Hieroglyphic. (51). Sym- 
tical government. . bolical writing. 

65. Hip'pos. A horse. 
Hip'podrome. A race course. I Hip'pogriff. A winged horse. 
Hippopotamus. A river horse. | 

66. Hod'os. A way. 



Episode. A digression. 
Ex'odus. A departure. 
Meth'od. Regular manner. 



Pe'riod. A circuit, an end. 
Syn'od. An ecclesiastical 
council. 



67. Hom'os. Same. 
Homogeneous. (49). Of the | Homologous. (79). Propor- 
same kind. j tional. 

68. Hori'zo. To bound. 
Hori'zon. The boundary of I Aph'orism. A maxim, 
view. j 

69. Hu'dor. Water. 



HydronVeter. (86). A mea- 
surer of fluids. 

Hydropho'bia. Dread of wa- 
ter, a canine disease. 

Hydrocele. Dropsy. 



Hydraulics. The science of 

the motion of fluids. 
Hy'drogen. (48). A chemical 

gas. 
Hy'droniel. A mixture of 

honey and water. 

70. Ictithus. A fish. 
Ichthyology. (79). The sci- ! Icthyosau'rus. A fish, lizard. 

ence of fishes. 

71. I'dios. Peculiar. 

Idiom. A peculiarity of I Idiocy. Want of understand- 
speech. | ing. 

72. Ei'dos. Form. 
Ide'a. An image formed in I I'dol. An image. 

the mind. | Kaleidoscope. (147). A toy. 

66. Methodical, meth'odist. 68. Horizon tal. 69. Hy'dra, hy'drant, 
hydrostatic, drop'sy. 71. Idiomatic, id'iot. 72. Idolatry. 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 



189 



73. I'sos. Equal. 



Isos'celes. (146). Having 

equal legs. 
Isoch'ronous. (27). Having 

equal times. 



Isoth'ermal. (166). Having 
equal heat. 



74. Lam'bano. To take. 



Syllable. A part of a word. 



As'trolabe. (16). An instru- 
ment to find the altitude of 
stars. 

75. La'os. The people. 

Lay. Not clerical. j Laity. The people. 

76. Lex' is. A phrase. 

Lexicon. A dictionary. I Lexicog'rapher. A compiler 

of dictionaries. 



Dilem'ma. 
ment. 



77. Lep'sis. A seizure. 
An embarrass- I Epilep'sy. A convulsion. 

78. Lit h' os. A stone. 



Lithography. The art of en- 
graving on stone. 

79. Log' os. 
Analogy. Similarity. 
Apology. A pleaded defence, 

excuse. 

Catalogue. A list of names. 

Dialogue. A discourse be- 
tween two or more. 

Eclogue. A pastoral poem. 

80. Lu'sis. 
Analysis. A resolution into 

component parts. 



Lithot'omist. One who cuts 

for the stone. 
Lith'arge. The residue of lead. 

A discourse. 

Horology. (79). Art of mea- 
suring time. 

Logical. Pertaining to the 
art of reasoning. 

Prologue. A preface. 

Syllogism. A short argu- 
ment. 

A loosening. 

Paralysis and palsy. Loss of 

feeling and motion in the 

body. 



74. Dis- mono- poly- tri- syl'able, syllabus. 75. La'ic, lay'man. 
"77. Epileptic. 79. Apologue. 80. Analytical, analyse. 



190 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



81. Man'ia. Madness. 



Ma'niac. A madman. 
Bib'lioman'ia. (20). 
madness. 



Book 



Mon'oman'iac. (92). 
on one subject. 



Insane 



82. Mar'tur. A witness. 

Mar'tyr. One who dies for I Martyrol'ogy. (79). Aregis- 
the truth. ter of martyrs. 

83. Mathe'ma. Science. 



Mathematics. The science of 
measure or numbers. 

Chrestom'athy. A book of 
extracts. 

84. Mech'ane, 
Mechanics. The science 
which treats of force and 
motion. 



Phiromath. 
ing. 



A lover of learn- 



A machine. 
Mech'anism. The construc- 
tion of machines. 



85. Mel'os. A song. 
MeVody. (100). Sweetness I Melo-dra'raa. A drama inter- 
of sound. spersed with songs. 

86. Metron. A measure. 
Barom'eter. An instrument ] Hygrom'eter. A measure of 
to measure the weight, &c, | moisture, 
of the air. | Sym'metry. Due proportion. 

Diam'eter. Measure across. I Thermom'eter. An instru- 
ment to measure heat. 

87. Mic'ros. Small. 



Microm'eter. (86). An in- 
strument to measure small 
distances. 

Microne'sia. (98). A division 
of the Pacific Islands. 

88. Meter. 
Metropolis. The chief city. 



Mi'croscope. (147). An in- 
strument for viewing very 
small objects. 



A mother. 



82. Martyrdom. 84. Mechanical, 
metrical. 88. Metropolitan, (134). 



85. Mei'o-drama'tlc. 86. ,Sym- 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 191 

89. Mi'mos. An imitator. 
Pan'tomime. (112). An exhi- ! Mim'ic. Imitative, 
bition in gesture only. 

90. Mi'seo. To hate. 
Mis'anthrope. A hater of I Misog'amist. A hater of mar- 
men, riage. 

91. Mon'os. Alone. 



Monan'dria. (9). A botanical 
distinction. 



Monas'tic and Monk. A re- 
cluse. 

Monot'ony. A tiresome same- 
ness in speaking. 

93. Mor'phe. Form. 

Amorphous. Shapeless. I Metamor'phose. To change 

the form. 

94. Mu'thos. Fable. 

Myth. A fabulous story. I Mythology. (79). A system 
Mythical. Fabulous. | of the fables of deities, &c. 

95. JVa'us. A ship. 

Nau sea. Sickness. | Nau'tical. Relating to ships. 

96. Necros. Dead. 
Nec'romancy. Enchantment. I Necrop'olis. (134). A city of 

I the dead, a burying ground. 

97. JVe'os. New. 
Neology. A system of new Na'ples. (Nea'polis). A new 

docrines. city. 

Ne'ophyte. A recent convert. 

98. Ne'sos. An island. 
Peloponne'sus. The island of I Polynesia. (136). Many is- 
Pelops. lands. 

99. JYom'os. A law. 



Antino'mian. A disbeliever 
in the obligations of the 
moral law. 



Anom'aly. Irregularity. 
Deuteron'omy. A repetition 
of the Levitical law. 



91. Monastery, monopolize, (133), mon'o-gram. (54). 99. Anoma- 
lous. 



192 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



100. O'de. A song, a poem. 



Pal/mode. A recantation. 
Par'ody. A poetic caricature. 
Pros'ody. The division of 

grammar which treats of 

versification. 



Psalmody. 

psalms. 
Rhap'sody. An 

speech or song 



Act of singing 
incoherent 



101. Oligoi. Few. 
Oligarchy. See (13). 

102. On'oma. A name. 



Metonomy. A figure of speech. 

Patronymic. Derived from 

the name of an ancestor. 



Anon'ymous. Nameless. 
Synon'ymous. Of the same 
signification. 



103. Hom'alos. Regular. 
Anom'alous. Irregular. | Anom'aly. Irregularity. 

104. Op'tomai. To see. 



Op' tics. The science of light 

and vision. 
Catop' tries. The science of 

reflected light. 

105. Ophthal'mos. An eye 
Ophthal'mia. A disease of the eyes. 

106. Ora'o. To see. 



of 



Diop'trics-. The science 

refracted light. 
Synop'sis. A comprehensive 

view. 



Panora'ma. (112). A large 
circular painting. 



Cosmora'ma. (28). A picture 
exibiting a view of the world. 

Diora'ma. A revolving opti- 
cal machine. 

107. Or'nis, (or'nithos). A bird. 
Ornithol'ogy. (79). The natural history of birds. 

108. Or'tkos. Right. 



Orth'odoxy. (36). Soundness 

of doctrine. 
Orthog'raphy. (54). The art 

of spelling words. 



Or'thoepy. Art of pronoun- 
cing words. 



103. Optical. 105. Ophthal'mia. 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 



193 



Oxalic. 

rel. 
Ox'ygen. 

gas. 



109. Ox'us. 
Obtained from sor- 

(49). A chemical 



Sharp, sour. 

Ox'ide. A union with oxygen. 
Ox'ymel. Vinegar and honey 

mixed. 
Parox'ysm. A fit. 



110. Pais, (pai'dos). A boy. 
Poed'obaptist. A believer in J Ped'agogy. Instruction, dis- 
infant baptism. | cipline. 

111. Paidei'a. Education. 
Ped'ant. One ostentatious of I Cyropse'dia. A narrative of 
learning. Cyrus' education. 

112. Pan. All. 



Panace'a. A universal remedy. 
Pan'opoly. (Oplon, a wea- 
pon). Complete armor. 



Panthe'on. (165). A temple 
dedicated to all the gods. 

Pantol'ogy. A work on uni- 
versal science. 



113. Pattios. Feeling;. 



Path etic. Affecting the pas- 
sions. 
Path'etisin. Mesmerism. 



Antip'athy. Aversion. 
Sym'patliy. Fellow feeling 
Ap'athy. Want of feeling. 



114. Pen'te. Five. 



Pen'tateuch. The five books 

of Moses. 
Pen'tagon. (53). A figure of 

five sides. 



Pentam'eter. 

of five feet. 
Pentan'dria. 

term. 



(87). A verse 
A botanical 



Pet'al. 



115. Pet' aim. 
A flower, leaf. 



A flower, leaf. 
Monopet'alous. 
one petal. 

116. Pet'ra. A rock. 



(91). With 



Pe'ter. A proper name. 
Pet'rify. (L. 113). To turn 
to stone. 



Petroleum. Liquid bitumen. 
Saltpe'tre. Nitre. 



109. Ox'idize, binox'ide, tritox'ide, &rc. 111. Pedantic, cyclopaedia 
112. Pan'theist. 113. Pathol'ogy. 115. Polypet'alous. 



17 



194 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

117. Pha'go. To eat, 
(Esoph'agus. The gullet, I Sarcophagus. (Sarx, flesh). 

A stone coffin. 

118. Phanta'zv. To make appear. 
Phan'tasy. Imagination. I Phase and Phasis. The ap- 
Phan'tom. A spectre. j pearance of a body. 

119. Phai'nomai. To appear. 
Phenomenon. A remarkable Epiph'any. A festival. 

appearance. 
Diaph'anous. Transparent. 

120. Phe'mi. To say. 
Proph'et. One who foretells. I Em'phasis. Stress of voice 
Blasphe'me. To speak irnpi- upon a word, 
ously of God. j 

121. Pher'o. To bring, to cause. 
Metaphor. A comparison, j Periph'ery. A circumference. 

122. Phi'los. A friend, fond of. 



Syc'ophant. A mean flatterer. 



Philharmonic. A lover of 

music. 
Philology. Knowledge of 

language. 



Philosopher. (149). An inqui- 
rer into the reason of things. 

Philomela, (85). The night- 
ingale. 



123. Pho'ne. A voice, a sound. 



Phon'ics. The doctrine of 

sounds. 
Eu'phony. Agreeable sound. 

124. Phos. Light 



Sym'phony. Harmony of 
sounds. 



Phosphorus. (121). A com- 
bustible substance. 



Photom eter. An instrument 
to measure the intensity of 
light. 

125. Phra'sis. A mode of speaking 
Phrase. An expression. i Per'iphrase. A circumlocu- 
Par'aphrase. An explanation | tion. 
in many words. 

118. Fantastic. 119. Fan/cy. 120. Proph'ecy, em'phasis. 124. Phos- 
phoret'ic. 125. Phraseology. 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 195 

126. Phren. The mind, the brain. 



Phrenology. (79). The scir 
ence which determines the 
mind by the form of the 
skull. 



Phren'sy. Madness. 
Phrenetic. Frantic. 



127. Phthon'gos. Sound. 

Ap'othegm. A sententious I Diph'thong. The union of 

saying. two vowels in one sound. 

128. Phu'sis. Nature. 



Phys'ics. The science of na- 
ture. 

Metaphy'sics. The science of 
mind. 



Physiology. The science of 
organized beings. 



129. Plana' omai. To wander. 
Plan'et. A celestial body. 

130. Pneu'ma, Breath, air. 



Pneumatics. The science 
which treats of air and 



Dyspnoe'a. Difficulty of 
breathing. 



131. Poi'eo. To make. 
Po'et. A versifier. I Pharmacopoe'a. (Pharmacon, 

Po'em. A poetical comDOsi- a drug). A dispensatory, 
tion. I 

132. Pol'emos. War. 
Polemic. A disputant. 

133. Pole'o. To sell. 
Monop'oly. (91.) The exclusive possession. 

134. Po'lis. A city. 

Adriano'ple. City of Adrian. I Constantinople. City of Con- 
Annap'olis. City of Queen | stantine. 

Anne. Heliop'olis. City of the sun. 



126. Fran'lic. 127. Triph'thong. 128. Physician, physical. 
129. Plaa'etary. 130 Pneumon'ic. 131. Po'esy. 



196 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



135. Poli'tes. A citizen. 



Policy. Art of government, 

prudence. 
Politics . The science of 

government 



Cosmopolite. (28.) A citizen 
of the world. 



136. Pol'us. Many. 
Pol'ygon. (53.) A figure of j Poly an' dria. (9.) A botanical 
many sides term. 

137. Pot'amos. A river. 
Potamol'ogy. (79.) A description of rivers. 

138. Pousy (pod'os). A foot. 



Antip'odes. Those living on 
the opposite side of the 
globe. 



Pol'ypus. .(136.) An insect 
with many feet. 



139. Pro'tos. First. 



Protomar'tyr. (82.) The first 
martyr. 



Prototype. (171.) An original 

model. 
Protocol. An original copy. 



140. Psal'lo. To sing. 
Psalm. A sacred song, J Psal'mist. A writer of psalms. 

141. Pseu'des. False. 



Pseu'do-Philos'opher. (122, 
149.) A false philosopher. 



Pseu'do-Philan'throphy. (122, 
12.) Pretended philan- 
thropy. 



142. Psu'che. The soul. 
Psychology. (79.) The doc- I Metempsyc'hosis. Transmi- 

trine of the soul. gration of the soul. 

143. Pte'ron. A wing. 
Cheirop'tera. (Cheir, a hand.) I Dip'terous. With two wings. 

Wing -handed, a bat. 



135. Police. 139. Protoxide, 140. Psal'ler. 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 197 



144. Pur. Fire. 



Pyr'amid. A solid figure ter- 
minal in g in a point at the 
top. 



Pyrotech'nics. (160.) The 

art of fire-works. 
Empyr'eal. Formed of fire or 

light. 



145. Rhe'o. To flow. 



Rhetoric. The art of per- 
suasion, oratory. 

Rheum. A watery humor. 

Res'in. An inspissated juice 
of pine. 



Catarr'h. A rheum from the 

nose or eyes. 
Diarrhoe'a. A flux. 
Hemorrhage. A discharge of 

blood. 



146. Sce'los. A leg. 
Scalene. Of unequal legs. 

147. Sco'peo. To see, to. examine. 
Scope. Aim, purpose. [ Epis'copacy. Government by 

bishops. 

148. Scep'tomai. To see. 
Seep' tic. A doubter. | Scep'tical. Doubting. 

149. Soph'os. Wise. 
Soph'ist. A captious rea- j Sophi'a. A proper name, 
soner I Soph'ism. A fallacy. 

150. Spa'o. To draw. 

Spasm. A violent convulsion. [ Spasmodic. Convulsive. 

151. Sphai'ra. A ball. 

Sphere. A globe I Atmosphere. {Minos, breath). 

I The air. 

152. St a' sis. A standing. 
Apos'tasy. A departure from I Ec'stasy. Excessive joy. 

correct principles. | 

153. Hist e 1 mi. To stand. 
Sys'tem. A method, a scheme. 

144. Pyre. 147. Bish'op, arohbis'hop, (13). 148, Scepticism. 150. Epis- 
pas'tic. 153. Systematic. 

17* 



198 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

154. Stel'lo. To send out. 
Apos'tle. One of the twelve I Epis'tle. A letter. 

Disciples, one sent. | Peristaltic. Worm-like, spiral. 

155. St en' os. Narrow, small. 
Stenography. (54). Short-hand writing. 

156. Stick' os. A line, or verse. 
Distich. Two poetic lines. 

157. Stro'phe. A turning. 
Apos'trophe. A digressive I Catas'trophe. A final event, 
address a calamity. 

158. Tas'so. To set in order. 
Tac'tics. Military science, j Syn'tax. Construction. 

159. Tap'hos. A tomb. 
Cen'otaph. A monument for I Ep'itaph. An inscription, 
one buried elsewhere. 

160. Tectine. Art. 

Tech'nical. Pertaining to art I Technology. A description 
or science. | of the arts or terms. 

161. Tel'e. Far off. 

Telegraph (54). An instrument to convey intelligence to a 
distance. 

162. Te?ra. Four. 
Tetrarchy. The fourth part of a province. 

163. Thea'omai. To look at. 
The'atre. A play house. I Am'phithe'atre. A circular 

theatre. 

164. The'ma. A position. 



Theme. A subject for a dis- 
sertation. 

Antithesis. Opposition of 
words, &c. 



Anath'ema. A curse. 
Ep'ithet. An adjective of 

quality. 
Hypoth'esis. Supposition. 



154. Epistolary. 160. Polytechnic. 



DERIVATIVES FROM GREEK. 



199 



165. The' os. God. 
Theol'ogy. (79). The science | A' tlieist. A disbeliever in the 



which treats of God. 



existence of God. 



Theoc'racy. Divine govern- j Theom'achy. Opposition to 
ment. \ God. 

166. Ther'mos. Warm. 
Thermom'eter. (86). An instrument to measure heat, &c. 



167. The 1 sis. A placing. 



The'sis. Something laid down. 
Paren' thesis. A clause in- 
cluded in a sentence. 



Syn' thesis, 
gether. 



A putting to- 



168. Tem'no. To cut. 



Tome. A volume. 
At om. An indivisible parti- 
cle. 



Anat'omy. The art of dis- 
secting. 
Epit'ome. An abridgment. 



169. Top 1 os. A place. 

Top'ic. Local. 1 Topog'raphy. (54). A des- 

cription of places. 

170. Tre'po. To turn. 



Trope. A figure of speech. 



Trop'ic. Circles parallel to 
the equator when the sun 
turns. 



171. Tu'pos. A likeness, a type. 
Typography. (54). The art I St'ereotype. Fixed metal 
of printing. typ e - 

172. Zo'on. An animal. 



Zo'ophyte. A substance near- 
ly allied to both animals 
and vegetables. 



Zool'ogy. (79). A description 

of animals. 
Zo'diac. An imaginary circle 

in the heavens. 



165. Theological, the'opneusty, theog'ony. 168. Epit'omize. 172. Zo- 
og'raphy, (54). 



PART III. 



SYNTAX. 

219. Syntax teaches the construction of sentences. 

220. A sentence is an assemblage of words, conveying 
complete sense ; as, Time flies. 

KINDS OF SENTENCES. 

221. Sentences are either Simple or Compound. 

222. A Simple sentence contains only one nominative and 
one finite Verb : as, Perseverance surmounts difficulties. I 
wish to see him. 

223. A Compound sentence consists of two or more sen- 
tences in combination ; and, therefore, must contain more 
than one finite Verb : as, Hannibal was defeated by the 
Romans, amd was driven, out of Italy. 

EXERCISE XLIX. 

Distinguish the Simple Sentences. The rest will be Complex ones : 
We are pleased with the house. Where is the book? The weather 
is severe. I have bought and read the book. I saw and commended the 
boy. The boy was delighted. His father had not seen him for six 
months. He had been abroad. The father had been abroad, and had not 
seen his son for six months. I had hardly left before he came. I am too 
warm to walk far. The man was vexed, and refused his assistance. 
The boy had been very attentive. I saw and admired the castle. 

224. Sentences are either Principal or Accessory. 

225. A Principal sentence is a sentence which is not de- 
pendent on any other ; as. The boy throws the stone. 

226. An Accessory sentence is a sentence which is depen- 
dent on another ; as, The boy throws the stone, that he may 
hit the tree. 

Expl. — Here, that he may hit the tree, is an Accessory sentence, being 
dependent on the Principle sentence, The boy throws the stone. 

EXERCISE L. 

Which are the Accessory sentences here ? 

I went to Boston that I might see him. He asked me how I went. 
I told him that I had walked. I will see whether I can find the book. 

200 



SYNTAX. 201 

I wish that you may be able lo find it speedily. James was delighted 
with the book which you gave him. You might have done better if you 
had tried. 

227. A Phrase is a number of words conveying some 
sense, but not a complete sense, because it contains no finite 
Verb ; as, without doubt, beyond a question, as soon as pos- 
sible. 

EXERCISE LI. 

In these Exercises point out the Phrases : 

He will come without delay. He writes with great expedition. The 
boy is clever, without doubt, but he is very idle. He will write as soon 
as convenient. He ran with all speed. She is coming in a great hurry. 
Lot us go at all events. For my own part. I think quite differently. No 
doubt, it is an excellent work. You should, at least, try to dissuade him 
from it. Above all, aim at thoroughly mastering a subject before you 
leave it. In a word, it never was so. 

228. The main parts of a sentence are the subject, the 
predicate, and the object. 

229. The subject is that of which we are speaking, and 
is always in the Nominative Case ; as, The boy runs. 

Expl. — Here boyu^s the subject, and is Nominative to runs. 

230. The predicate is that which we assert of the sub- 
ject, and is either the Verb to be and an Adjective : as, 
The boy is lazy : or merely a Verb ; as, The dog runs. 

Expl. — Here is lazy is the predicate in the first sentence, being what 
is asserted of the boy ; runs is the predicate in the second, being what 
is asserted of the dog. 

Obs. — Instead of an Adjective a phrase may be used ; as, we are in 
safety. Here the phrase in safety is equivalent to safe. 

231. The object is that which we affirm the subject to 
act upon : as, He throws the stone. 

Expl. — Here stone is the object, being that which he throws. 
EXERCISE LII. 

Which is the Subject, which the Object, and which the Predicate in 
the following ? 

The horse eats the corn. The corn delights the horse. The uncle 
bought the house. The house pleases the uncle. The boy wrote the 
letter. The letter pleased the father. The master frees the" slave. The 
slave is exceedingly thankful. 

232. The other parts of a sentence are adjuncts. 

233. Each main part may have an Adjunct, if necessary ; 

as, The boy throws the stone, may be enlarged to the strong 

boy immediately throws the large stone. 

Expl. — Strong, immediately, large, are Adjuncts, respectively of the 
subject boy, the predicate throws, and the obiect stone. 



202 english grammar. 

234. Table of the Parts op a Sentence. 

SUBJECT. PREDICATE. OBJECT. 



The boy Is lazy. 

The boy Runs. 

The boy Throws The stone, 

{With Adjuncts.) 

The strong boy Immediately throws The large stone. 

EXERCISE LIII. 

Write out the following sentences in the same form : 

Without Adjuncts. The carpenter mended the chair. The bird flies. 
The surgeon is attentive. The patient recovers. The stone falls. The 
boy breaks the window. 

With Adjuncts. The surgeon is remarkably attentive The patient 
speedily recovers. The large and heavy stone falls rapidly. The dili- 
gent boy almost always makes great progress. 

235. The construction of sentences depends upon the 
agreement, government, and arrangement of words. 

236. Words agree when they correspond in Number, 
Gender, Person, or Case ; as, He runs. 

Expl. — The Verb runs agrees with he in Number and Person. 

237. One word governs another, when it causes it to be 
in some particular Case or Mood ; as, / saw her. 

Expl. — Her is Objective, governed by the Active Verb saw. 

238. Words are properly arranged, when they are in 
such an order as to convey the sense intended ; as, He alone 
is happy. 

Expl. — If we alter the arrangement, we alter the sense; as, He is 
happy alone. This means something quite different. 

NOUNS. 

THE NOMINATIVE CASE. 

RULE 1. 

239. — The Verb agrees with its Nominative in Number 
and Person ; as, i" am • He is. 

Expl. — In the first example, J is a pronoun of the first person, and 
must therefore be followed by am, which is the form of the first person 
of the Verb. In the second, he is of the third person, and must have is, the 
third person of the Verb. 

EXERCISE LIV. 

Supply the appropriate forms from to make, he, speak : 
The boy ( ) haste. The boys ( ) haste. I ( ) haste. 

Thou ( ) made a mistake. The President and Oongre-s ( ) 



SYNTAX. 203 

tho laws. The Himalayan Mountains ( ) more (ban five miles high. 

This ( ) solitude. 'Thou ( ) busy. Tho laws ( ) executed 

by the Governor. Thou ( ) wisely. Nature ( ) to man. 

Books ( ) the sentiments of the departed. The series of books 

( ) complete. The erection of these buildings ( ) expensive 

A part of the walks ( ) dry. The spread of such opinions ( ) 

a bad sign. 

240. Ons. — The Nominative may be — 

(1.) A Noun or Pronoun ; as, Play is pleasant ; 

(2.) An Infinitive; as, To play is pleasant ; 

(3.) A Clause ; as, To play without quarreling is pleasant. 

EXERCISE LV. 

Mention the Nominatives; state their kind, thus — 

To possess a good temper is better than wealth. Here, To possess a 
good temper is, by Obs. 3, (237), the Nominative Case, or is rather tho 
subject of the Verb is. 

Leonidas was heroic. The author writes well. The constitution of 
our country has been the work of several ages. To live virtuously is to 
live happily. He only deserves the name of man, who performs the du- 
ties of humanity. The fear of possible evil, often prevents the perform- 
ance of certain good. A great man has said, that " difficulty is the con- 
dition of success." From crag to crag leaps the live thunder. To err, 
is human ; to forgive, divine. 

241. Obs. 1. Singular Nominatives, connected by and, 
require the Verb and Pronoun to be in the Plural; as, 
England, Scotland and Wales form Great Britain. 

Expl. — Here the three Nominatives England, Scotland and "Wales, 
make a Plural, and therefore require the Verb, form, to be so too. So, 
in the sentence, To live moderately and to take exercise are necessary to 
health; there are two Nominatives, to live moderately, to take exercise, 
connected by and: the Verb are is therefore Plural. 

Remark. — Two Singular Nouns coupled by and, when conveying, 
together, the notion of one thing, take a Singular Verb ; as, Bread-and- 
buitrr is wholesome. We say is, because by bread-and-butter we under- 
stand one thing ; and bread-and-butter is, in fact, a sort of compound. 
In German, it is a regular compound, butterbrodt (that is, butter bread). 
So, Bread-and-cheese makes a good luncheon; The horse-and- chaise is 
at the door. Of course, when the things are spoken of as distinct, they 
require a plural Verb, &c; as, The bread and the cheese are both good; 
Hike them very much. 

EXERCISE LVI. 

Supply any appropriate Verb or Pronoun ; tell the Nominatives : 
Caesar and Pompey ( ) great generals. Athens and Sparta ( ) 

the chief Grecian cities. Chronology and geography ( ) the eyes 

of history. To write legibly, to speak correctly, and to compose readily, 
( ) useful arts ; and ( pr.) can be acquired only by attentive prac- 

tice. Demosthenes and Cicero ( ) the greatest orators of antiquity : 

( pr.) (aux. v.) left an imperishable name behind them. Your 

bread and milk ( ) on the table: ( pr.) ( v.) rather hot. Wine 

and water ( ) injurious to him in his present stale of health. The 

bread and the cheese ( ) both fallen down : will you pick ( ) up for 



204 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

me ? Cowardice and boasting, tyranny and obsequiousness, often ( ) 

each other, and wherever ( pr.) (aux. v.) found ( pr.) discover 

a base mind. Health, competency and contentment, ( ) the best 

earthly felicity; ( pr.) therefore, who ( v.) ( pr ) should value 
( pr.) 

242. Obs. 2. Singular Nominatives of the third person, 
separated by or, or nor, require the Verb and Pronoun to be 
in the Singular ; as, Either John or his bi^other has your 
book, 

Expl. — Here only one of them has the book, and one is Singular, 
therefore we must have has, the Singular form of the Verb. So, too, 
it must be, Neither John nor his brother has the book; the construction 
not being affected by the negative. 

EXERCISE LVII. 

Supply any appropriate Verb or Pronoun ; and tell the Nominatives : 

My friend or his cousin ( ) you every morning. Neither astrology 

nor alchemy ( ) the name of a science. He or Jane ( ) in the 

house. Neither cotton, silk, nor tea ( ) produced in this state. To 

feel elated on account of our own acquirements, or to despise others who 
know less, ( ) a discontented mind, or depraved heart. To scorn 

or to hate him ( ) equally foolish. 

243. Obs. 3. When Nominatives of different Numbers are 
separated by or, or nor, the Verb and Pronoun must be in 
the Plural ; as, Neither the general nor the soldiers have 
arrived; they were expected earlier. 

Remark. — Generally, the Plural Nominative should be placed next 
to the Verb. 

EXERCISE LVIII. 

Supply the proper Verbs and Pronouns ; and tell the Nominatives : 
He or his friends ( ) to blame. The prince or his courtiers ( ) 

arrived. Neither he nor they ( ) been idle. Where ( ) the 

hopes or the vigor of youth? Neither the book nor the letters ( ) 

arrived. Neither riches nor fame ( ) so valuable as health. 

244. Obs. 4. When Collective Nouns imply plurality, 
the Verb and Pronoun are Plural ; as, The people give their 
opinion. 

But when unity, or oneness, is implied, the Verb and 
Pronoun must be Singular ; as, The mob was dispersed, it 
was very riotous. 

Expl. — In the first sentence, the Collective Noun people, conveying 
the notion of plurality, require the Verb {give), and the Pronoun (their), 
to be Plural. In the second, the Noun mob, having the notion of unity, 
the Verb (ivas) and the Pronoun (it) are Singular. 



SYNTAX. 205 

EXERCISE LIX. 

Supply the appropriate Verbs and Pronouns, and tell the Nominatives 
to the respective Verba supplied : 

The legislature ( ) adjourned ; ( ) meets again in January. 

The army ( ) disbanded : peace renders ( ) services no longer 

necessary. The clergy ( ) not unanimous on the subject. Congress 

( ) "deliberated since December. The cattle ( ) been driven 

into the meadow; John drove ( ). The convocation ( ) ad- 

journed ; ( pr.) ( v.) its sittings in a month. The navy ( ) well 
manned. The public ( ) respectfully informed. The committee 

( ) issued the following recommendation. The crew ( ) nearly 

complete. The rest ( ) now aboard. The party ( ) much 

divided, or ( ) might assume the government. 

245. Remarks. — Those Collective Nouns, which have but one form, 
are used in the Plural only; as, mankind clergy, people (= persons). 
Tho«e, which have two forms, generally take the Verb and Pronoun in 
the Singular, when the Singular form is used; as, The party has little 
influence because it is so much divided. The Collective Noun, party, 
has two forms; party, Singular, and parties, Plural: and the Singular 
being used, the Verb has, and the Pronoun it, are used in the Singular. 
If we use the Plural form, the Verb and Pronoun must be Plural. Thus, 
Parties are now nearly balanced, and their movements are therefore 
made with greater caution. 

246. Obs. 5. Nouns used figuratively in the Singular form 
with a Plural signification, require the Verb to be Plural ; 
as. There are seventy head of cattle in the meadow, 

Expl. — Here the word head is used figuratively in the Singular form, 
but with a Plural signification, and therefore requires the Verb, are, to 
be in the Plural. 

EXERCISE LX. 

Supply the appropriate Verbs and Pronouns : 

Ten sail of the line ( ) to join the Pacific fleet. Five hundred 

horse ( ) for the army in a week. Three thousand foot ( ) re- 

turned ; ( ) future destination is not known. There ( ) seventy 

head of oxen in the market. 

247. Obs. 6. — Most of those Nouns which have only a 
Plural termination are used with Verbs in the Plural ; as, 
Riches take to themselves ivings and fly away. 

248. Remark. — Some, however, are used in the Singular only ; -a.$,lVhat 
neios is abroad? Some, in both Numbers ; as, This means is the most 
suitable; or, These means are the most suitable. 

The names of sciences and some other Nouns are found in both Num- 
bers, but the Plural is more common ; as, The classics are acquired only 
by hard labor. Physics include all the sciences relating to the mechani- 
cal properties of matter. 

EXERCISE LXI. 
Supply appropriate Verbs and Pronouns : 
Such an amends as he can make ( ) not worth the asking. The 

18 



206 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

pure mathematics ( ) arithmetic, algebra and geometry. The alms 

( ) been injudiciously bestowed. Politics ( ) not always im- 

prove a man's fortune or temper. The ashes ( ) been thrown away. 

Great pains ( ) been taken by him. The thanks of his country 

( ) been presented to him. His wages ( ) been raised. 

249. Obs. 7.— When a Noun or Pronoun, followed by the 
Perfect or Compound Participle, neither governs any word 
nor is governed by any, it is in the Nominative Absolute ; 
as, He being penitent, we pardoned him. 

Expl. — Here he is followed by the Present Participle being, and not 
governing, or being governed, by any word in the sentence, is in the 
Nominative Absolute. 

EXERCISE LXII. 

Point out the Nominatives Absolute : 

The town being relieved, the enemy raised the siege. We are in great 
suspense, no further news having been heard. I tell you, that, your son 
having thus wasted his time, we have no further hopes of him. This 
done, he marched toward the city. That being the case, I can make no 
objection. The war being finished, the general withdrew his troops. 

250. Obs. 8. — A Noun or Pronoun, when addressed or 
spoken to, is of the Second Person, and is in the Nominative 
Case Independent ; as, John, you may go home. 

Expl. — Here John is the person addressed, which is of the second per- 
son, and it is in the Nominative Case Independent, not being the subject 
of any Verb, since the following word you is the Nominative to may go. 

EXERCISE LXIII. 

Show the Nominative Case Independent in the following sentences : 
Boys, where are you going? Thomas, call William. Father, I am not 
'worthy to be called thy son. Romans, countrymen and lovers, hear me 
for my cause. Lay on, Macduff. 

Vital spark of Heavenly flame 

Quit, oh quit this mortal frame. 

Where hast thou been, oh beautiful child? 

Watchman, tell us of the night. 

Come to Calvary's holy mountain. 

Sinners ruined by the fall. 

POSITION OF THE NOMINATIVE. 

251. Remark. — The usual place of the Nominative is before the Verb ; 
as, A messenger was sent. But in certain cases this order is inverted : 

(1 .) When a sentence begins with some Adverbs or a phrase, as here, 
there, hence, thence, then, thus, &c; as, There was a messenger sent; 
I?i the beginning was the word. 

(2.) When the sentence begins with neither or nor; as, He will not go 
hinself, nor will he let any one else go. 

(3.) With the Verbs to say, to answer, to continue, used parenthetically; 
as, Come, said he, with all expedition; Soon, answered the captain, all 
%vill be right. 



SYNTAX. 207 

(1.) In interrogative sentences; as, Where is he? 

(5 ) h\ imperative sentences; as, Go yc into all the world. 

(6.) With the Imperfect Subjunctive used without a Conjunction; as, 
7)7/7 lie able, he would come. 

(7.) When, for the sake of emphasis, some other important word is put 
first in the sentence; as, Never will I consent to such a dishonorable 
proceeding, hi came his father, just as he was writing to him. Down 
fell the house with a great crash. 

THE OBJECTIVE CASE. 
RULE 2. 

252. The Objective Case is governed by Active Verbs, 
Participles and Prepositions. 

253. Active Verbs govern the Objective Case ; as, He 
held me. 

Expl. — Here held is an Active Verb, and the object of it is me, which 
is therefore in the Objective Case. So, Those whom he thought to be 
true to his party, not who he thought ; whom being the object of the 
Active Verb, thought. 

EXERCISE LXIV. 

Tell the Nominatives, the Objectives, and the Verbs governing them : 

He threw a stone. Hold my hand. England governs the most widely 
extended empire. Brutus stabbed Csesar. Take away that bauble. I 
would not have him to till my ground. 

Supply the Objectives. Tell the governing Verbs : 

She told (1st person si?ig.) that you struck (3rd sing, fern.) He dis- 
likes (1st person plur.) I will have (27id si?ig.) The men have been 
insolent ; I will dismiss ( ). Hear (1st sing.) Romans ! She is your 
friend; do not disregard ( ). I requested my brother ( ) you know 
to write to me soon. The book ( ) you admire is lent. I have sold 
that horse ( ) the groom injured. He ( ) thou lovest, is sick. 

254. Remark. — A phrase or sentence often stands as an Objective ; a^, 
I know how you have served, me. Here the object of the Active Verb 
know is the sentence how-you-have-served-me . These may be termed 
Objective sentences. 

EXERCISE LXV. 

Point out the Objective sentences, and tell the words governing them : 
I feel how hard it will be. I understand when he will arrive. The 

preacher proclaims, all is vanity. He cannot tell when he may be 

wanted. I wish to know what you think. 

255. Obs. 1. — The Passive of Verbs, which signify ask- 
ing, telling, teaching, granting, refusing, showing, paying, 
promising, offering, is sometimes followed by an Objective ; 
as, He was much pleased with the ship, when he was shown 
her by the officers. 

Expl. — Here Iter is Objective, after the Passive was shown. 



208 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



EXERCISE LXYI. 

Tell the Objectives, and at the same time, the Verbs governing them. 
Supply the appropriate Pronouns : 

He was paid a large sum for his services. He did not apply for the 
post, but was offered ( ). The prince did not marry the princess, 
although he was promised ( ). I have been offered a book for my 
knife. ] will solicit the appointment, but I may be refused ( ). He 

understands geometry, I must*be taught ( ). Essex sought an inter- 
view with Elizabeth, but was denied her presence. He valued the favor 
when he was granted it. He was shown the picture gallery. 

Note. — Neuter Verbs are sometimes followed by the Objective. 

256. Obs. 2. — Prepositions govern the Objective case ; 
as, / sent a book to him. 

Expl. — Here him is Objective after the Preposition to. 

EXERCISE LXVII. 

Mention the Objectives, and likewise the Prepositions governing them : 

The balloon floats over the earth. The steamship sails over the 
Atlantic. Frederick Barbarossa is said to have bathed in the river 
Cydnus. The plague raged in London during the reign of the second 
Charles. We can now descend into Pompeii. 

Supply the Pronouns in the objective : 

I will present it to (3rd sing, fern.) Do not provide much for (1st sing ) 
Take the talent from (3rd sing, masc.) I will do without (2nd sing.) 
He has been benefited by {1st plur.) The property has been divided 
among (3rd plur.) By ( ) are you employed? Render tribute to 

( ) tribute is due. ( ) did he call on ? He gives it to ( ) he 

will. 

257. Obs. 3. — Nouns of time, space and measurement, are 

used in the Objective without a Preposition ; as, He walked 

a mile. 

Expl. — Here mile, which is a Noun of space, is in the Objective, not 
governed by any Preposition. 

EXERCISE LXVIII. 

Tell the Nouns of time, space &c. : 

A ditch has been dug three feet deep His brother stands six feet high. 
The table is two yards long. How many feet wide is your garden? 
Her son was ten years old. The book cost three dollars. He walks 
three hours every day. The box must be two feet three inches deep. 
He had been sitting up all night, and had to be at work all the following 
day. The paint is nearly a quarter of an inch thick. 

258. Obs. 4. — Than requires the relative following it 
to be in the Objective Case, but does not govern any other 
words : as, / met Henry > than whom I neve?' saw a more pro- 
mising youth. 



SYNTAX. 209 

Expl. — Here, the relative whom follows than in the Objeetive ; who 
would not be so good. You must not, however, say, He is belter than 
one, but he is better than I; the Pronoun not being governed by any other 
word, but being the subject of the Verb am understood, and therefore in 
the Nominative Case. 

259. Caution. — As never governs the Objective. Say, 
He is as good as I; not, as me. 

Expl. — In the sentence, I told him the, same as her, her is the Objec- 
tive, governed, not by as, but by the Preposition to understood. 

EXERCISE LXIX. 

Supply the appropriate Pronouns : 

He was contemporary with Burke, than ( ) our country has pro- 

duced few greater orators. John is older than (1st si?ig.) I consider you 
to be more clever than {3rd sing.) I dare not treat you better than (3rd 
si?ig.) I know him to be as good as (3rd sing, fern.) I thought you 
felt as much as (3rd plur.) I have been reading Shakspeare, than ( ) 
few afford me greater delight. I think thy sister is wiser than (2?id 
sing.) 

THE POSSESSIVE CASE. 
RULE 3. 

260. The Possessive Case of a Noun or Pronoun, is 

governed by the Noun following it ; as, Richard's apple. 

Expl. — Here Richard's, the Possessive Case, is governed by apple, the 
Noun immediately following it. 

EXERCISE LXX. 

Mention the Singular Possessives, and those in the Plural. And tell 
how governed : 

The poet's genius would have immortalized the monarch's deeds. The 
master's learning commands the boys' respect. The children's playful- 
ness amused us. The bird's flight is rapid. The enemies' resistance 
will be very formidable. He rises as on eagles' wings. We should not 
interfere with others' affairs. They should have been attending to their 
friends' affairs. The merchants' speculations having been successful, are 
now commended by all. 

261. Eemark. — The sense of the Possessive is often ex- 
pressed by the Objective with of; as, The poefs genius, or, 
The genius of the poet. 

Expl. — Here the sense of the Possessive form, poet's genius, is ex- 
pressed by transposing the Nouns, and governing the latter by of. So, 
too, the boys' for get fulness = the for get fulness of the boys. 

262. Remark. — The Possessive is generally used with persons, or 
things spoken of as persons ; but the Objective and of with other Nouns ; 
thus we say, the coachman' s skill, but the speed of the coach. 

EXERCISE LXXI. 

Change the Possessives of the preceding Exercise into the Objective 
with of: 

18* 



210 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

263. Obs. 1. — VVhen two Possessive Cases are connected 
by a Conjunction, the usual Possessive Sign is omitted from 
the first : as, Mason and Dixon's Line, Bailey and Kitchen's 
store. 

Expl. — Here the Sign of the Possessive is not used with Bailey, but 
only with Kitchen, immediately preceding the word store, although the 
store is the common property of both. 

EXERCISE LXXII. 

Put the following sentences into the Possessive form : 
The beauty of Carmel and Sharon shall be given to it. The property 
of John, James, and Henry lies in Middlesex. The debates of the Lords 
and Commons. The oratory of Clay, Webster, and Calhoun has been 
greatly lauded. The presence of the prince, king, and emperor would 
have given a dignity to the ceremony. The paintings of Reynolds, West, 
and Lawrence have been greatly admired. 

264. Obs. 2. — But if any words intervene between the 
series of Nouns, the sign of the Possessive must be used 
with each ; as. The Mississippi's, not the Saranac's, nor the 
Ohio's crew, has been paid off. 

Expl. — Here the series is interrupted by nor and not, and the Posses- 
sive form must therefore be used with all the Nouns, viz. : Mississippi's, 
Saranac's, Ohio's. 

EXERCISE LXXni. 
Put the following sentences into the Possessive form : 
The modesty of John, as well as that of his brother, has been the sub- 
ject of observation. It was the influence of wealth more than that of 
virtue which he exercised. The abilities and worth of the youth, with- 
out those of his father, would have insured his success. The worth of 
his father, to say nothing of that of his uncle, has greatly assisted him. 

265. Obs. 3. — The Possessive preceded by of is used 

when the possessor is supposed to have more things of the 

kind than are referred to in the sentence ; as, That book is 

one of my brother's. 

Expl. — Here, my brother is supposed to have more books than the one 
adverted to ; so that the sentence really means, That book is one book of 
my brother's books. It would be improper to say, The affection of my 
brother's, for the feeling of affection is only one. 

EXERCISE LXXIV. 

Point out those Possessives which imply a plurality of the objects 
possessed : 

I have sold a house of my mother's for her. My father's house has just 
been pulled down. He was an old friend of theirs. That adventure of 
the man's has excited great astonishment. Another stratagem of the 
enemy's has been detected. The law of gravitation is a discovery of Sir 
Isaac Newton's. The steamboat is an American's invention. The Ana- 
basis is a work of Xenophon's. That horse is one of James's. The 
.ZEneid is a poem of Virgil's. I was observing that Henry's attachment 
to his sister was very great. 



SYNTAX. 211 

266. Obs. 4. — In a Possessive phrase the last word is 
often understood ; as, He is gone to St. James's. 

Expl. — Here church is understood. 

EXERCISE LXXV. 

Supply the word which is understood after the Possessive : 

Nelson is buried at St. Paul's. I called at Richard's for my sister's 
books. Let it be left at the confectioner's. My sister is to be married at 
St. Martin's. St. Peter's, at Rome, is the finest building in the world. 
I would send him to the draper's, if 1 were you. He was gone to the 
bookseller's. I shall have been travelling twenty hours when I reach 
my cousin's. 

APPOSITION. 

RULE 4. 

267. Two or more Nouns or Pronouns referring to the 
same person or thing, are in the same Case, and are said to 
be in Apposition ; as, JVapoleon the Emperor, governed 
France. 

Expl. — Here Napoleon and Emperor are in Apposition (the two words 
representing the same person), ancf are therefore in the same Case, the 
Nominative, being the subjects of the Verb governed. 

268. Obs. — A Noun or Pronoun is said to be in Apposition, when it is 
added to another Noun or Pronoun by way of explanation or description; 
as, Boone, the Adventurer; William, the Conqzcerer; the Steamer At- 
lantic; the Patriot Washington. 

EXERCISE LXXVI. 

Tell the words in Apposition. Name the Case : 

Spenser, the poet, lived in the reign of Elizabeth, the Queen of Eng- 
land. I have read Milton's great work, the Paradise Lost. I have 
received fifty dollars, a sum quite equal to my wants. I dare not be 
ungrateful to him, my earliest friend. London, the capital of England, 
the greatest city in the world, is on the river Thames. I will see him 
myself. Xenophon, the soldier and historian, was a disciple of Socrates, 
the philosopher. Sir Philip Sidney, the author of Arcadia, was killed at 
the battle of Zutphen. Rome, once the mistress of the world, is on the 
river Tiber. 

269. Obs. 1. — When Possessives are in Apposition, the s 

and the apostrophe are used with only one of them ; as, / 

have been reading an essay of Bacon's, the philosopher; or, 

of Bacon, the philosopher's. 

270. Remark. — If the last term consist of several words, or if there be 
more terms than one, the form of the Possessive must be used with only 
the first Noun ; as, I have been reading an essay of Bacon's, the most 
eminent English philosopher. Or, I have been reading an essay of 
Bacon"**, the. lawyer, scholar, and 'philosopher. 



212 ENGLISH GRAMMAR, 

EXERCISE LXXVII* 

Tell the Nouns in Apposition : 

Call at Smith, the hatter's. Call at Smith's, the hatter and draper. I 
have a letter of Cowper's, the poet. This sentiment is Xenophon's, the 
general and historian. That expression is Irving's, one of the chiefs of 
our literature. That theory is Kepler's, the great German astronomer. 
The garden might have been your brother Henry's. Those colors are 
the Victory's, the flag-ship of Nelson. 

271. Obs. 2.— The Verb to be, and Neuter and Passive 
Verbs generally, have the same Case after as before them, 
when the Nouns or Pronouns signify the same person or 
thing ; as. Who is the general ? I am he. 

Expl. — I, before the Verb to be, is in the Nominative, and, therefore, 
he after it, meaning the same person, must also be in the Nominative. 
So, He is appointed captain. Here he and captain, after the Passive 
Verb is appointed, mean the same person, and are therefore in the same 
Case. 

272. Remark. — These Verbs may be called Apposition Verbs. 

EXERCISE LXXVIII. 

Tell the Nouns or Pronouns in Apposition. Name the Case. Supply 
the appropriate Pronoun : 

' He was a good man. He has been a merchant. He is chosen librarian. 
Was it your friend I saw ? Let her be called Mary. It cannot have 
been ( ), for he is in France. I supposed it to be (3rd sing, fern.) 

Alexander is called" the Great. This occurrence has been the cause of 
much annoyance. He became a learned man by great industry. Who 
was the victor ? I have considered him to be a good man. He will be 
a great scholar. Who will be elected member for the city? Do not be 
alarmed, it is (1st sing.) He is worthless who is a sluggard. He de- 
clared him to be a coward. To wish well to others is benevolence. 
Scipio was called the sword of Rome, and Fabius the shield. To shrink 
from duty because it is arduous, is the mark of a weak mind or a bad heart. 

PARTICIPIAL NOUNS. 
273. Most Verbs have Nouns derived from them called 
Participial Nouns; as, Early rising is conducive to health. 

Expl. — Rising is a Participial Noun, from the Verb to rise. 

274. Remark. — These Participial Nouns have the same form as the 
Present Participle : but they may be distinguished from the Participle by 
their having Cases, like Nouns. Thus, in the former sentence, rising is 
a Participial Noun, for it is the Nominative to is. If rising be not con- 
sidered as a Noun, then the Verb, is, is without a Nominative. So, By 
the roaring of the lion. By is a Preposition, and must have an object. 
Roaring is the object, and is, therefore, a Noun in the Objective Case. 

RULE 5. 

275. Participial Nouns, like other Nouns, are governed 
by Verbs or Prepositions ; as, The assembly commenced 
cheering. The general was gratified with the cheering of the 
people. 



SYNTAX. 213 

Expl.— Here cheering in the first sentence, is governed by the Verb, 
and in the second by a Preposition. 

276. Obs. 1. — The Participle is frequently a Nominative 
to a Verb, and often an Adjective ; as, Reading is a pleasing 
occupation. 

277. Remark.— Sometimes the insertion of the Preposition may cause 
ambiguity; as, The reading of ou,r author pleases us. This sentence may 
mean either that our reading a certain author pleases us, or that the au- 
thor's own manner of reading pleases us. The first sense will be better 
expressed by rejecting the of, and putting author in the Objective, as 
governed by the Participial Noun reading; thus, the reading our author, or 
reading our author pleases us. The second sense requires the of, or the 
equivalent Possessive phrase ; as, the reading of our author pleases us, or 
our authors reading pleases us. 

EXERCISE LXXIX. 

Point out the Participial Nouns which are Nominatives to Verbs. Tell 
those which are governed, and how, and those which are used as Adjec- 
tives, as the rising sun 

The rising of the sun was very glorious. The rising sun awoke me. 
The sun rising above the horizon showed the beautiful landscape. By 
the roaring of the lion they were much alarmed. The lion roaring after 
his prey came upon the party. The teaching of the master is creditable 
to him. Teaching the boy is easy, for he is attentive. The preparing 
the statement requires time. The acquiring of any thing valuable requires 
perseverance. Learning mathematics is very useful. An acquiring mind 
is an improving mind. A betraying of a trust is no ordinary crime. The 
hearing of my father is not so good as it was. The hearing my father 
talk is extremely pleasing to me. Give us the hearing ear, and the un- 
derstanding heart. He finds pleasure in teasing others. The teasing of 
others annoys him. The writing of the letter is very legible. 

278. Obs. — When a Participial Noun has an auxiliary, it is called a 
Compound Participial Noun ; as, The having been betrayed makes one 
suspicious. 

EXERCISE LXXX. 

Which are the Compound Verbals? Name the case : 

Thus: By having received, I am induced to give. Having received, 

is a Compound Participial Noun in the Objective Case governed by the 

Preposition by. 

Tell the Participles used simply as such : 

The having been calumniated does him no injury. My being received 
■was owing to his influence. I do not fear that, having endured evils so 
much greater. From not having improved his mind in youth, he is 
now contemptible in manhood. His farm, not having been attended to, 
is worth little to him. 

279. Obs. 2. — Participial Nouns are also used after Pos- 
sessives or Possessive Pronouns ; as, My friend's deserting 
me, gave me trouble. 

Expl. — The Participial deserting follows the Possessive friend's. 



214 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



EXERCISE LXXXI. 

Point out the Participial?, and their Possessives : 

Hannibal's having wintered at Capua drove him out of Italy. The sun 
and moon's attracting the water causes the tides. The thief's sneezing 
awoke them. My calling on him was fortunate. His receiving so large 
a. property pleases us. 

PRONOUNS. 

RULE 6. 

280. Pronouns must agree with the words they represent 
in Gender, Number, and Person ; as, The officer has returned; 
he is Raised for his hravery. Thou who couldst help me 
hast done nothing. 

Expl. — In the first sentence the Personal Pronoun he, and the Posses- 
sive Pronoun his, agree with their antecedent officer, in the Masculine 
Gender, Singular Number, third Person. In the last sentence the rela- 
tive who is used, as its antecedent thou is a Pronoun; and is like thou, 
common as to Gender, of the Singular Number and Second Person. 

EXERCISE LXXXII. 

Supply the appropriate Pronouns, and tell the Nouns to which they 
refer : 

The ships have sailed ; ( ) are to proceed to the Mediterranean. 

The dogs ( ) you gave me are dead. The house is re-building; 

( ) was burnt down. The books are not injured, although ( ) 

have been tossed about. On the seventh day God ended ( ) work 

( ) he had made. The box ( ) was sent from home was broken ; 

( ) had been injured before ( ) arrival. The friend ( ) 

left me will reach home to-morrow. The army has gone to ( ) 

winter quarters. Though the men know ( ) are in error, ( ) 

will not retrace ( ) steps. Is this the path ( ) leads out of the 

wood? Where are those ( ) promised to help us ? I cannot tell 

whether those ( ) have made ( ) statements are to be 

relied upon. The woman ( ) he censured is innocent. The 

Parliament ( ) made war on Charles the First, is called the Long 

Parliament ; Charles the Second was restored by ( ) remaining mem- 
bers. The wish of a free nation tells on ( ) government. The 
people are overjoyed at the victory ; ( ) wish for an illumination. 
He has lost his hat ; have you seen ( ) ? 

281. Obs. 1. — The Pronoun and the Noun it represents 
may be both used as Nominatives to the same Verb, only 
when strong emphasis is to be marked ; as, The Lord he is 

God. 

Expl. — Here, boih the word Lord, and its Pronoun he, are the subjects 
of the Verb is. The same is observed in ihe Objective; as, Worship 
him. the Creator of all things, not lifeless idols. The Noun and Pro- 
noun are in fact in Apposition. (268.) In familiar language this usage is 
not proper. Thus, William is a good boy ; not William he is a good 
boy. 



SYNTAX. 21 5 



EXERCISE LXXX1II. 

Tell ihe double Nominatives, and the Verbs to which they are sub- 
jects : 

The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life. 
Wisdom, that is the principal thing. 

282. Obs. 2. — When antecedents of different persons are 
connected by and, the Pronoun Plural agrees with the first 
person rather than with the second, and with the second 
rather than with the third ; as, He and I have made the ar- 
rangement; we want no assistance now. 

ExrL. — Here the antecedents He and J are of the third and first per- 
son, and the Pronoun which represents them must be of the first person. 
(we) } and not the third. 

EXERCISE LXXXIV. 

Supply the appropriate Verbs and Pronouns : 

They tell Henry and me that ( ) are idle. You and my brother 

\ ) blamed ; but I know ( pr.) ( v.) not guilty. How could 

you and T do this, seeing ( pr.) ( v.) absent? My sister, you, and 
myself, will leave off as soon as ( pr.) ( v.) finished this exercise. 

As you, your friend, and I, have now been studying hard for some time, 
( ) may soon expect to make great progress. She and I would have 

come, if ( ) could have done so. 

283. Obs. 3. — In the position of Pronouns of different 
persons, the second precedes the others, and the third pre- 
cedes the first ; as, You and he will go. He and 1 will go. 

Expl. — Here he and you, I and he, would be improper. 

284. Remark.— A Noun will have the same place as the third Per- 
sonal Pronoun ; as, He says he saw either my cousin or me. Here 
cousin in the third person precedes me in the first. 

But with the Plural Pronouns, we has the first place, you 
the second, and they the third ; as, We and they start to- 
morrow. 

Expl. — Here the first person we, precedes the third tfiey. 

285. Remark. — The reason of the difference in the Position of the 
Singular and Plural Pronouns, is this. In the Singular Number the 
speaker (/), puts himself after the person spoken to, and the person 
spoken of. as a matter of politeness. But in the Plural Number, for the 
same reason, he puts those who are most intimately associated with him 
in the first place (unavoidably including himself) ; next, the persons 
spoken to, and then those spoken of. 

EXERCISE LXXXV. 
Mention the Pronouns and of what Person they are : 



216 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

I would have told you and him that I wished not for your friendship. 
I am informed that neither you nor I are much esteemed by him. How 
did you and your attorney succeed in settling the matter ? How must 
the attorney and I proceed ? I told you and them to come early. Nei- 
ther we nor you have in this respect done our duty. We and your bro- 
thers may leave the city to-day. Why should we tell you or them of our 
plans? 

286. Obs. 4. — The Neuter Pronoun, it, often has for its 
antecedent a clause, and Nouns or Pronouns of any Gender, 
Number, and Person : as, It is I 

Expl. — Here it refers to the first Personal Pronoun I, So, It is the 
duty of the Christian to love his enemies. Here it represents the clause 
to love his enemies. 

EXERCISE LXXXVI. 

Tell the words which it represents : 

It is my brother. It was she, who would have betrayed me. What 
are those noises? It is the winds that are blowing. It is painful to be 
blamed when we have done our best. They ought to know that it is 
their interests we are consulting. It is the neglect of my friends that 
affects me so keenly. 

287. Obs. 5.— As sometimes has the force of a Relative, 
and the Verb following it agrees in Number, &c, with the 
Noun to which as refers ; as, His statements were as follow. 

Expl. — Here as has the force of a Relative, and refers to the Noun 
statements ; the Verb is therefore Plural. So, The statement was as 
follows : Here the Noun and Verb are both Singular. 

Note. — In many instances such sentences may be satisfactorily re- 
solved by the insertion of a Pronoun before the verb, viz ; as, They fol- 
low, &c. 

EXERCISE LXXXVII. 

Supply any appropriate Verbs : 

I cannot tell whether your conduct is as ( ) been reported. Your 

conduct cannot be as ( ) been now described. His accounts were 

as ( ). His life is such as ( ) a Christian. His difficulties were 

as ( ) now related. 

288. Obs. 6. — The Relative which has sometimes a clause 
as its antecedent ; as, He likes reading, which I am glad to 
hear. 

Expl. — The clause he likes reading, is the antecedent to ivhich. 
EXERCISE LXXXVIII. 

Tell the Relatives, and their Antecedents : 

To as?ert that, which he has done, shows how little he is to be relied 
on. He is neither over exalted by prosperity, nor too much depressed by 
misfortune; which you must allow marks a great mind. He has re- 
solved to go to sea, which has caused us much grief To possess an 
empire on which the sun never sets, which England does, can be said of 
no other country. 



SXNTAX. 217 

289. Ons. 7. — That should be used instead of wno or which; 
after the Interrogative who 9 the Adjective same, the Super- 
lative degree, and two or more Antecedents, one requiring 
who, and the other which; as, £FAo that has examined him 
can doubt his guilt ? 

ExrL. — Here that, and not who, is used, because it follows the inter- 
rogative who. So, The me7i and the measures that you talk about : The 

same .story that you told : Newton is the greatest 'philosopher that any 
country has produced. 

EXERCISE LXXXIX. 

Supply the proper Relatives. And tell the Antecedents : 

Who ( ) can help himself will submit to such degradation? The 

most welcome news ( ) can be brought me is concerning my brother 
I met the gentleman ( ) you introduced in the Strand ; he was driving 
the finest horse ( ) I ever saw. The monkeys and the other animals 
( ) you saw are dead. Many of Johnson's works ( ) you so 

much admire were written in great haste. The friends and the pursuits 
( ) please him the most, are not of service to his reputation. I do 

not know the course ( ) is most advisable under the circumstances 

in ( ) you are placed. 

290. Obs. 8. — The Relative should be placed as near as 
possible to its Antecedent ; as, / wished the officer, who ar- 
rested the man, to state the charge against him. 

Expl. — Here the Relative who is close to its antecedent, officer. If 
we remove the Relative from its antecedent, we make the meaning of 
the sentence doubtful. Thus, I wished the officer to state the charge 
against him, who arrested the man. If it is intended to convey the 
sense of the first sentence, this arrangement-is faulty. It would only be 
correct, if I wished the officer to state the charge against the person who 
arrested the man ; in which case him is the antecedent to the Relative 
who. So, also, 1 who command you, am the person, has a different mean- 
ing from I am the person who commands you. 

EXERCISE XC. 

Tell the Antecedents : 

He who has done this, is no friend. He is no friend, who has done this. 
I sold my house, which was not large, for the sum you named. I sold 
my house for the sum you named, which was not large. Art thou the 
general, who has charge of the castle? Art thou who hast charge of the 
castle, the general? 

291. Obs. 9. — If no Nominative comes between a Rela- 
tive and a Verb, the Relative is the Nominative to that Yerb ; 
as, The boy who was here, is gone. 

Expl.— Here, as no Nominative intervenes between the Relative who 
and the Verb was, who is the Nominative to was. 

19 



218 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

But if a Nominative does come between them, the Relative 
is the Objective Case, governed by a Preposition before it, 
or Verb after it ; as, The boy whom you saw, and to whom 
you spoke, is gone. 

Expl. — Here a Nominative, you, comes between the Relative whom 
and the Verb saw in the first clause, and between whom and the Verb 
spole in the second. The Relatives, therefore, cannot be Nominatives. 
The first whom is governed by the Active Verb smv, and the second by 
the Preposition to. 

292. Remark. — The Relative is often Possessive, depending on a 
Noun following it ; as, Do not trust him, whose promises have often 
heen broken. 

EXERCISE XCI. 

Tell the Relatives in the Nominative, and also the Verbs to which 
they are the subjects. Tell the Objectives, and the words governing 
them. Tell the Possessives, and the Nouns on which they depend : 

God, who made the world and all things therein, dwelleth not in tem- 
ples made with hands. We know whom we worship. I care not what 
you deny me. He, on w T hom we relied, has deceived us. The God who 
preserveth me, whose I am, and whom I serve. He is a friend who 
loves me and whom I love, and whose friendship I will not resign. 

293. Obs. 10. — Sometimes the Relative is governed by a 
Preposition following it: as, The school which he went to 
was a good one. 

Expl. — Here the Relative which is governed by the Preposition to fol- 
lowing. it. When that is used as a Relative, the Preposition always 
comes after ; as, The horse that he rides on. So the interrogatives, 
generally, have the Preposition coming after them ; as, Which did he 
send for? This construction marks the character of the sentence more 
strongly than if the Preposition were put first, by throwing the Interro- 
gative or Relative to the beginning of the sentence, and so giving it em- 
phasis. 

EXERCISE XCII. 

Which are the Relatives and Interrogatives, and the Prepositions go- 
verning them ? 

I do not know what my friend is driving at, by these remarks. Whom 
did the coach run over? Which did he call for? What was it all about ? 
The house, which he lives in, is an old one. The paper, which you 
write on, is not good. 

294. Remark. — It will be seen, that the Relative is always the first 
word in its own clause, except when preceded by a Preposition. 

295. Oes. 11. — An Antecedent of the third person is 
sometimes omitted ; as, Who will, may weep. 

Expl. — Here who will is equivalent to those who will. This usage is 
common in proverbial sayings, but is hardly allowable in familiar lan- 
guage. 



SYNTAX. 219 

EXERCISE XCIII. 

Supply the Antecedents in the following sentences : 

Who steals my purse, steals trash. Who lives to nature, rarely can be 
poor ; who lives to fancy, never can be rich. Whom he would he slew, 
and whom he would he kept alive. Who can advise, may speak. Who 
pries, is indiscreet. Who finds the clearest not clear,' thinks the darkest 
not obscure. Who seizes too rapidly, drops as hastily. 

296. Obs. 12. — The Relatives are often omittted ; as, I 
received the present you sent me. 

Expl. — Here the Noun 'present is the Antecedent to the Relative that 
or which understood. 

EXERCISE XCIV. 

Supply the Relatives where they might be used : 

He knows the man I spoke about. It was the happiest day I ever spent. 
Have you purchased that'edition of Cicero I named to you ? Middleton 
wrote the Life of Cicero you were reading. The poems Cicero wrote, 
are lost. When we think of the enjoyments we want, we should think 
also of the troubles from which we are free. Charity, like the sun, 
brightens every object it shines upon. A censorious disposition casts 
every character into the darkest shade it will bear. 

297. Obs. 13. — When the Demonstratives relate to two 
different subjects previously mentioned, this relates to the 
last mentioned, that to the first; as, Idleness and industry 
'produce very different results; this leads to comfort and re- 
spectability, that to want and degradation. 

Expl. — So also, in the use of the one, the other; the former, the latter: 
the one, the latter, correspond to this: the other, the former, to that: as, 
Athens and Sparta were the chief states of- Greece; the one was more re- 
nowned for arms, the other for arts. Or, The latter was more renowned 
for arms, the former for arts. 

EXERCISE XCV. 

Supply the appropriate Adjective Pronoun : 

America has great advantages for manufactures and commerce ; ( ) 
is facilitated by the extent of her coast and the goodness of her harbors, 
( ) by her inexhaustible mines of iron and coal. The boy and the girl 
have been equally to blame ; ( ) committed the fault. ( ) contrived 
it. The possession of a sound judgment is better than that of wealth ; 
( ) we may lose through the misconduct of others, but ( ) can be 
destroyed only by death. 

ADJECTIVES. 

RULE 7. 

298. Every Adjective belongs to some Noun, expressed or 
understood, or to some sentence equivalent to a Noun ; as, 
Those good men are happy. 



220 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Expl. — Here happy qualifies the word men. So in the sentence, That 
he should have refused the appointment, is extraordinary; the Adjective 
extraordinary qualifies the foregoing sentence, That he should have re- 
fused the appointment. 

Remark. — This rale will apply to Participles in the agreement with 
Nouns or Pronouns, in which case they as frequently follow the Nouns. 

299. Obs. 1. — When no IS T oun is expressed, and the Adjec- 
tive has the Definite Article before it, it is regarded as a 
Noun ; as, The good are happy, 

Expl. — Here the word good is regarded as a Noun, having the Noun 
persons, understood. 

EXERCISE XCVI. 

Tell the Adjectives, distinguishing those used as Nouns : 
The just shall live by faith. Good men love the good. "We admire 
the accomplished, but we love the amiable. I love him because he is 
brave. The brave are not destitute of a sense of danger, but they have 
the courage to be superior to it. He is -very wicked. Therefore the un- 
godly shall not stand in the judgment, nor sinners in the congregation of 
the righteous. 

Here are the wise, the generous, and the brave, 
The just, the good, the worthless, and profane. 

The vast immense of space. The lowest deep. And through the palpa- 
ble obscure, finds out his uncouth way. The righteous shall flourish like 
a green bay tree. The deep profound. 

300. Remark. — Adjectives so used are Singular when they are used 
instead of Abstract Nouns; as, The sublime. They are usually Plural 
when they refer to persons ; as, The good are happy. 

801. Obs. 2. — Each, every, either and neither, referring to 
Nouns in the Singular only, require the Yerbs to be Singular ; 
as, Each person gives a different statement, 

Expl. — Here the Adjective each agrees with the Noun. perso?i in the 
singular, and requires the Verb gives to be so too. So, Every day brings 
further information . Either is good enough. 

EXERCISE XCVII. 

Supply appropriate Yerbs and Pronouns : 

Every man ( ) now prepared for the worst. Let each esteem others 
better than ( ). Either of the houses ( ) large enough for my bro- 
ther. The Scriptures inform us, that every action ( ) good or bad, 
according to the motive giving rise to ( ) and not according to ( ) 
consequences. Every one of his letters ( ) date after his banishment. 
Let each man look after ( ) own property. Each child ( ) furnished 
with a book for ( ). Neither of them ( ) present. Every evening 
( ) devoted to study. When every person ( ) arrived, I will go on. 
Every one ( ) how much more difficult it is, to retain in the memory a 
multitude of things which are unconnected, and lie in confusion, than of 
those disposed according to a rule or plan. 



SYNTAX. 221 

302. Remark. — Every may be followed by a Plural Noun or Adjective, 
when taken collectively ; as, I go to Europe every three years. 

ExrL. — Here, the expression three years is taken collectively, as one 
period, and, therefore, allows every to precede it. 

EXERCISE XCVIII. 

Tell the Nouns to which every belongs : 

The President of the United States is chosen every four years. Every 
fifty men were formed into a company. I visit my friend every few days. 
The Jewish jubilee was commemorated every fifty years. The census 
is now taken every ten years. It is an error, to say that the Aloe blooms 
but once every hundred years. 

803. Obs. 3. — Demonstratives must agree in Number with 
the JS T ouns to which they refer : as, This kind of people does 
not suit me. 

Expl. — The Noun kind being Singular, the Singular this is used 
These kind would be incorrect. 

304. Remark. — Some good writers use these kind, these sort, &c, un- 
derstanding kind, soi-t, &c, as Nouns of Multitude. This, however, is 
a usage to be observed rather than imitated. 

EXERCISE XCIX. 

Supply the Demonstratives : 

Do give me ( ) books. ( ) notion of things is not correct. ( ) 
plants of my brother's are valuable. J had hoped by ( ) means to re- 
lieve his mind. ( ) sort of proceedings must be discontinued. ( ) 
are the means of success. 

305. Obs. 4. — Plural Numerals sometimes have Singular 
Nouns ; as, Ten sail of the line. 

306. Remark. — This occurs in the following cases : 

(1.) Where a part of any thing is used for the whole, as in the example 
above given, Ten sail of the line, where the Noun sail, a part only, is 
used for the whole ship. 

(2.) With Nouns which express some definite number, and have seldom, 
or never, a Plural form ; as, Three brace of partridges: where brace, which 
has no Plural form, is significant of number. So, score, dozen, &c. 

(3.) With the words foot, pound, pair, and some others ; as, twenty 
foot deep. The Plural form of the Noun is now, however, preferable, 
as twenty feet deep. 

EXERCISE C. 

Classify the following examples according to the above Remarks : 
Two hundred horse entered the town. I paid him three pound ten, six 
months ago. I sent him three dozen peaches. There are three pair of 
oellows in the forge. Twenty sail of the line have gone down the chan- 
nel. He has bought three score of eggs. He has shot fifteen brace in one 
Jay. There raav have been two hundred head of cattle in the meadow 

" • 19* " 



222 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

307. Obs. 5. — Much, little, whole, are used only with 
Nouns of quantity ; many, few, several, with Nouns of 
number : and some, no, all, enough, any, with Nouns of 
both quantity and number ; as, I will not take much bag- 
gage. You have many friends. 

Expl. — Here, much relates to the quantity of baggage, arid many to 
the number of friends. 

EXERCISE CI. 

Clasify the following sentences according to the last observation. Also, 
tell the Adjectives and their Nouns : 

I will take no more fruit to-day. The army wants more men. He 
has the most glory. Most men would wish to be thought benevolent. 
All men think all men mortal bat themselves. All discord is but har- 
mony not understood. He has little wealth, and less influence. Many 
churches were burnt down, at the fire of London, but more houses. He 
has a few marbles in his pocket. Some persons are very anxious. I 
gave him some milk. He had several good paintings. The general has 
no men. He has no ammunition for his men. The king had had trouble 
enough. He has books enough. 

808. Obs. 6. — The Adjective many is often used with a 
Singular Noun, with the Indefinite Article between them ; 
as. Many a man was lost. Full many a gem. 

309. Obs. 7. — The Correlative" to such is as; as, Such 
men as those are happy. 

EXERCISE Oil. 

Mention the Nouns to which the Adjective many refers, and supply the 
Correlative to such : 

How many a time have I been relieved by him. Such a scene ( ) 

this, is too painful for me. Full many a flower is born to blush unseen. 
By such a temptation ( ) that, many a youth would have fallen. The 
enemy does not regard such a force ( ) we can bring into the field. 

310. Obs. 8. — The Comparative Degree is used when only 
two objects are compared, the Superlative when more than 
two ; as, That is the better house of the two. That is the 
best house in the sti^eet. 

Expl. — In the first sentence, only two objects being compared, best 
would be wrong. 

EXERCISE can- 
Supply any appropriate Adjectives : 

She is the ( ) of them all. She is the ( ) of the two. New- 

ton and Kepler were both great men, but Newton was the ( ) of the 

two. Newton was the ( ) of all astronomers. New Holland is the 

( ) of all islands. New Holland is ( ) than Great Britain, but 

the latter is the ( ) of the two. 



SYNTAX. 223 

311. Remark. — Other, and the Comparative of simple comparison, are 
followed by than ; bul the Comparative of selection is followed by of; 
a-, Tt was no other than your uncle. He is wiser than 1 am. He is the 
wiser of the two. 

312. Remark. — In simple sentences, the Superlative Degree is followed 
by of; as, London is the largest of all cities. But if a dependent clause 
(226) follow the Superlative, the Relative that must be the first word of 
the dependent clause ; as, She is the finest ship that I have ever seen. 

Expl. — The first sentence is a simple one, and the Superlative largest 
is, therefore, followed by of; the second has a dependent clause, and the 
Superlative finest is, therefore, followed by that. (289.) 

EXERCISE CIV. 

Supply the appropriate words : 

He is the best ( ) all brothers. That is the worst of all the actions 
( ) he performed. I know John and James ; [ think John the bet- 

ter ( ) them. I know John, James, and Henry; I think John the 

best ( ) them. The campaign was more arduous ( ) any other. 

313. Obs. 9. — When a person or thing belonging to a 
class is compared with all others of that class, either the 
Superlative must be used, or the Comparative with other; 
as, Solomon was the wisest of all men; or, Solomon was wiser 
than all other men. 

Expl. — Solomon is a person belonging to a class of men ; and in com- 
paring him with that class, the Superlative is used in the first sentence, 
and the Comparative with other in the second. Solomon was wiser than 
all men would be wrong; for he was himself a man, and could not be 
wiser than himself. 

EXERCISE CV. 

Change the Superlative into the Comparative, with other, or the Com- 
parative with other, into the Superlative : 

Caesar was the greatest of all the Roman generals. Deceit is the 
meanest of all vices. England is the richest of all nations. Venus is the 
brighest of all the planets. The Thames is larger than any other river 
of England. New York is larger than any other city of America. 

314. Obs. 10. — When different classes are compared, the 
Comparative only can be used ; as, John is better than his 
brothers. 

Expl. — Here, John belongs to one class, and brothers to another ; the 
Comparative is therefore used. John is the best of his brothers, or, John 
is better than his other brothers, would be incorrect ; for it would be 
making John his own brother. Milton has, The fairest of her daughters, 
Eve; but this is a classical idiom, and a poet's license. 

EXERCISE CVI. 

Tell the Nouns of different classes, and likewise those of the same 

class : 



224 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Mary is prettier than her sisters. Hercules was the strongest of all 
the Greeks. Mount Blanc is the highest mountain of Europe Socrates 
was more patient than most men. Carnivorous animals are much fiercer 
than others. 

ARTICLES. 

RULE 8. 

315. The Definite Article agrees with Nouns of either 
Number ; as, The good man. The good men. The Indefi- 
nite with Singular Nouns only ; as, A good man. 

316. Exception. — The Indefinite Article is used before Plural Nouns 
preceded by some of the Numerals, by /w, or by great many; as, A 
hundred men; a, few boys; a great many -people. Such phrases have the 
sense of a Collective Noun. 

EXERCISE CYII. 

Tell the Articles and their Nouns : 

A good boy is the pride of his parents. A virtuous woman is the crown 
of her husband. A great many ships sail to-day. I would have lent him 
a few dollars. The bishop sent me a present. Give me a hundred dol- 
lars. A thousand men rushed out. He sold a hundred bushels. 

317. Remark. — The sense of a Plural is often expressed by using a 
Noun Singular with the Adjective many, and the Indefinite Article be- 
tween them ; as, JSIany a, man has been ruined by extravagance, which 
means, Many men have, &c. (308.) 

318. Obs. 1. — The Definite Article points out some par- 
ticular person or thing ; as, The circus is in town. The In- 
definite is put before Nouns used generally : as, A lamp 
gives light. 

Expl. — In the first sentence, the is used, because it points out a par- 
ticular thing. — the circus. So in the sentence, The man I savj in the 
garden has left, the clause, I saw in the garden, limits the word man 
to one particular individual, and no other. But in the second example, 
the Noun lamp is used generally, and is not any particular lamp singled 
out from others, and therefore the Indefinite Article is used. 

EXERCISE CYIII. 

Supply the appropriate Articles : 

( ) sun gives light to our earth. He gave me ( ) apple out 

of the basket. He restored ( ) apple he stole. ( ) lamp is 

better than a candle {meaning any lamp). ( ) lamp is better than a 

candle {meaning my lamp). 

319. Obs. 2. — The Definite Article is used before a Noun 
when it stands for a whole species, made up of distinct indi- 
viduals ; as, The lion is the strongest of all animals. 

The Article is omitted when it stands for a whole species 
not made up of distinct individuals ; as, Silver is not so heavy 
as gold. 



SYNTAX. 225 

ExPL. — In the first example the word lion, stands for the whole class 
of lions, and this class is made up of distinct individuals, and therefore 
requires the Article before it. So, too, The oa/c is a nobler tree than the 
elm . 

Tn the second example the word silver is used generally ; but as the 
whole is not made up of distinct individuals or parts, the Article is omitted. 
So, loo, Oak is harder than elm. 

320. Exception. — The word man, used in a general sense, does not 
take the Article before it, although made up of distinct individuals; as, 
Ma?i. is born to trouble. 

EXERCISE CIX. 

Compose some short sentences, using the following Nouns. Tell when 
they represent the whole class : 
Wine, Horse, Metal, Man, Corn, Goal, Crocodile, Sugar. 

321. Obs. 3. — The Indefinite Article is used before the 
Comparative with than (311); as, He is A wiser man than 
his brother. The Definite before the Comparative with of; 
as, He is the wiser of the two. 

322. Remark. — The Definite Article before the Comparative limits its 
meaning more precisely ; as, He said this, that he might appear the 
wiser. So, I do it the rather on this account. 

EXERCISE CX. 

Supply the appropriate Articles : 

John has ( ) larger property than his sister, but he is not ( ) 

happier of the two. Mount Blanc is ( ) higher mountain than 

Jungfrau. This is ( ) better road than the other, but it is ( ) 

longer of the two. 

323. Obs. 4. — The Indefinite Article follows such, many, 
what, and all Adjectives preceded by too, so, as and how. 
The Definite Article follows all; as, Such a friend. That is 
too flattering an account. All the earth. 

EXERCISE CXI. 

Point out the Nouns, with the Adjectives and Articles belonging to them. 
Also the Adverbs : 

He gave me all the money. What a trouble he makes of such a trifle I 
That would be too hazardous an undertaking. How timid a creature is 
the squirrel ! It is as large a house as yours. It is not so large a house 
as yours I have received from you many a favor. I had never seen so 
large a man before. I had never seen such a large man before. It was 
too large a house for him. Many a man has done the same. 

324. Obs. 5. — The Article is omitted before Abstract 
Nouns used in a general sense ; as, Hardness is a property 
of some bodies. 



226 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Expl. — Here the Abstract Noun hardness stands alone ; the Article is 
therefore omitted. But when the Abstract Noun has reference to some 
other Noun, or is limited by an Adjective, tlie Article generally precedes 
it ; as. The hardness of iron is not so great as that of the diamond. 
Here the Abstract Noun hardness is limited to the Noun iron, and is on 
that account preceded by the. So, in the sentence, He has a great know- 
ledge of his subject, the Abstract Noun hnovdedge has an Adjective, 
great, before it, and therefore admits of the use of the Article. 

EXERCISE CXII. 

Supply the requisite Articles. Note. — An Article is not required be- 
tween all the parentheses : 

( ) brightness of the sun was shining- round about him. Some one 

has said that ( ) royalty is only splendid misery. ( ) royalty 

of mind, that is royalty. ( ) magnitude is size. ( ) magnitude 

of the sun is more than a million times that of the earth. ( ) 

dishonesty is a vice. ( ) dishonesty of the Thessalians was pro- 

verbial. 

325. Obs. 6. — The names of particular arts 5 sciences, 
titles, &c, do not require the Article ; as Weaving is an inge- 
nious art. 

But some terms, which include several arts, sciences, 
titles, &c, require the Article ; as, The mathematics. The 
fine arts. 

Expl. — Weaving is the name of one particular art, and therefore the 
Article is not used. So Algebra is arithmetic whose quantities are not 
definite. But the term mathematics includes several sciences, and 
therefore needs the Definite Article. The word Physics is an exception ; 
for, although it includes several sciences, it does not need the Article be- 
fore it. 

EXERCISE CXIII. 

Supply the requisite Articles. Note, as before : 

Do not neglect ( ) classics. I hope you will not neglect ( ) 

Latin, for you will find it very useful. ( ) painting has been much 

cultivated 'in Italy and Flanders. ( ) literature of Germany is highly 

praised. ( ) literature absorbs his whole attention. ( ) Senate 

nas been increased of late years. He was offered the title of ( ) 

earl. The property of ( ) impeached earl has been bestowed upon 

him. 

326. Obs. — The omission or insertion of the Indefinite Article before 
the Adjectives few . little, slight, and words of similar signification, gives 
a very different meaning to the phrase. Thus, He has a few good quali- 
ties. He has few good qualities. In the first sentence, we commend 
him for the presence of some good qualities; in the second, we censure 
him for their implied absence. When the article is omitted, an emphasis 
is thrown on the Adjective, thus: few good qualities is equivalent to 
only a few, or but a few good qualities. 

EXERCISE CXIY. 

Compose two sets of sentences like the above, using the phrases, few 
books, little praise, small profit ; 



rAX. 227 

827. Ons. 7. — When several Adjectives, qualifying one 
Noun, refer to the SAME person or thing, the Article is used 
mly before the first; as, Jin amiable and intelligent friend 
IS invaluable. 

When the Adjectives refer to different persons or things, 
the Article is used with all of them ; as, An amiable and an 
intelligent friend, are worthy of regard. 

Expl. — The first sentence speaks of one friend, who is both amiable 
and intelligent. The second speaks of two friends, the one amiable and 
the other intelligent. 

EXERCISE CXV. 

Supply the requisite Articles. Note, as before : 

( ) small and ( ) large lion have just arrived. ( ) red 

and ( ) white cow is in the meadow. ( ) red and ( ) 

white cows are in the meadow. {Each cow being red and white.) 
( ) black and ( ) white cows are in the meadow. {Some quite 

black and some quite white.) { ) brave and ( ) accomplished 

officer has published ( ) faithful and ( ) interesting account of 

the campaign. The boy does not require ( ) large and ( ) 

dictionary. 

328. Obs. 8. — When several Nouns are in Apposition to 
another Noun, the Article is used with only the first of them ; 
as, Ccesar, the Consul and Dictator, was killed by Brutus. 

But if the Nouns refer to different persons, the Article 
must be repeated ; as, Cincinnatus, the Dictator, and the 
Master of the Hoi*se, marched against the enemy. 

Expl. — In the first sentence Consul and Dictator are in Apposition to 
Caesar, both meaning the same person. The Article therefore is used 
with only the first. In the second, the Dictator and the Master of the 
Horse are two different persons; the article therefore is used with both. 
If the had been omitted before Master, it would have meant that Cincin- 
natus filled two offices, that of Dictator, and that of Master of the Horse. 

329. Obs. 9. — When two Nouns, both meaning the same 
person or thing, follow a Comparative, the Article is omitted 
before the second ; as, He is a better statesman than soldier. 

But if the Nouns mean different persons or things, the 
Article must be used with both ; as, He is a better statesman 
than a soldier. 

Expl. — In the first sentence it is asserted that the same individual is 
better in one capacity, that of a statesman, than he is in another, that of a 
soldier. The second sentence speaks of two persons, the one {he) being 
a better statesman than the other {a soldier) is. 



228 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



EXERCISE CXVI. 

Point out those Nouns which refer to the same person or thing, and 
those which refer to different persons or things : 

He is more of a scholar than divine. He is more of a scholar than a 
divine. She has more discretion than genius. She has more discretion 
than a genius. Vitellius was a more renowned epicure than emperor. 
Cincinnatus was a more renowned personage than an emperor. 

330. — Obs. 1. — When, in a series of Nouns, some would require an 
and others a, the Article is repeated with each Noun ; as, A baron, an 
earl, and a duke, were 'present, not a baron, earl, and dulce. 

331. Obs. 2. — Adjectives used absolutely (300) require the Definite Ar- 
ticle before them ; as, The wise and the good Burke wrote a treatise on 
the Sublime and Beautiful. 

ADVERBS. 

RULE 9. 

332. Adverbs are usually placed near the words they 
qualify, before Adjectives, after Verbs, and between the 
Auxiliary and the Verb ; as, Henry lives in a very large 
house, and pays dearly for it, although he has lately sustained 
a most serious loss. 

Expl. — Here the Adverb very is placed before the Adjective large — 
dearly is after the Verb pays, and lately is between the Auxiliary and the 
Verb 

EXERCISE CXVII. 

Supply any appropriate Adverbs : 

My brother is ( ) rich. I am ( ) pleased with yon. I walk 

( ). Homer's Iliad has been ( ) read. The boy was ( ) 

beaten. If the letter*be ( ) written, send it. The result might have 

been ( ) different. The letter having been ( ) written, was sent 

( ) without delay. The youth has been ( ) brought up. Un- 

happiness must ( ) accompany wickedness. He learns ( ). 

333. Obs. 1. — The Adverb does not often separate the 
Verb and its Objective ; as, He told his story truly. 

Expl. — He told truly his story would not be correct. 

334. Ors. 2. — When a whole sentence is qualified, or 
great emphasis is intended, the Adverb is often put first ; as, 
Tin fortunately, he thinks too highly of himself. 

Expl. — Here the Adverb unfortunately qualifies the whole sentence, 
and therefore stands at the beginning. So in the sentence He was re- 
vjarded, not with worldly wealth, but with a good conscience, the Ad- 
verb wo* does not qualify the Verb was rewarded, but the clause, with 
.worldly wealth, and therefore precedes it. This construction must be 
well marked. In the sentence never can virtue sanction vice, the never 
is much more emphatic than in the sentence virtue can never sanction- 
vice. 



SYNTAX. 229 

335. Obs. 3. — The Interrogative Adverbs how, when, 
where, why, are always the first words in a question ; as, 
When will you go ? 

336. Obs. 4. — The Adverbs never, sometimes, always, 
often, as, while, <S*c, are generally placed before the Verbs 
they qualify, except the Verb to be; as, He always walks be- 
fore dinner. He is always good natured. 

337. Obs. — When a Participle is preceded by two or three Auxilia- 
ries, the Adverb is placed immediately before the Participle, or between 
the Auxiliaries, according to the word it more especially qualifies; as, 
He has been unceasingly pursued by his enemies. He has lately been 
engaged in his new undertaking. In the first sentence, the Adverb un- 
ceasingly qualifies the word pursued, and is therefore next it ; in the 
second, it has reference to time, and is therefore next the word has 
which marks the tense or time of the Verb. 

EXERCISE CXVIII. 

Tell the Adverbs, and the words they qualify : 

The master taught the boy very well. How do you do? Undoubtedly, 
the statement he has made is incorrect. He is dismissed, not for his dis- 
honesty, but for his idleness. I never was in Paris. He always comes 
late. Where shall we find truth? The Pacha has been entirely iJefeated ; 
he has not been driven back before. I care not for his wealth or his 
power. I care, not for his wealth, but for his reputation. Still shall her 
streamers float on the breeze. I remember him well. 

My friends, do they now and then send 

A wish or a thought after me ? 
Oh ! tell me I yet have a friend, 

Though a friend I am never to see. 

They would have been well satisfied. This has often been said. Such 
things may often have been done before. The field, having been well 
tilled, will now yield a good crop. How strangely are the opinions of 
men altered by time? 

338. Obs. 5. — Only, when an Adjective, is often placed 
after the Noun or Pronoun which it qualifies ; when an Ad- 
verb, before the Adjective, Adverb, or Verb ; as, To man 
only has been given the power of speech. The teacher is only 
strict, not severe. 

Expl. — In the first sentence only qualifies the Noun man, and is an 
Adjective put after it ; in the second, it qualifies the Adjective strict, and 
is put before it, being an Adverb. So, My brother can only read, he can- 
not write; as only qualifies the Verb, it comes before it. 

339. Obs — Only, qualifying a clause or phrase, is put before it. (334.) 
Thus, I have seen the castle, but only at a dista.nee. Here only, qualify- 
ing the phrase at a distance, is put before it. Frequently only is an Ad- 
jective, and occupies the usual place before the Noun ; as, An only 
child. 

20 



230 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



EXERCISE CXIX. 

Point out the words to which only relates. And tell also when it is an 
Adjective : 

England is not only opulent, but powerful. England only has posses- 
sions in South Africa. Ranges of mountains are not found only on the 
western parts of a country, but they are mostly there. We only perform 
our duty, in aiming at the improvement of the world. Ours is not the 
only nation that aims at bettering mankind. Italy, says Coleridge, has 
every gift of God, only not freedom. I only am left. 

340. Obs. 6. — Here, there, where, are generally better 
than hither, thither, whither, with Verbs of motion ; as, Come 
here. Go there. 

341. Obs. 1. — Hither, thither, whither, which were formerly used, are 
now considered stiff and inelegant. 

342. Obs. 2. — Hence, thence, whence, although by themselves they ex- 
press motion from, sometimes have the Preposition before them; as, he 
came thence, or, he came from thence. Instead of hence, &c, we may 
also say, from here, &c. In questions, the Preposition is placed at the 
end. So, Where did you come from? 

343. Obs. 7. — Two negatives convey the sense of an affir- 
mative : as, It is not unpleasant. 
Expl. — This means. It is i 



344. Obs. 8. — Some Adverbs are used as Adjectives ; as, 
The above discourse. After ages. The then ministry. 

345. Obs. — This usage has sometimes been reprobated, but without 
just ground ; it is found in our best writers, and accords with the general 
analogy of language. 

346. Caution. — Never use Adjectives as Adverbs. Say, 
The girl speaks distinctly, not distinct. 

347. Obs. 9. — An Adjective instead of an Adverb follows 
an Intransitive Verb, and qualifies the Noun which precedes 
the Verb, as well as the Verb itself; as, The fields look green. 

Expl. — Here green qualifiesj£e&fo, as well as look. 

348. Obs. — Use the Adjective and not the Adverb, when you can 
change the Verb into the corresponding part of the Verb to be. So, The 
fields look green, might be, The fields are green. 

He looks cold; ) , ( He looks coldly on us. 
The air felt keen; J DUI ' j He felt the insult keenly. 

EXERCISE CXX. 

Give the more usual form of these sentences : 

Why are ye come hither ? Thy servant went no whither. The king 
proceeded thither. Whence are ye come ? He goes hence to Baltimore. 
They could proceed thence alone. 



SXNTAX. 231 

Change the double negative into affirmative sentences : 

Do not be insincere, Let me wander not unseen. He was not unable 

to come ; he was not unwilling. Do not be undecided. He was neither 

uninvited nor unwelcome. 

Supply the appropriate words.— Note. Sometimes Adverbs are re- 
quired ; sometimes Adjectives : 

They would have spoken very ( ). If he does not come ( ), 

I shall" have left. The soldiers would fight ( ). The violet smells 

( ). The fire burns ( ). The stars shine ( ). The iron 

feels ( ). My sister is pretty. My sister looks ( ). My 

friend should appear ( ), on account of his good fortune. The clouds 

look ( ) with rain. The thunder rolled ( ) and the lightning 

flashed ( ). The sea looks ( ) in the deepest parts. 

VERBS. 

349. A Verb must agree with its Nominative in Number 
and Person (239, &c.) 

350. Obs— The Verbs need and dare are found without the s in the 
third singular ; as. He need not go; She dare not come. 

RULE 10. 

351. Neuter and Passive Verbs, and Verbs of naming, &c., 
have the same Case after them as before them when both 
words refer to the same thing ; as, Cicero was a distinguished 
orator. The ship is called the Albatross. 

Expl. — Here Cicero and orator refer to the same person, and are both 
in the Nominative Case. The same is the case with ship and Albatross. 

Neuter Verbs of motion generally use the Auxiliary be, 
instead of have; as, He is come. 

Expl. — We might say, He has come; 'but the meaning- would not be 
quite the same. He has come calls attention to the fact of his having 
come : he is come, to the fact of his being here. 

EXERCISE CXXI. 

Show the application of Rule 10, in the following sentences : 

Washington was the first president of the United States. Jefferson was 
the author of the Declaration of Independence. She was named Mary. 
Homer is styled the prince of poets. He died a martyr to the truth. He will 
become the ornament of his profession. George appears the best scholar. 
Diligence, industry, and proper improvement of time, are material duties 
of the young. 

Supplv the appropriate Auxiliaries: — Note. Some of the Verbs do not 
admit of the Verb to be. 

The messengers ( ) returned. The vessel ( ) arrived. The 

boy ( ) walked fast. Your father ( ) now gone. I ( ) 

slept soundly. Your friend ( ) not come. You ( ) arisen. 

Your friend ( ) retired from the contest 



232 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

352. Caution. — Never use Active Verbs for their cor- 
responding Intransitive Verbs, or the reverse. Say, The book 
lies on the table, not lays. 

Expl. — Lays is Active. A person lays a book on the table, but the 
book lies on the table. 

EXERCISE CXXII. 

Supply the appropriate Verbs : 

(Intrans.) Rise, Lie, Fall, Sit. (Active.) Raise, Lay, Fell, Set. 

The children ( ) into the pond. The gardener will ( ) the 

trees to-day. My brother was ( ) on the chair. We had ( ) 

a trap for the birds. They have ( ) the fare by that coach. ( ) 

your left foot. The thermometer will then have been ( ) for three 

hours. He had been ( ) on the grass. Our fowls ( ) eggs now 

everyday. ( ) those books down. ( ) down. When do you mean 
to ( ) those trees? Let it ( ) there. He ( ) in bed late. 

353. Obs. 1. — Some Verbs are both Active and Intransi- 
tive ; as, He broke the glass; The glass broke. 

Expl. — In the first sentence broke is Active, or Transitive, as the ac- 
tion of breaking passes over to the object glass. In the second sentence 
broke is Neuter, or Intransitive, as the action of breaking is confined to 
the subject glass, and does not pass over to any object. 

EXERCISE CXXm. 

Distinguish the Actives from the Intransitives : 

Move the coat from this chair. The moon moves round the earth. 
The fire has been burning a long while. The fire burnt the house down. 
I wish you would turn the dog out of the garden. The wheel was turn- 
ing quickly. They sank the enemy's ships. The enemy's ships sank. 

354. Obs. 2. — Intransitive Verbs admit an Objective after 

theni, when of similar signification ; as, / ran a race. 

Expl. — Here the Intransitive Verb, ran, is followed by the Noun, race, 
m the Objective Case. 

EXERCISE CXXIV. 

Tell the Intransitive Verbs and their Objectives : 

All must sleep the sleep of death. He had lived a life of benevolence. 
Pharaoh dreamed a dream. The emigrant looked a last fond look at his 
native land. Let me die the death of the righteous. I have fought a 
good fight. He ran several races. 

RULE 11. 

355. Some Verbs are invariably followed by particular 
Prepositions ; as, He never swerves from the line of duty. 

Expl. — Such Verbs may be called Preposition Verbs. They have the 
power of Active Verbs ; thus line is in the Objective, governed by ihe 
Preposition Verb swerves from. They may be made Passive, like Ac- 
tive Verbs ; as, The line of duty must not be swerved from. So, No one 
likes to be laughed AT. 



SYNTAX. 233 

RULE 12. 

356. (1.) The Indicative Mood is used when a sentence 
is simply declarative or interrogative ; as, The eagle killed 
the hen and ate her, in her own nest. Do you believe me? 

(2.) The Subjunctive is used when the Verb expresses 
supposition, or uncertainty connected with futurity : as, If 
one angle of a triangle is right, the remaining two are acute. 

ExrL. — Here the sentence does not assert that one angle is right, but 
merely says what will follow on the supposition of its being so; and ac- 
cordingly the Verb is in the Subjunctive. 

357. Obs. 1. — The Subjunctive is generally preceded by the Conjunc- 
tion, if, that, though, lest, till, except, provided, whether, so; the Ad- 
verb ere or before. 

358. Obs. 2. — The Subjunctive does not always follow these Conjunc- 
tions, but only when a thing is represented as doubtful or future ; thus, in 
the sentence, If it rain to-morrow, I cannot come, doubt is implied as to 
whether it will rain or not ; but in the sentence, If he calls it cold now, 
in October, what will he call it in January? there is no doubt expressed 
at all ; it is implied that he does call it cold now, and therefore the Verb 
is in the Indicative. The sentence is equivalent to, Since, or seeing that, 
he calls it cold now, what will he call it in January ? 

EXERCISE CXXV. 

Distinguish the Subjunctives and their Nominatives, and the Indica- 
tives : 

If he receives me kindly, I shall ever esteem him. I can give no an- 
swer, until she decides. Unless she exerts herself, she will not succeed. 
If my friend's rudeness displeases me, your deceitfulness does so in a 
much higher degree. Though he falls down, as you say, frequently, he 
has a knack of getting up again. Wherever theybe, they are not forget- 
ful of us. 

Ere the morning's busy ray 

Call you to your work away, 

Ere the silent evening close 

Your wearied eyes in sweet repose, 

To lift your heart and voice in. prayer, 

Be your first and latest care ; 

And oh ! where'er your days be past, 

And oh ! howe'er your lot be cast, 

Still think on Him whose eye surveys, 

"Whose hand is over all your ways. 

Supply appropriate forms of suitable Verbs : 

If the world ( ) better a century hence, it must be attributed to 

the spread of civilization and religion. Though he ( ) me, yet will 

I trust in him. I do not trust him, although he ( ) it again." I will 

not trust him, although he ( ) it again. If the world ( ) you, 

ye know that it hated me. Whether he ( ) praise or blame, he 

will pursue the course of rectitude. If he ( ) lived reputably, help 

him (that is, referring to his present habit of life). If he ( ) re- 

pulablv, help him (referring to his life in coming periods'). If be ( ) 

20 



234 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

me. I am happy {-present habit). If he ( ) me, I shall be happy 

{future conduct). How shall I act if he ( ) me? Do not offend 

lest ihou ( ) deserted. All depends on his future behaviour; if he 

( ) industrious he will succeed, though he ( ) only moderate 

talents ; if he ( ) his time and his money he will fail, even though 

his father ( ) him assistance. However he ( ), do not refuse 

him. Wherever he ( ) I shall accompany him. I shall be satisfied 

whichever he ( ). 

359. Obs. — The Imperfect Subjunctive is often used without a Con- 
junction, the order of the Nominative and Verb being inverted; as, 
Had he been there, all would have been well. This is equivalent to, 
If he had been there, &c. The Imperfect Potential is used in the same 
way. These sentences have a negative force; they suppose what did 
not actually occur. 

EXERCISE CXXVI. 

Invert the following sentences in the same way : 

If he had done so, all would have been well. If she were prudent, she 
would be happy. If they had known it, they would have let me known. 
If he could come, he would. 

RULE 13. 

360. The Imperative is frequently used Absolutely; as, 
Bring some money; say, ten dollars, 

Expl. — Here the Verb say is the Imperative Absolute, not being sup- 
posed to have any Nominative. 

EXERCISE CXXVn. 

Tell the Imperatives Absolute : 

If he receive an increase of wages, suppose of a dollar a week, he will 
still be in poverty. Recall any recollection of the past, say of the most 
trivial thing, and" it will be important or not, according to its associations. 
Grant this, what follows? 

RULE 14. 

361. A Verb in the Infinitive is governed by a Verb, a 
Noun, or an Adjective ; as, He delights to please you; It is 
his delight to please you; It is delightful to please you. 

Expl. — In all these sentences, the Verb to please is in the Infinitive ; but 
in the first it is governed by the Verb delights, in the second by the Noun 
delight, and in the third by the Adjective delightful. 

exercise cxxvrn. 

Tell the Infinitives, and the words governing them? 

He is said to be learned. My friend wishes me to undertake this jour- 
ney. Obedience ought to be prompt. The new world ought to have 
been named after Columbus. He appears to have abounded in riches. 
The telescope is said to have been invented by Jansen. The corn is 
ready to be cut. His ambition is, to excel all others in those qualities of 
mind and heart, which ought to command respect and affection. It is 
as much the happiness, as the duty of mankind, to adore their Creator. 
He is reported to have said all I have told you. He will no longer be 
able to escape. I should be anxious to do so. 



SYNTAX. 235 

362. Obs.— Some phrases admit of the Infinitive Active, or of the Infini- 
tive Passive being used. We may say, A house, to let, or, A house to be 
let; This was not a thing to commend (that is, for any one to commend), 
or, to be commended. 

363. Obs. 1. — The Verbs behold, bid, dare (neuter), feel, 
find , hear, know, let, make, need, observe, perceive, see, have, 
(except when in the passive voice), are usually followed by 
the Infinitive without to; as / saw the sun rise. 

Expl. —Here rise is Infinitive ; but, being governed by the Active Verb 
see, is without the to. But after the Passive, the to must be used; as, 
The sun was seen to rise with splendor. 

364. Obs. — Some of these Verbs, especially Jcnow and have, sometimes 
take the to in the Active ; as, I know it to be true. 

EXERCISE CXXIX. 

Supply suitable Infinitives ; and tell the Verbs governing them : Note, 
Not all the Infinitives require to. 

I heard him ( ) that it was true. He can see the enemy ( ). 

The nightingale might be heard ( ) very sweetly. Bid her ( ) 

that book. I dare him ( ) that again. She would have made him 

( ) it, had he been present. I have observed him ( ) very dis- 

creetly. I dare not ( ) that. The soldiers were bid by Cromwell 

( ) away the Speaker's mace. The pain was felt ( ) acute. 

No nation has been found ( ) ancient Greece in the Fine Arts. Let 

me ( ). I know him ( ) great talents. I have known him 

( ) great self-control. Queen Elizabeth was known ( ) great 

vigor of mind. The comets have been observed ( ) in very elliptical 

orbits. You will perceive the moon ( ) a different place among the 

stars every successive night. 

365. Obs. 2. — The Infinitive is sometimes used Absolutely ; 
as, To tell you the truth, I have no high opinion of him. 

Expl. — Here to tell is the Infinitive Absolute, not being governed by 
any other word. 

EXERCISE CXXX. 

Which are the Infinitives Absolute? 

To continue, I will now show the consequence of my argument. To 
be candid with you, I think you are wrong. To begin, I must inform 
you that I left town yesterday. And now, to conclude, let us see why 
you ought to obey him. 

366. Caution. — Never use for before the Infinitive. Say 
He came to tell me, not for to tell me. 

367. Expl. — Here to tell is governed by some words understood ; as, 
in order and may be called the Infinitive of purpose, used Absolutely. It 
is equivalent to that he might tell. The use of for in this construction 
"was once allowable. Our old writers and the authorized translation of 
the Bible abound in instances of it. But the usage is now quite obsolete. 



236 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

368. Obs. 3. — The Infinitive Present expresses what is 
Present or Future to the time of its governing verb : the 
Infinitive Perfect, what is Prior to it ; as. He compels me 
to praise him. 

Expl. — Here the act of praising is present or future, as regards the 
compulsion, arid therefore the Infinitive Present is used. But He sup- 
posed me to have praised him. Here the praising is prior to the supposing, 
and requires, therefore, the Infinitive Perfect. 

EXERCISE CXXXI. 

Supply proper Infinitives : 

I believe him ( ) a good man, I ordered him ( ) me a coach. 

I supposed him ( ) by the early coach. I wished him ( ) by 

the early coach. He appeared ( ) a sensible letter. He ought 

( ) at once. He ought ( ) yesterday. I desired him ( ) 

a journal as soon as he shall return. 

369. Obs. — Some writers use the Infinitive Perfect to express a nega- 
tive sense; as, 1 intended to have done it. I intended to do it, would 
simply state my intention to do it, without giving any hint as to whether 
I did actually do it or not ; but I intended to have done it implies that I 
did not do it. Thus it is not incorrect to say He meant to have come 
yesterday, provided that he did not come. The words should, would, 
ought, &c, always have this construction. It may be stated thus : the 
Infinitive Perfect expresses a supposition, or case, or intention, opposed 
to the actual fact. 

RULE 15. 

370. The Infinitive often supplies the place of the subject 
or the object of a Verb, and may have an Adjective agreeing 
with it, or it may be governed by a Preposition ; as, To steal 
is to violate the eighth commandment. John desires to im- 
prove. The ship is about to sail. 

Expl. — Here the Infinitive to steal is the subject of the Verb is, and 
to violate is the Nominative after the same Verb, to improve is the ob- 
ject of the Verb desires, and to sail is the object of the Preposition about. 

371. Obs. — 1. All the Auxiliaries of the Potential may express a present 
and future time ; as, He should go to-morrow. 

372. Obs. 2. — In order to represent a Past or Future action more vividly, 
the Present tense is frequently used in the sense of the Imperfect or Fu- 
ture ; as, Bonaparte crosses the Alps, and marches against the Austrians. 
This use of the Present abounds in historical and narrative composition, 
and is called the Historical Present. So (Future), He goes to-morrovj. 

EXERCISE CXXXn. 

Parse the Infinitive in the following Exercise, and tell by what words 
governed : 

To obey our parents is our duty. To do good and to communicate is 
required of all men. To err is human, (sc. frailty). To forgive divine, 



SYNTAX. 237 

(sc. virtue). They desire to accompany us. He wished to know the 
truth. They have a desire to come. To see is pleasant. He was about 
to cry. To notice them further, is superfluous. 

To be resigned when ills betide, 
Patient when favors are denied, 

And pleased with favors given ; 
Most surely this is wisdom's part, 
This is that incense of the heart 

Whose fragrance smells to Heaven. 

Note. — The Infinitive to be is understood before Patient and pleased; 
and the Demonstrative Pronoun this is in Apposition with it. 

Turn the following sentences into the equivalent Past or Future respec- 
tively : 

He starts for York next week. They leave town for Burlington in 
about three days. The holidays begin in three weeks. Pompey is de- 
feated and flees into Egypt. After the expulsion of the Tarquins two 
consuls are created. They arrive to-night. .While I was playing, she 
comes in and tells me all about it. 

Rule 16. 

373. Verbs which have the same Nominatives and Tenses 
have the same form ; as, He liveth and reigneth; or, He lives 
and reigns. 

Expl. — Tt must not be he liveth and reigns , or he lives and reigneth; for 
as the Verbs belong to one sentence, and have the same Nominative, he, 
and the same Tense, the Present, the same form, either that in th or that 
in Sj must be used with both. 

EXERCISE CXXXIII. 

Supply any appropriate Verbs: 

She ( ) and ( ) daily. God ( ) and ( ) prayer {use 

form in th). He ( ) redeemed us from bondage, and ( ) made 

us happy. Whom ( ) he left, and why ( ) he gone ? 

Eule 17. 

374. Futurity is expressed by shall in the first person, and 
by will in the second and third ; determination by will in the 
first and shall in the second and third ; as, I will go to- 
morrow, I shall go to-morrow. 

Expl. — The last sentence simply expresses a future event; the first 
expresses my determination. 

EXERCISE CXXXIV. 

Point out the sentences implying the determination of the speaker : 

I shall have left. You will come soon. You shall come soon. The 

boy will learn. The boy shall learn. Do not tell me he will go; he shall 

go. Will the boy have learned his lesson by then ? He shall have learned 

it. The corn will have been cut down by the end of the month. By 



238 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

then we shall have received the parcel. We shall not have gone before 
you return. We will not go before you return. You shall go. 

Exile 18. 

375. Participles are often used Absolutely, but may govern 
the Objective Case ; as, Calculating roughly, it will cost Jive 
dollars. 

Expl. — Here calculating, not agreeing with, or depending on, any 
other word, is said to be used Absolutely. So many words commonly 
called Prepositions, such as touching, respecting, according to, &c, are 
in reality Participles Absolute and govern the Objective Case ; as, Con- 
cerning that business, 1 must be silent. 

EXERCISE CXXXV. 

Tell the Participles when used Absolutely and the Objectives which 
they govern : 

Telling you truly, I am not receiving more. Speaking carelessly, he 
is somewhere in the West. Betraying no confidence, I may inform 
you of this. Setting aside this, he has not acted as he should. Granting 
what you say, my argument still holds. While running, he slipped and 
fell. 

376. Caution. — Never use the Imperfect Tense for the 
Past Participle, or the Past Participle for the Imperfect 
Tense. The Participle is used after be and have; as, The 
river is frozen over. 

Expl. — Here froze7i, the Past Participle, is used after is, a part of the 
Verb to be. Froze, the Imperfect Tense, would be incorrect. So, He 
ran fast; the Past Participle ru?i would be improper 

EXERCISE CXXXVI. 

Supply the proper forms from appropriate Verbs : 

The cup would have been ( ) by the fall. He let the glass fall and 

( ) it. I ( ) across the river. I could have ( ) across the 

river sooner than you. The snake was ( ) to approach. I ( ) 

the snake approach. Bonaparte ( ) his march before the allies. The 

march was ( ) before April. She can ( ) the song very sweetly. 

The song has been ( ) sweetly. He ( ) the bell very violently. 

The bell was ( ) violently. The murderer was ( ) at the Old 

Bailey. The bacon was ( ) up in the kitchen. I have ( ) a 

letter to my friends. I ( ) a letter to my friends. She ( ) in bed 

too late. She has ( ) in bed nine hours. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

Prepositions govern the Objective Case. 

RULE 19. 

377. The Objective Case is sometimes governed by a Prepo- 



SYNTAX. 



239 



sition understood, especially after Verbs which imply giving, 
paying, sending, telling, &c.j as, Send him a present. 
Expl. — This is equivalent to, Send a present TO him. 

EXERCISE CXXXVII. 

Show where the above rule applies, and parse the following- sentences : 
He purchased me a horse. I will give her a book. You must enclose 
him a remittance. He will forward thee thy parcel. I bought them their 
estate. I threw him an apple. He has procured me a situation. We 
have been writing them a letter. I promised I would write him a letter 
every week, if I could. I shall have finished my letter by the time you 
have brought me the message. They should have told him the truth. 

37S. Obs. — These expressions, in fact, contain the remains of the old 
Dative Case ; but as we have no other Datives, and as the words have 
the same form as in the Objective, they are spoken of as Objectives. 

379. Obs. 1. — Certain words must be followed by particu- 
lar Prepositions ; as, / confide in your promise. 

Expl. — Here the Verb confide is followed by in; no other Preposition 
as to, on, or through, would be proper. 

3S0. Obs. — Generally, Derivatives are followed by the same Preposi- 
tion as their Roots ; as rely upon, or reliance upon. But there are some 
exceptions : we say for instance, independent of, not on; derogatory to, 
not from; and so of some others. 

381. Caution. — Never say, different to. — It must be 
similar to ; different prom. 



Abhorrence of 

Abound in 

Abridge of 

Accede to 

Accord {neuter) with, {active) to 

Accuse of, by 

Acquiesce in 

Adapt to 

Adequate to 

Admonish, Remind, Warn, of 

Affinity to, between 

Agreeable to 

Alienate from 

Ambitious of 

Antipathy to, against 

Attend {listen) to, {wait) upon 

Averse from, to 

Avert from 

Bestow upon, on 

Boast of 

Blush at 

Call upon, on 

Clear of, from 

Compatible with 

Confer {bestow) on, upon {converse) 

Confide in [with 



Conformable, Congenial, to 
Consonant to, with 
Convince of 
Correspond with, to 
Deficient in 
Depend upon, on 
Derogate from 
Derogatory to 
Devolve on, upon 
Differ with, from 
Different from, Similar to 
Diminution of 
Discouragement to 
Dissent from, Assent to 
Distinguished from 
Enamoured of 
Endeared to 

Endowed, Endued, with 
Enjoin upon 
Exception to 
Exclusive of 
Fall under, from, upon 
Fawn upon, on 
Foreign, Opposite, to 
Frown at, on 
Greedy after, of 



240 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



Ignorant of 
Inculcate on, upon 
Independent of 
Initiate into, in 
Inseparable from 
Intent upon, on 
Inured to 
Militate against 
Mistrustful of 
Overwhelmed with, by 
Prejudice against 
Prejudicial to 
Proud, Glad, of 
Pursuance of 
Pursuant to 
Recreant from 
Reflect upon, on 



Rejoice, Grieve at 
Relevant, Indifferent, to 
Rely upon, on 
Replete with 
Repine at 
Significant of 
Smile at, upon, on 
Sympathize with 
Taste of, for 
Thirst for, after 
Triumph over 
True to 
Trust in, to 
Versed in 

Wait upon, on, at, for 
Want, Deficiency, of 
Worthy, Guilty, of 



382. Obs. — Some words, which are sometimes Prepositions, are at other 
times Conjunctions or Adverbs; as, for, till, since, &c. 

EXERCISE OXXXVIH. 

Supply suitable Prepositions : tell the Preposition- Verbs : and the Pas- 
sives : 

He ought to be well versed ( ) Latin. That is a different account 

( ) what you gave. I would act conformably ( ) my mother's 

wishes. He is accused ( ) robbery ( ) the person who was 

robbed. She has a taste ( ) poetry. The regiment leaves to-morrow, 
pursuant ( ) orders. Reflect ( ) the future. I left him over- 

whelmed ( ) joy. Wait ( ) him soon. I shall be rejoiced ( ) 

your good fortune. That is derogatory ( ) his dignity. I will attend 
( ) your advice. The maid attends ( ) her mistress. I will 

correspond ( ) you. The estate was conferred ( ) him. Let 

us not repine ( ) misfortune. 1 ought to confer ( ) you respecting 
that. I hope the evil will be averted ( ) you. He is ambitious ( ) 
reputation. I called ( ) my mother yesterday. The enemy may 

fall ( ) them, and cut them off. This has not fallen ( ) my 

notice. The man who falls { ) virtue, falls ( ) happiness. 

Success is incompatible ( ) indolence. You are deficient ( ) 

courage, though you boast ( ) your exploits. I am dependent ( ) 

my own exertions. No man is independent ( ) others. I was 

frowned ( ) because I differed ( ) him. He knows that the 

measure will militate ( ) his interest. He who trusts ( ) his 

Creator, is true ( ) himself. She smiled ( ) her brother for his 

simplicity. Fortune smiles ( ) the industrious. 

Distinguish the words for, &c, when Prepositions, from the same 
words when Conjunctions or Adverbs, and parse the sentences : 

Send for him. Wait till the evening, for I am busy now. Till he 
came, I was in great anxiety. After he arrived, he explained the cause 
of his delay. I expect him soon after dusk. Since his departure, I have 
heard nothing of him. Since you have acted in this way, what am I to 
do? Ere daybreak the siege began. Get everything ready ere I come. 
He came before the sun rose. Since then, until now, the house has been 
building. He came before sunrise. 



SYNTAX. 241 

383. Obs. 2. — With Verbs of motion, to or for is gene- 
rally used before places ; as, He goes to London to-morrow; 
I shall sail for Rotterdam next week. 

384. Obs. 3. — With Verbs of Rest, in is generally used 
before countries, counties, districts, and capitals ; at before 
small towns or villages ; as, He is in America; I saw her at 
Saratoga, 

EXERCISE CXXXIX 

Supply the appropriate Prepositions, and Parse : 

He will travel ( ) Easton by coach. He is now ( ) Newark. 

My friend resides ( ) Spain. I hope to visit him ( ) Seville next 

summer. The summer ( ) England is not so hot as ( ) France. 

He resides ( ) Walworth. They must sail to-morrow ( ) Lisbon. 
I shall visit him ( ) Leghorn. They would have arrived ( ) 

Kingston, but tor contrary winds. The book was printed ( ) Paris. 

The giraffe is found ( ) Central and South Africa. 

State why the Prepositions in Italic are used : 

What part of the country is he living in ? John Seldeii, the great law- 
yer, was born at the village of Salvington, in Sussex. I was very much 
pleased with the neighborhood he lives in. Was your friend born in 
India ? Yes ; he was born at Calcutta. He has a large estate in West- 
moreland. He lives at York. 

385. Obs. L. — The sense of an Adverb is often expressed by an Adjec- 
tive, or Noun, preceded by a Preposition ; as, in general, that is, gene- 
rally : so, at least; without doubt, beyond a question (= undoubtedly r , 
tinquestionably). These are termed Adverbial phrases. 

386. Obs. 2. — Between is used only in reference to two objects ; among, 
in reference to more than two ; as, He went between the two trees; lie 
went among the trees of the wood. Between is from by twain, among. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 
RULE 20. 

387. Obs. 1. — Conjunctions connect Nouns and Pro- 
nouns of the same Case, Yerbs of the same Mood and Tense, 
and other similar parts of speech ; as, John and James have 
gone to school. Between him and me, there is a difference. 
He went and told him his fault. 

Expl. — Here John and James are connected by the Conjunction and, 
and are both in the Nominative Case to have gone. The Pronouns Him 
and Tne are both in the Objective Case, governed by between. Went and 
told are Verbs of the same Mood and Tense, connected by the Conjunc- 
tion and. 

Certain Conjunctions are followed by other Conjunctions, 
called their Correlatives ; as, Either he or I will come. 
Expl. — Here either is followed by its Correlative, or. 

21 



242 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Either ... or. He will either come or stay away. 

Whether . . or. I cannot tell whether he or I will come. 

Neither . . . kor. I sate neither the hoy nor the girl. 

Though . . . yet. Though he slay me. yet will I trust in him. 

As as. He lis as good as she. (Comparison of equality.) 

As so. As he is. so will you be. (Comparison of simi- 

larity.) 

So as. He is not so rich as I. (Comparison of quantity.) 

He was so kind as to inform me. (Consequence 

before Infinitive.) 

So that. Alexander was so powerful, \ Consequence with 

that he overturned a vast )■ all Moods, ex- 
empire. J cept Infinitive. 

Both .... and. Both you, and he vjere here. 

388. Obs. 1. — Other Negatives besides neither are sometimes followed 
by nor; as, He is not industrious, nor is he amiable. 

3S9. Obs. 2. — Yet is often omitted after though; as, Though he was 
powerful, he was not happy. 

390. Caution. — Never use as for that in the phrase Not 
that I know. As would be very wrong. 

EXERCISE CXL. 

Supply the appropriate Conjunctions 

Either you ( ) I must leave. Neither you ( ) I can go. The 

Thames is not so large ( ) the Rhine. Our first rate men-of-war are 
so large ( ) they hold a thousand men. He is as bold ( ) a lion. As 
his conduct is, ( ) will his desert be. The Athenians were so vain 

( ) to call themselves earth-born. Do not go ( ) send. He never 
tires ( ) stops to rest. 

391. Obs. 1. — The Conjunction that is often omitted • as, 
He knows (that) I must go. 

392. Obs. — We may omit the that after Verbs of telling, hearing, 
knowing, and the like ; where the that clause stands as an Objective to 
the Verb. But when that means in order that, it cannot be omitted. 
We may say, He knows he might do it; but we must say, He came that 
he might do it. 

EXERCISE CLXI. 

Insert the Conjunction that where omitted : 

He says you could have done it, if you had tried. He promises me he 
will come to-morrow. He might have known it would be so I told 
you it would rain. It was supposed there would be a war. We hope 
you will exert yourself. 

Omit the Conjunction that where you can : 

He says that he will come soon. I find that he is gone. I write now, 
that you may hear in time. He tells me that you are going to Paris. I 
am sure that he will act properly. I hear that you have seen her. He 
came that he might see her. 



SYNTAX. 243 

INTERJECTIONS. 

RULE 21. 

393. (1.) In phrases, the Interjection is followed by the 
Objective of the first Personal Pronoun, and the Nominative 
of the second ; as, Ah me ! Ah ! thou unlucky one : 

(2.) In sentences, the Interjection does not affect the 
construction ; as, Oh ! I am unhappy. 

394. Obs. — Oh is often followed by for, implying a wish or longing for 
any thing ; as, Oh! for the balmy breath of Spring ! So — 

Oh! for the crags that are wild and majestic, 
The steep, frowning glories of dark Loeh-na Garr ! 

EXERCISE CXLII. 
Supply the appropriate Pronouns, and parse : 

Oh! {1st person sing.) Oh! ( ) foolish ones- Goodbye! ( ) 

merry one. Heigh ho ! ( ) am so tired. Welcome! ( ) wan- 

derers! Alas ! ( ) am forsaken. Oh ! ( ) will be merry then. 

PARSING. 

395. Parsing is the resolving of sentences, reducing them to their several 
parts (L. 307), or analysing them, and accounting for each word. 

396. Obs. — All the preceding Exercises may be used as Parsing Exer- 
cises. Teachers will find Exercises xxxi., xxxn., xxxiii., xxxiv., lxix., 
xci., cxxx., cxxxn., cxxxiv., cxxxv., cxxxvu., cxl., cxli., especially 
adapted for that purpose, as containing the various forms of the Verb 
in great abundance. The last two or three sentences in most of the 
Exercises have been made with a special view towards presenting a 
complete variety of Examples. 

397. ORDER OF PARSING. 

Noun Part of Speech. Common or Proper. Gender. Num- 
ber. Case. Government, &c. Rule. 

Pronoun . . . Part of Speech. Person. Gender. Number. Case 
Government, &c. Rule. 

Verb Part of Speech. Regular or Irregular. Voice. Mood. 

Tense. Number. Person. Government, &c. Rule 

SPECIMENS OF PARSING. 
398. The following is the form in which a sentence should be parsed : 

As I was walking this morning in the great yard that belongs to my 
friend's country-house, I was wonderfully pleased to see the different 
workings of instinct in a hen followed by a brood of ducks. The young 
upon the sight of a pond immediately ran into it ; while the step-mother, 
with all imaginable anxiety, hovered about the borders of it, to call them 
out of an element that appeared to her so dangerous and destructive. 



244: ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

As .............. Adv. of manner, and qualifies the Verb was walking. 

Rule 9, Obs. 4. 
I Pron. Pers., Norn. I, Poss. my or mine, Obj. me; PIu. 

Norn, we, Poss. our or ours, Obj. us ; 1st Pers. Com. 

Gend., Sing., Nom. Case to was walking. Rule 1. 
Was Walking. . . Was, an Auxiliary from the Neut. Verb to be, Imper- 
fect Tense. Was Walking, Act. Verb, Indie. 

Mood, Imper. Tense, 3d Pers., Sing., agreeing 

with Nom. I. Rule 1. 
This Demon. Adj., Pron., Sing, this, Plural these, Sing 

Num. describes morning. Rule 7, Obs. 3 
Morning Noun Com.. Neut., 3d Pers., Sing., Obj. Rule 2, 

Obs. 3. 

In Prep, governs Noun yard. Rule 2, Obs. 2. 

The Art., Def. agrees with yard. Rule 8. 

Great Adj. describes yard and belongs to it. Rule 7. 

Yard Noun Com., Neut., 3d Pers., Sing., Obj., gov. by 

Prep. in. Rule 2. 
That Rel. Pron., Sing, that, Plural those, Neut. Sing., 3d 

Pers., refers to yard, and Nom. to belongs. Rule 6. 
Belongs Verb, Reg., Neut., Indie,. Pres., 3d Pers. Sing, agrees 

with Nom. that. Rule 1. 

To Prep, governs country-house in Obj. Rule 2, Obs. 2. 

My .' Poss., Adj., Pron., describes friend's like an Adj. 

Rule 7. 
Friend's Noun Com., Com. Gend., Sing., Poss. Case, 3d Pers. 

gov. by country-house. Rule 3. 
Country-house.. Noun Com., Neut., 3d Pers., Sing., Obj., gov. by 

Prep. to. Rule 2. 
I Pron., Pers., Sing. I, mine or my, me, Plural we, oars 

or our, us, Sing. Numb., Com. Gend., 1st Pers., 

Nom. to was pleased. Rule 1. 

Was Auxiliary to pleased, from to be. 

Wonderfully . . . Adv. of Degree, qualifies was pleased. Rule 9. 
Pleased......... Passive Verb, Reg., Indie, Imp., 1st Pers., Sing., 

agrees with Nom. I. Rule 1. 
To See Verb, Act., Irreg., Infin. Pres., gov. by was pleased. 

Rule 14. 

The Art. Def , agrees with Noun workings. Rule 8. 

Different Adj., Pos. Deg. describes workings and agrees with 

it by Rule 7. 
Workings Participial Noun, 3d Pers., Sing., Neut. Gend., Obj., 

gov. by Verb to see. Rule 2. 

Of Prep., governs instinct. Rule 2, Obs. 2 

Instinct Noun Com.. Neut., 3d Pers. Sing., Obj., gov. by 

Prep. of. Rule 2. 

In Prep., governs hen. Rule 2, Obs. 2. 

A Art. Indef., belongs to hen and describes it. Rule 8. 

Hen Noun Com., Fern., 3d Pers. Sing., Obj, gov. by Prep. 

in. Rule 2. 
Followed Part. Perf. Pass, from Reg. Verb to follow, agrees 

like an Adj. with hen. Rule 7, Remark. 

By Prep., governs brood. Rule 2, Obs. 2. 

A Art. Indef., describes brood. Rule 8. 

Brood Noun, Com., Neut., 3d Pers Sing., Obj. Rule 2. 

Of Prep., governs ducks. Rule -2, Obs. 2. 

Ducks ....Noun Com., Com, Gend., 3d Pers., Plural, Obj. 

Rule 2. 



SYNTAX. 245 

The Art Def., belongs to young. Rule 7. 

Young Adj., Considered as a Noun, Noni. to ran. Rule 7, 

Obs. 1. 

Upon Prep., governs sight. Rule for Preps. 

The Art. Def., belongs to sight. Rule for Articles. 

Sight Noun, governed by upon. Rule for Obj. Nouns. 

Of Prep. 

A Art. Indef. 

Pond Noun. 

Immediately Adv. of time, qualifying ran. 

Ran Irreg. Intrans. Verb., Indie., Imper., 3dPers. Plural, 

agrees with young. Rule 1. 

Into Prep, governs it. Rule for Preps. 

It Pers. Pron., Sing, it, its, it ; Plural they, theirs, 

them; 3d Pers. Sing., Obj., governed by into 

Rule 2. 

While Adv. of time, qualifies hovered. Rule 9. 

The Art. Def. 

Step-mother Noun Com., &c., Nom. to hovered. 

With Prep. 

All, Imaginable. . . .Adjs., belonging to anxiety. Rule 7. 

Anxiety Noun, &c, gov. by with. Rule 2. 

Hovered Verb, Reg., Act. and Neut., Indie. Imper., 3d Pers. 

Sing., agreeing with step-mother. Rule 1. 

About Prep. 

Borders Noun Com., &c, gov. by about. Rule 2. 

It Pron., referring to pond, gov. by of. Rule 2. 

To Call Verb, Reg., Act. Infin., Pres., &c, gov. by in order 

understood, or Infin. of purpose. (367.) 
Them Pron. Pers., from it Plural, Obj., Gov. by Verb to 

call. Rule 2. 

Out Adverb of place, qualifying to call. Rule 9. 

Of Prep. 

An Art. 

Element Noun, &c, gov. by of. 

That. Pron. Rel., Neut., Sing, that, Plural those, relates 

1o element, and Nom. to appeared. Rule 2. 

To Prep. 

Her Pron. Pers., Sing, she, hers ox her, her) Plural, they, 

their or theirs, them, Sing., Obj., gov. by to. 

Appeared Verb, Ind., Imp., 3d Pers. Sing., agrees with that 

So Adv., qualifying Adjs. dangerous and destructive. 

Dangerous and Destructive. Adjs., Pos. Deg., describe ~Noux*eleme?it, 

Rule 7 ; and, Conjunction, connects dangeroits 

to destructive. 

Note. — Here some words have not been fully parsed, because they, or 
others like them, have occurred before. 

399. The following is the form in which a Parsing Exercise should be 
recited or written: 

My brother was with me ; After he had gazed on the scene, he cried 
out. Oh ! how wonderful and beautiful are the works of nature 

My Pron. Poss. I, C. S. agr. w. brother. 

Brother Noun Com. M. S. N. to was. 

Was Verb Irr. Neut. Ind. Imperf. S. 3. agr. w. brother; R. 1. 

With Prep. 

21* 



246 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

Me Pron. Pers. I. C. S. O. gov. by with; R. 2. Obs. 2, 

After Adv. of Time, conn. v. had gazed. 

He Pron. Pers. III. M. S. N. to had gazed. 

Had Gazed . . Verb, Neut. IncL Pluper. S. 3. agr. w. he; R. 1. 

On Prep. 

The Art. Def. agr. w. scene; R. 8. 

Scene Noun Com. N, S. O. gov. by on; R. 2, Obs. 2. 

He Pron. Pers. III. M. S. N. to cried out. 

Cried Out . . . Prep. Verb, Act. Ind. Imper. S. 3. agr. w. he; R. 1. 

Oh! Interj.; R. 21. 

How Adv. of Degree, qual. wonderful and beautiful; R. 9. 

Wonderful .. Adj. Pos. agr. w. ivorks; R. 7. 

And Conj. coupling wonderful to beautiful 

Beautiful . . . Adj. Pos. agr. w. works; R. 7. 

Are Verb, Irr. Neut. Ind. Pres. PI. 3. agr. w. works; R. 1. 

The Art. Def. agr. w. works; R. 8. 

Works Noun, Com. N. PI. N. to are. 

Of Pres. 

Nature Noun, Com. N. S. O. gov. by of; R. 2, Obs. 2. 

Note 1. — The agreement, government, or arrangement, can be required 
of those pupils only who have gone, or are going, through the Syntax. 

Note 2. — Very great stress should be laid on the neatness with which 
these Parsing Exercises are written. 



SYNTAX. 



247 







p 












ir-_ 




-*^_Tor-*&. 


6 












































H 




. & 

o 










CD 








< 

H 

p.. 


CD 
BQ 

'2 




6 






'3 








3 


p 


a 




'3 














W 


o 


O 




P 

O 

Q 






"5 
























fab 












fab 










■ S 




fab 






fab 


c 
















1 


fab 

a 

3 

P 


a 

'3 

p 

d 

CD 
CD 


72 

'3 

P 

d 

1) 
CD 

42 
CD 




'3 
$-, 
p, 
d 

0) 

CD 


fab 

'3 
p 

OJ 


CO 

'3 
p 


p 
d 

CD 

u 
9 




'3 
P 

CD 
CD 

CD 


K 


s 


o 


> 




42 


<d 


d 


a 




> 


t>jo 


<u 


> 


ed 






_o 


0) 






03 


5 

5v 


42 


o3 


43 




CD 
> 


fac 


!D 

42 


w 




~ 


Bh 


CD 


t-H 
U4 


>> 

03 
g 




03 

43 

O 


$3 

c« 


c3 


'd 




13 




^_^ 


^ti 


t— 1 




±L 


J5_ 


JtJL- 


^HH^ 




-i^v^^- 






























-T3 










CD 




^3 






"■d 


<D 










CO 




<u 


H 
O 

ft 


T3 
CD 

72 


09 
Ji 

'3 


03 

'3 

Pc 






'3 


T3 
<D 
72 

'3 


T3 

CD 


'3 
Pi 

CD 
> 




'3 
p. 


'5 


O 


> 




p 




OQ 


03 




t> 


w 




> 


03 






p 


'3 






o3 


ft 


a, 


o3 

43. 


43 
>> 




CD 
> 


be 
E3 


.p 


5 




-d 




> 


l-H 


03 




43 


03 


T3 


Of) 




"3 




a 

43 


CT 


a 




O 


43 


a 




43 




h-l 


^ 


»— 1 




h-H 


HH 




1 — 1 


















fab 










fab 


fab 










_a 




fab 






a 


p d 










GO 








72 


"55 




fab 




fab 


'3 




'Si 


fab 


'5 


'3 




_G 




p 

CD 
43 

fafj 




"3 

p 

CD 
42 

"3 

1/2 


w 
P 


p. 

S 

e3 


Sh 

Ph 

S 

03 

1— < 


p 

CD 

>> 

o3 


fab 

'00 

'3 

P 


72 

'3 
p 

CD 
43 


fab 

.5 

72 


'3 
p\ 

03 









a 


CD 


O 


'3 


* 


a. 






l— I 


M, 


l-H 


PQ 


H 


ft 


hH 


hH 




<^H 


















CD 






, 






<d 










.22 




6 


H 




CD 


jca 


p 








d 




CO 






'3 


'3 




43 


CD 

72 




T3 


P 




'3 


Tfl 


<d 


S-. 


p. 




'3 

Fh 

P. 




CD 




■^3 


p. 


d 

ft 


«2 

'3 


P. 


>> 

C3 


0) 

72 




DO 

'3 


^3 
faD 


CD 

OS 


13 


P 


£ 


a 


'3 

Sh 


O 




p< 


a 


'3 


43 




V-H 




1— 1 


Pm 


H 




HH 


1 — 1 


Pm 


1— 1 






H^ 








H 






H 






ft 


pq 
P 


H 

O 

ft 


p^ 


p>4 






H 
O 

P4 


P4 




••LNasand: 


■auadMi 


'xn^: 



CD CD ^T jf'd g « 

5 flS fi w fi^ja 

w i v - c3 — t: 

*- ~ ,J - CD '— _ 
„ • "Ph ■/- P P £" 



I o i ^ ^ a s, 
J. as o S £— = 

o 9 



o >» 



11 CX"^ 2 C 42 r-< 

~ -.- P-i - _ CD 

•" n CD^ 2 > h 

^ r° -5 ^ = - ^ 

fcp S cu-qV cd ^ d 

3*5 3 ° > M 60 
"3 © g 2 -4^ « 

03 32 



,H. 2 



.« •? ^ fi 

d 2 

gr, CO £ ^ " .^ 

-S^§^ p o 

S.ioti.5 3. 

d r -d ^-O 03 

8-2-o , S§' QaJ 
|d|^P^ 

s b0 ^ g §P4 a 

^.S <D ^5= CD <y 
o3 ^3 -^ CD '- 

H ^fac? >v2 « 
•2 c-S^ g 3 d 

_C3 d > d !- " 
r, 03 CT^CD (n 

^ orij g « a J 

rt^c^^diHcD 
w w 5^3 03 CD .52 

2 L c £ g tea 3 

_" — ' O "^ . .3 [x] 

H ^ d d:d c c.2^ 
E -1 a 2 a a a « 2 



248 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

EULES OF SYNTAX COLLECTED. 



RULE 1. 

The Verb agrees with its Nominative in Number and 
Person. (239). 

RULE 2. 

The Objective Case is governed by Active Verbs, Partici- 
ples and Prepositions. (252). 

RULE 3. 

The Possessive Case of a Noun or Pronoun is governed 
by the Noun following it. (260). 

rule 4. 
Two or more Nouns or Pronouns referring to the same 
person or thing, are in the same Case, and are said to be in 
Apposition. (267). 

RULE 5. 

Participial Nouns, like other Nouns, are governed by Verbs 
or Prepositions. (275). 

RULE 6. 

Pronouns must agree with the words they represent in 
Gender, Number and Person. (280). 

RULE 7. 

Every Adjective belongs to some Noun or Pronoun ex- 
pressed or understood, or to some sentence equivalent to a 
Noun. (298). 

RULE 8. 

The definite Article agrees with Nouns of either Number, 
the Indefinite with Singular Nouns only. (315). 

RULE 9. 

Adverbs are usually placed near the words they qualify, 
before Adjectives, after Verbs, and between x,he Auxiliary 
and the Verb. (332). 

RULE 10. 

Neuter and Passive Verbs and Verbs of Naming, &c, have 
the same Case after them as before them when both words 
refer to the same thing. (351). 



SYNTAX. 249 

RULE 11. 

Some Verbs arc invariably followed by particular Prepo- 
sitions. (355). 

RULE 12. 

The Indicative Mood is used when a sentence is simply 
declarative or interrogative, the Subjunctive when the Verb 
expresses supposition or uncertainty. (356). 

RULE 13. 

The Imperative Mood is frequently used absolutely. (360). 

rule 14. 
A Verb in the Infinitive is governed by a Verb, a Noun, 
or an Adjective. (361). 

rule 15. 
The Infinitive often supplies the place of the subject or 
the object of a Yerb, and may have an Adjective agreeing 
with it, or it may be governed by a Preposition. (370). 

rule 16. 
Verbs which have the same Nominatives and Tenses have 
the same form. (373). 

rule 17. 
Futurity is expressed by shall in the first person and by 
will in the second and third, determination by will in the 
first and shall in the second and third. (374). 

rule 18. 
Participles are often used absolutely, but may govern the 
Objective Case. (375). 

RULE 19. 

The Objective Case is sometimes governed by a Preposition 
understood, especially after Verbs of giving, paying, telling, 
&c. (377). • 

RULE 20. 

Conjunctions connect Nouns and Pronouns of the same 
Case, Verbs of the same Mood and Tense, and other similar 
parts of speech. (387). 

ru£e 21. 

In phrases the Interjection is followed by the Objective of 
the first Personal Pronoun, and by the Nominative of the 
second. (393). 



250 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

PAUSING- EXERCISES. 

I am sincere. He is disinterested. We honor them. 
They deceived us. The school of experience teaches 
many useful lessons. — In the path of life are thorns as 
well as flowers. A man may be confidently trusted who has 
5 a sincere attachment to religion. The young, the healthy, 
and the vigorous, should not neglect their advantages. We 
should always prepare for the worst (scil. circumstances) 
and hope for the best. — Life is fleeting. Our years pass 
away as a tale that is told. In our youth we hope to live 

10 long in the world, and we think of life only as a season 
of pleasure and happiness. But these dreams of bliss 
soon pass away. As we grow older cares and troubles 
cast a shade of gloom over our hopes and we learn that 
man is born to trouble as the sparks fly upward. — Jacob, 

15 when he was one hundred and twenty years of age, though 
he had served God and been blessed, said at his death, 
few and evil have the days of the years of my life been. 
These words are more true than when he used them, for 
our lives are of a shorter duration. — Our lives then should 

20 be spent in preparation for death. When we die the body 
corrupts, but the spirit goes to God who gave it. The 
great Judge of all the earth will then reward every living 
soul for all the deeds done in the body, whether they are 
good or evil. If we have lived holy and pious lives we 

25 shall receive a crown of life, which will be given to all who 
love his appearing, and we shall be happy for ever. Death 
will lose its terrors, and the grave will be only a resting 
place where our bodies will sleep till we are called to 
stand before God in the day of final judgment. 

30 But scarce again his horn he wound, 

When lo ! forth starting at the sound, 

From underneath an aged oak, 

That slanted from the islet rock, 

A damsel, gnider of its way, 
35 A little skiff shot to the bay, 

Tbat round the promontory steep, 

Led its deep line in graceful sweep, 

Edging in almost viewless wave, 

The weeping willow twig to lave, 
40 And kiss, with whispering sound and slow, 

The beach of pebbles white as snow. 

The boat had touched this silver strand, 

Just as the Hunter left his stand, 

And stood concealed, amid the brake, 
45 To view this Lady of the Lake. 



SYNTAX. 

The maiden paused, as if again 

She thought to catch the distant strain, 

With head upraised and look intent, 

And eve and ear attentive bent, 
5 And locks flung back, and lips apart, 

Like monument of Grecian art, 

In listening mood she seemed to stand 

The guardian Naiad of the strand. 

And ne^er did Grecian chisel trace 
10 A Nymph, a Naiad, or a Grace, 

Of finer form or lovelier face ! 

"What though the sun, with ardent frown, 

Had slightlv tinged her cheek- with brown — 

The sportive toil which, short and light, 
15 Had dyed her glowing hue so bright, 

Served too, in hastier swell, to show 

Short glimpses of a breast of snow: 

What though no rule of courtly grace, 

To measured mood had trained her pace — 
20 A foot more light, a step more true, 

Ne'er from the heath flower dashed the dew; 

E'en the slight harebell raised its head, 

Elastic from her airy tread : 

What though upon her speech there hung 
25 The accents of a mountain tongue — 

Those silver sounds, so soft, so dear, 

The listener held his breath to hoar. 

Prince, prelate, potentate, and peer, 
Whose names I now shall call, 
30 Scottish or foreigner, give ear ; 

Subjects of him who sent me here, 
At his tribunal to appear 
I summon one and all. 
I cite you by each deadly sin, 
35 That e'er hath soiled your heart within; 
I cite you by each brutal lust 
That e'er defiled your earthly dust — 

By wrath, by pride, by fear. 
By each o'er mastering passion's tono, 
40 By the dark grave and dying groan ! 
When forty days are past and gone, 
I cite you at your monarch's throne 
To answer and appear. 

How soon hath Time, the subtle thief of youth, 
45 Stolen on his wing my three and twentieth year ! 

My hasting days fly on with fall career, * 
But my late spring no bud or blossom showeth. 
Perhaps my semblance might deceive the truth, 
That I to manhood am arrived so near : 
50 And inward ripeness doth much less appear 

That some more timely-happy spirits endu'th. 
Yet be it less or more, or soon or slow, 
It shall be still in strictest measure even, 
To that same lot however mean or high 
55 ' • Toward which Time leads me, and the will of Heaven ; 



251 



252 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

All is if I have grace to use it so, 

As ever in my great task-master's eye. 

These are thy glorious works, Parent of good 
Almighty! thine this universal frame 
5 Thus wondrous fair : thyself how wondrous then ! 
Unspeakable, who sitt'st above these heavens 
To us invisible, or dimly seen 
In these thy lowest works; yet these declare 
Thy goodness beyond thought and power divine. 

10 Speak, ye who best can tell, ye sons of light, 
Angels, for ye behold him, and with songs 
And choral symphonies, day without night 
Circle his throne rejoicing; ye in Heaven; 
On earth join all ye creatures to extol 

15 Him first, Him last, Him midst and without end. 
Fairest of stars, last in the train of night, 
Tf better thou belong not to the dawn, 
Sure pledge of day, that crown'st the smiling morn 
With thy bright circlet : praise him in thy sphere 

20 While day arises., that sweet hour of prime. 

Thou sun, of this great world both eye and soul, 

Acknowledge him thy greater; sound his praise 

In thy eternal course, both when thou climb'st, 

And -when high noon hast gained and when thou fall'st. 

25 Moon, that now meet'st the orient sun, now fly'st 
With the fixed stars fixed in their orb that flies; 
And ye five other wandering fires that move 
In myslic dance not without song, resound 
His praise, who out of darkness called up light, 

30 Air, and ye elements, the eldest birth 

Of nature's womb that in quaternion run 
Perpetual circle, multiform and mix, 
And nourish all things ; let your ceaseless change 
Vary to our great Maker still new praise. 

35 Ye mists and exhalations that now rise 

From hill or steaming lake dusky or gra\, 
Till the Sun paint your fleecy skirts with gold, 
In honor to the world's great author rise, 
Whether to deck with clouds the uncolored sky, 

40 Or wet the thirsty earth with falling showers, 
Rising or failing still advance his praise. 
His praise ye winds, that from four quarters blow 
Breathe soft or loud : and wave. your tops, ye pines, 
With every plant in sign of worship wave. 

45 Fountains, and ye that warble as ye flow, 

Melodious murmurs, warbling tune his praise. 
Join voices all ye living souls : ye birds 
That singing up to Heaven's gate ascend, 
Bear on your wings and in your notes his praise. 

50 Ye that in waters glide, and ye that walk 

The earth, and stately tread or lowly creep : 
Witness if I be silent, morn or even, 
To hill or valley, fountain or fresh shade 
Made vocal by my song, and taught his praise. 

55 Hail, universal Lord ! be bounteous still 
To give us only good; and if the night 
Have gathered aught of evil or concealed, 
Disperse it, as now light dispels the dark. 



[ROW-aT^ 

THE AMERICAN 
ETYMOLOGICAL 

SCHOOL GRAMMAR, 

CONTAINING COPIOUS EXERCISES, 



A SYSTEMATIC -V 



^IE 



FORMATION AND DERiV # -OF WORDS, 



FROM T Hi 



^ngla-Sa*0n, £atiu anb ©reek, 



nilCII EXPLAIN THE ETYMOLOGY OF ABOVE .TEN THOUSAND 
ENGLISH WORDS. 



By REV. F. KNIGHTON, A. M. 



PHILADELPHIA: 

ROBERT. E. PEfERSON & VO 

N. W COP.NER FIFTH AND ARCH STREETS. . 

1853. 



WAv 



"TW^m^^Nr^&miz: 



PCVs^aA^kWO/sSi*/. 



NfMl 



^Mx^WK? 



^i#^^fe r 



mmm^^m^^ 



mtsasmSSSSm 



_ ? - ■ n ^ ^ - .O - - ■ ^ *V _ - 












>&>«?fft 



^AfW/VV 



^W^^A 






S®A^yPW»- 



Avrvv 









,^.n«»ii« 



-^wv 



,.:.:^;ai,;. 






r\- a^ _/0- 



^M 









:0,^A; 



^rS^Mfv 






SOTSE& 



^/^-^airy.'^ ««c^« 



-^»S6- "^ 



>oASn." n ' ' nn> 



*M*m 



•'^^^^'"" r 



r/W^ 



r-\..—-\_. ■ v^ 



4JM vv-^ 



^m&m^ 



:*QQd 



Mamm 






rAr^nnr 



^^^AsP/. 



"JSSflis&s;! 









AiAfitaAif 



S W^* 



www 






